This article was downloaded by: 10.3.98.104 On: 27 Sep 2021 Access details: subscription number Publisher: CRC Press Informa Ltd Registered in England and Wales Registered Number: 1072954 Registered office: 5 Howick Place, London SW1P 1WG, UK

Handbook of For Environmental, Resource, and Engineers Paul H. Brunner, Helmut Rechberger

Case Studies

Publication details https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/9781315313450-4 Paul H. Brunner, Helmut Rechberger Published online on: 06 Dec 2016

How to cite :- Paul H. Brunner, Helmut Rechberger. 06 Dec 2016, Case Studies from: Handbook of Material Flow Analysis, For Environmental, Resource, and Waste Engineers CRC Press Accessed on: 27 Sep 2021 https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/doi/10.1201/9781315313450-4

PLEASE SCROLL DOWN FOR DOCUMENT

Full terms and conditions of use: https://www.routledgehandbooks.com/legal-notices/terms

This Document PDF may be used for research, teaching and private study purposes. Any substantial or systematic reproductions, re-distribution, re-selling, loan or sub-licensing, systematic supply or distribution in any form to anyone is expressly forbidden.

The publisher does not give any warranty express or implied or make any representation that the contents will be complete or accurate or up to date. The publisher shall not be liable for an loss, actions, claims, proceedings, demand or costs or damages whatsoever or howsoever caused arising directly or indirectly in connection with or arising out of the use of this material. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case 3 Thus, sufficient resources in manpower and funding are required. are funding manpowerin and Thus, sufficientresources MFA an succeed. needed; is otherwise, cannot mum of amount information amini before. that have It stocks, and assessed should not realized be been data on precipitation,cal evaporation, groundwater and surface and flows flowsand stocks, basic anthropogenic hydrologi data as region, such of the flows heavy metal regional 3.1.1(cf.Sections and 3.4.1). maytheIt that be well in a new MFAfield, studytime an as a if such for first of performed the is fields other with (cf.3.1.2).Section knowledge disciplinary their far, toward not linking have directed been may, research so disciplinary the questions, because leads to new research cooperation when this needed. Sometimes, consultants as experts the ing quality, hydrology, and or by team engag aproject either by forming nutrition, sewage agriculture, knowledge from treatment,the of partners poor nutrient investigated is management by MFA, to include it necessary is MFA: eutrophication due for regional aparticular if to important are that disciplines those who understand experts to from look fortance guidance Hence, it impor of or prime water–air–soil. is anthroposphere–environment economy, of an interfaces branches the as such boundaries cross they and bad, or incompatible missing, boundaries; tems data; etc. theinappropriate ; flows and stocks, sys processes, within important about order incomplete as such the in facts to cope information with times several they havetheir thatout find often revise to will Beginners any new field quite efficiently, draft. initial only a few alterationsthe with of way. MFA able in be in to define a system skilled metabolic will expert An easiergets, it appropriate up the to set an becomes acost-effective system in basic much possible. the as tools as a user to exercise more The experienced is art the aprecondition art, any other for mastering at in least cost. Like the given flows,allows processes, that a boundaries, solving problemand stocks a system of designing of skillfully consists art clearly thereal defined,been an of thegoals After first. MFA have and to simplified structured be well has but abadly with complex quite highly defined often thatproblemis thatand drawresults, and result conclusions. practice, the In with one not does start thethe data,the system, to define calculate collect straightforward and easy at graphic flow(MFA), of result analysis the amaterial Looking seems it An MFA can be a time-consuming and costly task. This is especially true true especially is This costly task. and MFAAn atime-consuming be can many flow through Materials task. MFA a multidisciplinary usually is 207 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 want to m Nevertheless, studies. who case for those these cited in literature original reader’s the to readincrease some of It the also experience. recommended is intended are to studies fields.Thecase three for all conclusions important study by MFA to notproblem; any specific addressed wasrevealed initially it leadbefore: theregional related to multiple described three fields,the as such orderin to show MFA that well suited to address problems especially is accounting. or materials reporting environmental annual as studies, such consecutive MFA for future used similar be and data can fundamental account the that MFA it to high, be should initial for seem costs always an into the If taken be level on the data, of goods, particularly have before. collected been already up basic set and been system has the because effort less require tasks two Thelatter periods. time then nutrients) heavy first metals, further or for either time,analysis for materials the or additional repeatto first (e.g.,the 208 MFA atool well is suited for MAcTEmPoofgiven fieldin MFAis al., et this in (Brunner 1998).In general, management. overview Arecent potential ofrelated the to environmental solve to haveundertaken flow Most studies analysis material been problems Management Environmental 3.1 MFA system. complex world of the understandable, reality easily an into comprehensive theencounter when condensing even experts difficulties the by no means graph MFA possible.an as ies at of afinal looking Remember that reveals MFA many as own on their stud by performing additional experience gain In addition, an example of regional materials management (lead) management addition,In example materials given is an of regional following 18 demonstrateThe studies how case MFA applied be can for field MFA for an to perform task aparticular different in It adistinctly is • • • • • management management, management, waste and resource environmental fields of three the regarding decisions policy Policy and analysis metabolic systems of and entire of processes single Optimization stocks depletion in of substances and/or of beneficial Earlyand recognition accumulation harmful Linking of emissions to sources and vice versa vice and to sources of emissions Linking loadings of environmental Early recognition aster the f the aster ine ine a rt of MFArt (König, 2002), to indispensable be it will Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 and stocks of 12 elements in a Swiss region (Bunz Valley) of (Bunz region 12 aSwiss stocks elementsand in of 66 km resources. as use of heavy thebest metals andmake flowsto and accumulations harmful to to flows control of avoid the heavyand It important metals stocks thus is plants,sphere, microorganisms. and but toxic animals, are for many humans, batteries). bio for the in not essential are mercury line, Some heavy metals [PVC]),in gaso or to(lead improve serve systems of efficiency the additive an as polyvinyl chloride , in cadmium in (chromium materials of (zinc weathering steel), coatings withstand improve of other properties the can properties, they physical–chemical of their Because reasons. ronmental envi well as as economic for both substances important are Heavy metals 3.1.1 small region of region 66 km small demonstrate MFA studies that to investigatefollowing case used be can the company’s The to efficientlymeasure used performance. environmental input–output toanalysis, amaterial be flow and can it stock linked system is at company the level 3.1.4). (see Section acompany’s If accounting financial audit and management system (EMAS) environmental for abase an as ful (LCA) impact statementassessment (EIS). environmental and use It also is Studies Case that requires knowledge, support fields. many and from requires that information, task MFAan that is a multidisciplinary next confirms procedure described 3.4.1. Section in examined detailed are management for The resource stocks flowsand of implications these The discussed. are management ronmental flows of the andleadrelevant stocks Only project. RESUB envi to entire the of fraction merely represents chapter asmall study this portrayedcase in management. The tigated. of view was no environmental given There in goal was to inves be environment the and of management for resources the ings integrated way. athorough and in find the of addition, In significance the into, and out within, flows region of a material and stocks odology to assess al., et 1990). (Brunner was28,000 to inhabitants develop purpose The ameth basin with 820,000 with basin km This case study is taken from RESUB, from a comprehensive study taken is case study flows on the This They also show of application: wide spatial scale the also They power asingle plant, a point of any life-cycle Chapter MFA 2, in an starting the seen As usually is • • • • Multisubstance problemsMultisubstance (e.g., EIS of power acoal-fired plant) (e.g., issues Single-substance or nutrients) of heavy metals emissions constraints mental of view environ in new goods, systems processes, and Designing of priorities for measures management Setting Case Study 1: Study Case Lead Pollution Regional 2 , and a large watershed such as the entire River Danube watershed entire alarge , and the as such 2 can all be investigated using the same MFA same investigated be the using all approach. can 2 and and 209 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Stock F regional boundaries that match the administrative region, thus allowing allowing region, thus administrative the match that boundaries regional waterbetween a compromise to find good Hence, balance. crucial it often is hydrologicalnot the coincide with boundary, a itestablish to may difficult be does boundary spatial the water established. If be reliable regional balance material waterthatmanyforflows, a fundamental flow important is is it boundary.) watershed administrative the well to an delineate serves Because where regions, or hilly mountainous in case the often is boundary. (This border hydrological the coincides well with because, by this sen chance, Valley” “Bunz region of the cho is boundary boundary, administrative the step, afirst is toIn according defined the region Figure 3.1. the spatial For 3.1.1.1 210 zur Erfassung des regionalen Stoffhaushaltes, 1990.) Stoffhaushaltes, regionalen des zur Erfassung Methodik einer Entwicklung Bünztal, Die Unteren im Stoffhaushalt regionale P. al., H. et RESUB—Der Tokyo, Brunner, Simonis, Press, U. University E., 1994. Nations Eds., permission. United With Ayres, U. R. and Development, Sustainable for —Restructuring Industrial in region, Swiss a on study level: Acase local and regional at the P. metabolism Brunner, al., H. et Industrial MFA of the flows of lead Results (t/year) the Bunz Valley. (From (t)through stocks and FIGURE 3.1 low Consumer goods s [ Surface w s [t Σimport =34 t/y 18 15 Used cars ] 1 >330 r] Procedures 0. >7 6 ate r System boundaryBunzValley,1987 0 A Househol D 150+ 8 Forest soil 0.59 0.53 d 11 2 3 0.15 0.06 1. 6 Stock ~1000+60 Agricultural E C B G I 12 9 240+0.98 5 WWTP 6 Se Ri PBL 0.57 0.88 0.14 0.25 soil we ve r r Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 14 13 7a 0.46 0.27 0.67 J H F 17 10 Indust 600 +60 30+0.1 Landfill Urba area >6 0.44 0 n ry 7 Filter res constructi Σexport =280 Sewage sludge Surface w 16 7b 19 4 >270 MSW 0.09 5. 2 id 6 on iro ues ate and r n - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 is not taken into further consideration. Lead in car exhaust is calculated as as calculated is consideration. exhaust car Lead in further into notis taken lead fuel) concentration and in times consumed of amount fuel lated the as 0.05 tof lead than less (calcu contains for Fuel heating room line. consumed Section 3.3.1). Section residues of the measurements (see of from waste incineration taken MSW is waste-managementable Lead companies. concentration regional in from MSW (g/kg) lead the flow yields MSW.in MSW generation rateis avail MSW generation ratetimes (kg/capita/year) lead concentration in times regions. similar elsewhere in determined population) multiplied is by capita per factors lead-emission (g/capita/year) (capita)itants sewer to the system (percentage connected regional of the lead balance of the region. oflead the balance overall relevance the conclusions of for and little is the error mated this that notdoes account households. lead for in Nevertheless, the stock it esti is it since incorrect, is hypothesis 1year.households leaves This within them study, Thus, costly task. forand lead this enters that all that it assumed is account. Tolaborious an extremely flowsis measure in such of goods lead private appliances into in and households taken materials are struction nor neither flowsMSW. since stocks amajor shortcoming, is of con This flows on the based sewageof calculated and is goods consumer input in solidpal waste (4). (MSW) (2), cars from gas tles, exhaust etc. are Output goods sewage (3), munici and bot capsout) topping wine stabilizers, lead as such in goods consumer and (1) relevant phased for of lead process being (in leaded the comprise gasoline 9300 private through households goods materials Import region. of the private process The households 3.1.1.1.1 20and flows of goods. chapter.the defined systemfollowing endby is of The this the 10 processes flows and in 3.1,Figure cesses Tables 3.1 through 3.10, at thecalculations and pro corresponding help the numbers to identify and number. letters These 1990. of period 1985 the of representativeperiod 1year is during region for to the flow,groundwater)and soil in and concentrations showthatsampling a (e.g.,sumption) environment the and data on precipitation, water surface (e.g.,about anthroposphere the revenues, tax population data, con fuel and yield water aconsistent that balance. boundaries hydrological and administration, of regional by data the use collected the Studies Case It is assumed that all lead emitted by car exhausts stems from leaded from gaso stems exhausts by lead car emitted all that It assumed is (capita) of number inhabitants The calculated. similarly MSW is Lead in Figures for lead in sewage are calculated as follows. for as sewage lead of calculated Figures number inhab in are The leadThe flows through privateas follows. calculated are householdsLead flow each with and a chapter, aletter with labeled is process each this In data existing because of selected aperiod 1year is time, in aboundary As rvt Households Private (PHH) summarizes the flows of the and stocks (PHH) summarizes 211 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Stock No. Flow Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.1 212 from regional traffic monitoring and a model that takes into the roadaccountand thattakes a model monitoring traffic regional from by figures producers federal statistics). and cross-checked are results The statistics), lead (mg/L, mean content the and gasoline of the gasoline from (l/km, manufacturers’ kilometer per car from age of gasoline consumption age (in mileage km/year) statistics), (taken of national acar from aver the multiplied is region aver by the the in follows. licensed of number cars The 4 3 Note: 2 Outputs 1 Inputs

Process A inFigure 3.1. Operator = × × = = × × = = + + = × × × Rate ofchange Initial value Total leadflow Lead concentrationinMSW MSW generationrate Number ofinhabitants Municipal solidwaste(MSW): Total leadflow Lead emissionpercapita Connected tosewersystem Number ofinhabitants Household sewage: Total leadflow Lead contentofgasoline Consumption ofgasoline Mileage Number ofcars Exhaust gas: Total leadflow MSW (4) Sewage (3) Exhaust gas(2) Consumer goodsandleaded gasoline (balanced): Description Private Household Private Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook g Pb/capita/year kg/capita/year g Pb/kgMSW km/car/year mg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year g Pb/year g Pb/year mg Pb/L capita capita L/km Units cars kg – considered considered 1.51 ×10 5.6 ×10 1.6 ×10 28,000 28,000 15,000 14,000 Value 1596 5600 7347 5600 1596 0.08 Not Not 400 151 151 0.5 5.4 95 1 6 9 5 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Stock 7a 6 Outputs Case Studies Case No. Flow Treatment Plant Wastewater Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.2 7b 5 Inputs Operator = × = = × = × = × = × Total leadflow Used insideof Total leadflow Total leadflow Initial value Lead Lead Sewage sludge Lead WWTP output: Lead Rate of Sludge flow Sewage sludge Sludge flow Purified water Wastewater WWTP input: the region concentration concentration (used): concentration concentration change (exported): flow flow Description kg dry/year kg dry/year mg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year μg Pb/year μg Pb/year mg Pb/kg mg Pb/kg μg Pb/L μg Pb/L L/year L/year Units dry dry kg % considered 1.26 ×10 7.42 ×10 6.49 ×10 8.06 ×10 8.06 ×10 6.1 ×10 6.1 ×10 Value 1 Value 121.7 TP 1 TP 1 TP TP 1 TP TP 1 TP 20.7 Not 649 126 742 875 875 –16 92 9 9 11 11 5 8 5 1.42 ×10 1.34 ×10 2.14 ×10 1.66 ×10 2.14 ×10 2.26 ×10 2.26 ×10 TP 2+3 TP 2+3 TP 2+3 TP 2+3 Value 2 Value 59.2 134 216 216 6.3 36 17 14 10 11 5 7 5 9 9 TP 1+23 TP 1+23 TP 1+23 TP 1+23 (Continued) 1.02 ×10 1.02 ×10 8.36 ×10 8.36 ×10 Value Total Total 665 140 876 a 213 6 6 9 9 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Stock Note: 8, 9,10 Outputs No. Flow Treatment Plant Wastewater Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE (CONTINUED) 3.2 214 do not include lead-containing goods that contribute to the stock and thus thus and contribute stock that to the goods do not include lead-containing amounts only,of lead. significant not does contain diesel and operated are on diesel region, trucks this because, in neglected are and small considered to are be kept constant). are of trucks gasoline Lead emissions in areas) factors speed-dependent (figures and emission for lead concentration network (fractions of highways, roads, urban roads outside of settlement a 2 Inputs No. Flow Layer Boundary Planetary Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.3 a Data from PHH(seeTable 3.1). Total valuedoesnotequalthesumofvalues1and2,duetorounded values. Figures about the total input into households are rounded because they about input they households total rounded into because Figures the are Process CinFigure 3.1. Process BinFigure 3.1. Operator Operator = × = + × Total leadflow Exported out of theregion Description Total leadflow Additional lead Surface Initial value Deposition rate Deposition Deposition: Total leadflow Exhaust gas Rate ofchange (roads) ratio Description a : mg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year Units kg Pb/ha/ % Units year kg ha – Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 5.64 ×10 Value 1 Value considered Value 1 Value 56 Forest 8 0.294 2000 1596 Not 588 – 0 3 7 2.96 ×10 Value 2 Value Agriculture 64 30 Value 2 Value 0.098 3700 563 200 1 7 Value Total Total Value 3 Value Urban 86 0.490 441 900 – 5 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Flow No. Flow Forest Process Soil Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.4 Flow No. Flow Soil Agricultural Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.5 a Case Studies Case necessary. investigation lead the into flows through private households wouldbecome rounded value the decisive, and is calculated the amore thorough between that,out the difference conclusions,forthe turns sufficient.If is it accuracy on accuracy.have effect little For conclusions, overall and the results this 11 Outputs Stock Stock Note: 8 Inputs 9 Inputs 12 Outputs Note: Data from PBL (seeTable 3.3). For detailed information about the calculation, see Table see about calculation, the information For detailed 3.1. Process DinFigure 3.1. Process EinFigure 3.1. Operator Operator = = × + + = × Total leadflow Total leadflow Runoff factor Deposition Runoff: Rate ofchange Initial value Rate ofchange Initial value Deposition Total leadflow From WWTP From PBL Deposition: Total leadflow Runoff factor Deposition Runoff: Description Description a : kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year Units Units kg kg – – 150,000 240,000 Value Value 1228 1228 588 588 529 982 665 563 246 0.1 0.2 59 215 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 5 Outputs Note: 14 13 Note: 13 Outputs 10 Inputs Stock No. Flow Urban Areas Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.6 216 c b a No. Flow Sewer Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.7 a 3 Inputs Stock Data from WWTP (seeTable 3.2). Data from UA (seeTable 3.6). Data from PHH(seeTable 3.1). Data from PBL (seeTable 3.3). Process FinFigure 3.1. n.d. =notdetermined.Process GinFigure 3.1. Operator = × Operator = – – Total leadflow Runoff factor Deposition Runoff: Total leadflow Deposition Rate ofchange Initial value Description WWTP input Total leadflow UA runoff (13) PHH sewage(3) WWTP input(5) Industry sewage(balanced): Urban area runoff Total leadflow Total leadflow Household sewage Total leadflow Rate ofchange Initial value a : Description kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year c : Units kg b – : a : Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Buildings Value 1 Value 30,000 1.00 221 221 441 176 kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year Units kg Value 2 Value Green 0.20 221 44 Total Value Buildings + green Value 265 n.d. 460 265 151 876 265 151 876 0 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 15b 15a Inputs Stock 14 16 16b 16a Outputs 15 Case Studies Case Note: 17 Flow No. Flow Industry Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.8 a Data from Sewer(seeTable 3.7). Process HinFigure 3.1. Operator = = = = × + = + = × × × = – – metal Scrap metal: Total leadflow Lead percar(excl.battery) Number ofusedcars Used cars: Rate ofchange Initial value Industry sewage Total leadflow Filter residues (16b) Construction iron (16a) Industry output: Total leadflow Lead content Filter residues Filter residues: Total leadflow Lead content Construction iron Construction iron: Total leadflow Scrap metal(15b) Used cars(15a) Industry input: Total leadflow Lead content Total leadflow Industry sewage(14) Industry output(16) Industry input(15) Automotive shredder Total leadflow residues (balanced): Description a : kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/car cars/year kg Pb/kg kg Pb/kg kg Pb/kg kg/year kg/year kg/year Units kg Not considered 6.50 ×10 1.50 ×10 1.45 ×10 300,000 120,000 272,500 200,000 200,000 332,500 300,000 272,500 332,500 72,500 72,500 32,500 32,500 0.0133 0.0005 0.0005 59,540 Value 460 460 2.5 0 7 8 7 217 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 flows from the atmosphere to the soil and viceand flowsthe soil theversa.from atmosphere to the PBLallowusing thatas a suitable simplifications to accountprocess for However, task. modeling and and assumptions it possible certain is to make PBL, of the analytical balance it adaunting amaterial because is to measure study. case RESUB for not the cess possible studies, it usually is regional In atmosphere. well a“distribution” suited as is It and about is mhigh 500 pro planetary process boundaryThe layer 3.1.1.1.3 process. WWTP asingle as summarized plants are three plant. data treatment of The the small anticipated other for are as the ances flows plant, material and same bal the For third campaign. the measuring the included in plants are plant one large small of and the the plants. Only one plant region: small two large and the in WWTPs three are cles. There vehi whenever1 year. taken Samples to are sludge transferred is volume total the of to sludge sludge during vehicles transferred transport water to the proportional flow.The flow sewage of sludge is­ wastewater wastewaterQ/s purified and so-called by a samplerthat samples WWTP. devicethe at inflow of the turi continuouslyfrom taken Samples are analyzed for lead (g/manalyzed ter, 1year (m sludge and during measured are sludge wastewater. purified and The flows ofwastewater, wastewapurified Hence, small. is most sewage lead in leaves fractions WWTP these the in show of amount lead the that sediments and sievings concentrations in the of analysis chemical and sampling Preliminary heavy metal. evance for this of wastewater, lead species in chemical the off-gas of no is quantitative rel to Due residues of sieving amounts sandy sediments. and gas, small and wastewater cleaned in (6),treated, resulting sewage sludge (7a b), and off- wastewater process the plantIn treatment (WWTP), wastewater (5) is 3.1.1.1.2 218 For detailed information about the calculation, see Table see about calculation, the information For detailed 3.2.

Wastewater Treatment Plant Wastewater Planetary Boundary Layer Boundary Planetary a 17 Inputs Stock No. Flow Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.9 Note: Data from Industry(seeTable 3.8). Process JinFigure 3.1. 3 ). flow The of by a wastewaterven is determined ASR Rate ofchange Initial value Total leadflow Description a : (PBL) lowest denotes the layer of the Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook kg Pb/year kg Pb/year Units kg 3 /year) sampled and are and 600,000 59,540 59,540 Value measured as as measured ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 11 6 12 Stock No. Flow River Process Flows of Lead through Calculation TABLE 3.10 c b a Note: Case Studies Case 19 Outputs 18 Inputs Data from WWTP (seeTable 3.2). Data from Agricultural Soil(seeTable 3.5). Data from Forest Soil(seeTable 3.4). Process IinFigure 3.1. Operator = = = × × Total lead Forest WWTP Total lead Agricultural Total lead Water flow Total lead Lead Lead Initial value Water flow Surface water Total lead Surface water Rate of Description flow runoff output flow runoff flow flow concentration concentration (export): flow (import): change b a c : : : kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year kg Pb/year μg Pb/L μg Pb/L μg/year μg/year L/year L/year Units kg considered 1.70 ×10 6.70 ×10 2.00 ×10 Holzbach 3.69 ×10 Value 1 Value 1997 –948 29.8 Not 246 140 4.6 59 17 12 10 10 9 3.19 ×10 5.87 ×10 Value 2 Value Bunz 18.4 587 10 11 Total Value 3.56 ×10 Sum 604 219 10 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 receiving .receiving to of built-up lead (13) transported is areas This runoff. the found in be can deposited lead (11), on forest soil (12), soil 20% of agricultural up and to 60% show 10% that calculations The soils. of the lored for agricultural forest and to von (1990).ing Steiger Baccini and tai individually are assessments Both (Udluft, 1981). soils in mobility heavy metal Erosion approximated is accord on project research on another based estimated leachateof are soil lead in waters)surface to groundwater. seeping fraction the concentrations and The reaching interflow(both and divided runoff surface into is soil the reaching water crops. The evapotranspiration agricultural of and forests in ferences account into dif forest taking soils, and of agriculture fractions among the (1962),amount net water of the yields dividedwateris This flow soil.the to to Primault according calculated finally models various and with estimated (measured by continuous automatic measurement) evaporation, rain minus soil. Precipitation waterthe and agricultural the flowsoil forestfrom and to much smaller. is hydrological The the reveals balance constructions other and roads, covered buildings, with actually area The area. settlement ha and 900 forest ha soil, 2000 for of 3700 agriculture, used consists region soil The ha 3.1.1.1.4 over region. emissions the total of the distribution the wet and values depositions yields of about dry surements than 30% higher mea on actual approaches two based fairly the well. method agree from The Results forest soils. and comparatively is of that agricultural soils than larger of roads; of proximity urban load the thus, the hectare in per lead emitted is account into most that takes soils deposition The on urban soils. sponding on models givenand (1990), by Beer leadthe flowscorre for calculated are deposition results, wet dry on the and Based region. the in stations sampling ofa period 1year, deposition at only of two wet lead dry measured and is Therefore, periods. forfor long differences measuring show significant little at measurements 11 region throughout the stations sampling preliminary vegetation surface. in and Second, account into differences taking areas, land to PBL emission divided among the is regional total the regions, neighboring (Beer, 1990). of all metabolism of uniform assumption First, on the based (10)urban two by methods lead The flowsare determined soils. soil the to to depositions forest of (8), wetconsist dry and (9), land agricultural and flow the of lead than larger deposited.The the flows from the soil PBL to PBL the of lead (not through 3.1) Figure given in to times four about is three deposited and outside flow total Note region. of the the lead exported that amount of domestic the equals region the deposited and lead in imported lead, lead to exported corresponds i.e., imported that of amount the that Thus, assumed be it regions. can surrounding for all similar are air sions into it emis reasonable to suppose the is that metabolic characteristics, same the 220 For detailed information about the calculation, see Table see about calculation, the information For detailed 3.3. have that by regions basically surrounded study is region case the Because Lead Flows and Stocks Flows in Soils Lead Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 to the excellentto the air-pollution control (APC) device smelter, of the keeps which flowgiven no emission is the there smelterforthat in 3.1.Figure is due This by authorities, local smelter. of the monitor who emissions periodically Note filterresidue. is the confirmed and steel the concentrationThelatter figure in produced, steel tion of amount filter the residue the leadas as exported, well smelter The operatorturers. amountabout suppliesthe of construc figures manufac received be car or from can literature the found in are cars used in suppliedshredder is byshredder operator. the for lead Figures concentration of industryamount lead in were used conclusion. final for the It evenif same theimportant doublewouldbe the not is uncertainty well. shredder as (Note the this that in treated ded and figure. are shred may It that goods other be well aminimal yields car. This concentration the of a lead in times cars of number used the as calculated is theregion. within landfilled are automotive so-called shredder residues These of every (ASRs) kind. metals biomass (wood, and textiles, paper, leather, residual with hair) and mixed shredder producescar shredder residues organic (17) of plastics, consisting filterresidues (16b)the hand, the other On the smelter exported. are thatof (15).cars (16a) rods outputs The comprise, one construction hand, on the and industry process the ing dominat are rods to produce smelter cars shredded iron construction using adjacent an shredder and goods. Acar lead-containing handling a few are ply comprehensive turnover. data about material It their only appears that of company. each stocks 61 these, Of cooperate companies actively sup and flows about material and the aquestionnaire and interview of an consists investigation, the included 102 which in are businesses nated. remaining The 20 employees than less 323 elimi with are companies, those remaining the step, removed Of except production list. are the sectors the sector from all lead flow. regional the role play that in companies important an first As a those large number this within to find is task main The region. the active in low 11,000 and 1300 with population,size are companies there employees industry process The 3.1.1.1.6 sewage. resulting the in and areas, privateter urban from from households, runoff surface in sewer process the by balancing age (5) WWTP. to the estimated be wastewater can Lead in industry from (13), runoff surface urban (14), industry and sew resulting the and sewer system receives mixed The wastewater private from households (3), System Sewer 3.1.1.1.5 Studies Case The leadThe flows industrythrough Table see about calculation, the information For detailed 3.7. Tables see about calculation, the information For 3.4 detailed 3.6. through Industry proves Despite region’s the challenge. to areal be small . Hence, industry process inputs the into the , taking into account into lead flowsin , taking wastewa are assessed as follows. as industry Input assessed in are .) by the processed of number cars The are used used are 221 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 3.1.1.2 flows. minimum values shortcomings, for leadthese riverthe flows in asregarded be must of weight. less are thus and period Given measuring total of the fraction (e.g., data cover 1week). missing asmaller the of sampling, invalid case In equipment.sampling Hence, it advisable is to have periods short sampling waterlarge have flows the heavy storms off destroyedduring carried or technology, problems. practical sampling several are occasions, On there not samplers working are the appropriately. in addition In limits to the of biomass, debris, chunks and particles, larger riverwhen the transports of arainstorm, course the In of particles. catch aliquots large cannot they but particles, suspended and well dissolved suited to substances collect are Q/s with stations samplers state-of-the-art out these that samplers. It turns water river. to the river The water sampled is continuously at same the contributing account into area the compensated for by are ences taking differ not locatedthe are boundaries, stations at systems exact the these continuously flow record the river of and outin watertheregion. Since of stations measuring comprehensive for the sured Existing project. RESUB of acomplete course the mea in water is that balance determined been flowsurface Themay be water justified. this hence,has flow neglecting (<10%) small is area forest soils; and agricultural the with comparison in WWTP. the in treated and collected settlement is Second, the runoff urban sewer system, account. into most amixed and has First,taken region the to surface waters leadareas notbeen has flowsettlement from direct The (12),forest soil (8). WWTP the and river The outflow (13) leavestheregion. river not does role. region play or the leaving process important entering The an Groundwater region. the within predominantly originating tributary river process The 3.1.1.1.7 lead flows.regional to other sewage similar is anymore. of amount region industry lead The in smelter Thus, the the of gasoline. no is from relevance in for lead emissions at alevel orders emissions below is of that magnitude lead emissions annual 222 case study is further used to point out the potential for regional materials materials for to point out regional potential used the study further is case 3.4.1,Section In monitoring. for efficientenvironmental used be same the how and measures, it can priorities for to establish environmental used be how it hazards, to provide can serves of environmental early recognition to show used how are results MFA the particular, management. In mental of MFA use the regarding drawn for conclusions are environ section, this In For detailed information about the calculation, see Table see about calculation, the information For detailed 3.10. Tables see about calculation, the information For 3.8 detailed 3.9. and receives water river the inflow from (10), soil (11),the agricultural the Results ufc Waters Surface consists of a river flowing through the region and a small and a small theregion of ariverthrough consists flowing Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the question of what options future generations will have generations when inherit will they of question whatthe future options to or controlled be not, so,needs if and when. “filling up” The raises strategy protection)spective, aslow whether such environmental approach to alimit It (and, of a matter strategy soil-protection is future. the awider per in in way, same the exceeded be in will for soils lead concentrations standards in 170 (urban of lead use soil) soil) continues 280 (agricultural the years. and If regional hydrosphere is discussed next. ASR that may contribute pollution hypothesis ASR. toto the The the of the leadmental lead well plastic additives as as compounds in transferred are separation of incomplete. the shredder leadfact is that car by the Some ele is the due to This landfill. approximatelythat the in tof 600 lead buried is practice over past 10 the similar years,lead. estimated be it Assuming can regionalmain the isfar “accumulator” by for Thelandfill ASR. as landfilled shredded, cars, and used in lead by caused the imported are stock lation in before the study has begun. studybefore the has agenda neither problem on the been nor even has that environmental known air. merit and of The soil afuture MFA to identify between and ability the is water surface and groundwater, soil plants, and and soil between between to engagee.g., experts, specific It necessary the transfer is fieldin of metal by simple answered be MFA cannot evant questions questions, the alone. the concentration too? itthe of dust; lead increase, in will water? about for What water surface standards or the drinking endangers lead water? surface alevel to concentrations reach the soil that the will When lead flows in asteadyfrom be food? there or human increase Will for animal of plants up lead to alevel in increase of an concern in result soil the in tion accumula investigate the fate Does region. toxic the of the lead potentially in stays to imported “forever” important Thus, region. it the highly is within huge the lead is of extent the accumulation. About of the special one-sixth study case this makes What regions. urban for all arule are of substances Chapter 1, 1.4.5, shown in As Section unnoticed. occurs accumulations such further.) to Without increase likely are present study, the buildup of lead this thelead contrary, on flowsdecrease; will on past developments,based they (Note to according Chapter that 1, 1.4.5, Section no yet indication is that there 1000 from to t! 7000 have next for 100 the same increased will years, stock the flowsthe words, other regional In calculated. the be of if leadremain can of about lead totals 1000 t. A“doubling lead for of the stock time” 17 years mately 60 t/year. stock existing Hence, The region. the lead in accumulated is to approxi amounts lead lead and export import between difference The 3.1.1.2.1 3.1. Figure given in are region of the lead in analysis MFA of the results numerical The conservation. resource and management Studies Case Lead is accumulated in the soil, too. The doubling periods are between between soil, too. are doubling the The periods in accumulated Lead is From an environmental point of view, environmental From an flow, largest the and accumu stock, While MFA is helpful in identifying the problem rel the formulating and MFA identifying While in helpful is Early Environmental of Recognition Hazards 223 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 tional lead. to adecision or use that tional sludge It clear is agriculture in sewage sludge not applied well, be addi as it with since to loads soil soils the acomparativelylead in region, that it recommended is For short time. this sewageapplication sludge than overload to land it because will with soil the lead the flowsewage.in Thus,than suited is fromfor MSWcompostless flowan orderlarger is magnitude of This incinerated. and region the from mandatory.be will ASR before landfilling water significant pollution, and of heavyof metals pretreatment to leaching of raw ASR disposing If leads of heavy metals. long-term immobilization ensures that manner in a theASRlandfilled is that ensure to first priority (e.g., it for lead). analyzing leachates and by collecting any case, it In of is study thecase to follow hypothesis this is up notIt possiblewithin . and soils in processes and leaching field the transformation in of by experts by performed MFA. be analysis cannot in-depth Such investigations require that tasks specialized are aspects ASR. leadof Investigations the in these into speciation chemical the and reactions, chemical and duefill to biochemical (atmosphere,ings precipitation), land the of ASR within transformations the surround the body with interactionthelandfill the of landfill: lead the from Lichtensteiger, and waters surface (Baccini and 1989). periods for long time become permeable over (>100 years), longwill the run ground polluting thus liners the that to expected be has it topimpermeable liners, and still bottom with the art,state the to according of are constructed Even landfills the if groundwater into it water.top surface liners, may and lead leaching that be is without and bottom landfilled much been ASR Since of not has the is known. stock. Atlandfill present, the flowthe landfill the alarge such fate in is oflead leadthat can to WWTP,likely The stock and most figure. soils alarge is this process groundwater the waters. into of surface the and balance lead leaching The is that be thecalculation, can hypothesized it following on Based first. controlled of stock lead,important the most so is investigated it be and must landfill The 3.1.1.2.2 of cities. products homegrown in order in to needed protect consumers are gardens and soils of urban analysis lead. as such and of amount Hence, heavy metals highest balances material home as such areas, the gardeners, consume urban in grown food eating MFA soils. urban suggest fastest in persons results that centration increases adopt strategy.) regions same the neighboring if only effective be Lead con will of measure lead over transport this long the facilitates distances, which atmosphere of several aerosol-borne the residence lead is days,the time in out. phased is (Note leaded condition since if that gasoline come to this close will region case-study The constant. remain will soil the concentrations in the equilibrium, kept in be outputs “full” inputs and can the soil If soil. 224 The second largest regional flow regional largest second of is leadThe due MSW,to is exported which of emission for and possible mobilization crucial are following issues The river Establish for Environmental Priorities Measures reveals adeficit reveals of 0.95 t/year.the lead with Compared flows from Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 through privatethrough households 3.3.1). (see Section residue flowthe allows of one tolead, assess substances, as as other well ratios) of sewage sludge liquid. of scrubber to those “fingerprints” metal of source pollution the by(concentration assigning tify concentration with databination it for metals, may other possible be to iden show lead com digester concentrations. in can aprolonged In the increase a“memory” represents of severaltank weeks. Thus, sludge samples from plant, treatment the sewage in sludgedence time a digester or storage in activated wastewater sludge plant. ashort resi treatment While has the in effluentthesewerthe andseverely systemreached scrubber contaminated By off-gas accident,the stream. it some happened lead-loaded of that the filters, fabric from systemremoved scrubbing a high-efficiency wet metals industry process of the way. significant depletion astatistically pollutants of in soil or accumulation would to monitoring years confirm contrast, soil take traditional evaluated be can MFA by an of measures such implemented. before are they In e.g., addition the of sewage through sludge on leaded or effect a ban the gasoline, changed, are soil inputs to reached. the If concentrations are beforedanger high evolve concentration soil will a is indicate overwhether there results The time. visible. However, MFA campaign, how predict the measuring can asingle with become soil the in changes available,not significant usually decades it until takes are sampling for intense such funds the Because required. are periods long time of samples numbers large or (2) with programs intensive sampling over sampling either (1) then monitoring, soil by traditional to detected be concentrations are very soil in changes significant capabilities. statistically If forecasting their in limited arise. flows substance and stocks for MFA monitoring an Once established, opportunities many of is aregion 3.1.1.2.3 50 kg/year. than sions to less filter fabric emis the system,lead reducing ahigh-efficiency with equipped been has of no are ever priority furnace the to air since emissions the that smelter, atmosphere.to the the Regarding MFA the conclusion supports the (TCs) coefficients transfer such exhibit MSWof-the-art incinerators for lead region). the deposition State- within 1% uniform (assuming years 8000 in 0.01% below be than will of soil lead in increase of lead air, into resulting the less transfers incineration efficientAPC.If with to combined be MSW has flow large the from MSW,in of soil leadto protect the treatment of thermal nutrients, substances. als, organic and heavy met other as such range of substances to applied be has to afull also on lead based alone. exemplary be and approach here is The taken cannot Studies Case Likewise, the combination of combination MFA the Likewise, of monitoring MSW incineration and MFA of sewageCombining analysis sludge the with allows monitoring are costly and MFA are Such programs programs. replace monitoring soil can mentioned previously,As outside order incinerated MSW In region. is the niomna Monitoring Environmental . For example, smelter before the with was equipped 225 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 soil and groundwater, lost and NO be as soil also can in survive.transformations toDue to difficult increasingly find it organisms oxygenand the other As concentration fish sition decreases, of organisms. death, decompo and mass mass, plankton reducedis due increased to the algae (eutrophication). oxygen aconsequence, As the content water surface in of growth the waters surface Nutrients environment. in enhance to the losses toward minimizing directed are practices that reduced be bycan farming avoided. be cannot they of common, and nutrients losses are Yet,tural they up by plants taken (Scheffer, be delivered can soil to the 1989). Thus, agricul system, nutrients soil–plant to not the all inherent of limitations Because animals. and production for the of for food humans crucial especially are to develop populations and They species to vanish. or them enabling causing and growth forbiosphere. keythe factors the controlling tial are They phosphorous,Nutrients nitrogen, as essen such are and potassium, 3.1.2 follows: as structured is of process each description flows and in 3.1.Figure processes corresponding help the The to identify and flow each numbers with and a aletter letters number.These with labeled Tables in presented calculations the 3.1In 3.10, through is process each 3.1.1.3 shredder itself. the without analyzing to assessed be rods),dust construction and flowshredder allowsthecar the through of lead data supplied with combined smelter by outputs two the the (filter on lead in notder available. are Rough decade, last data the about from new lead cars in study,aforementioned case data aboutthe shred flows substance through thethe adjacent In flows processes. material mass-balancing by missing available aboutinformation aprocess, it may the possible be to estimate 226 between the two is the scale: a small region of region 66 km scale: asmall the is two the between environment. of well as as the of management for resources the matter, respectively. Hence, control of the importance of nutrients prime is sphere, formation of ozone toparticulate the tropospheric and contributing Finally, no MFA of is monitoring. there If additional type an facilitates Case studies 2 and 3 both relate 3both to nutrient 2and pollution. studies difference Case The • • • • • calculate the lead the flows)calculate Name ofto outputused are that flows list of quantities a (including lead the flows)calculate to Nameused of inputare that flows list of quantities a (including lead ofRate the stock of change process the inside Lead stock Name process of the Case Study 2: Regional Phosphorous Management 2: Study Phosphorous Regional Case Basic Data for Calculation of Lead Flows Stocks and Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 2 and 28,000 inhabitants in in 28,000 inhabitants and x or NH or 3 to the atmo the to - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 case study 2 versus the entire River a watershed with Danube study entire of2 versuscase the 820,000 km Studies Case and surface water can only roughly be assessed, too. In the present study, too. the In water surface roughly assessed, be only and can vegetation. and path of The climate water precipitation from to groundwater (accordingformulas 1948 to Penman, or Primault, 1962) data on regional and altogether. various using fails Data calculated be for evapotranspiration can problemregional to aspecific nottherelated to hydrosphere,limited or it a hydrological not might possible. be MFA cases, such balance In to be has major groundwater are there inflows, if and outflows, in stock, changes or MFAs. of most regional possibility groundwater If not data available, are thereforetask. beyond is theIt andresource-consuming difficult but usually groundwater flows of the and is a stocks necessary tive Determining region. outside and administra net precipitation the same the within foring areas compensated for assum are deviations coincide region well. small the The istrative) study, hydrological this and In of definitions two boundaries. the (admin regional the between problem mismatch the is for water balancing of least Apotential number expensive measurements. the with accuracy to achieve is sufficient purpose main The program. ment measurement and in order identifiedthe assess set costly following for are to priorities stocks (Figure 3.4).analysis identifiedbe by a systems water relevant balance, the annual hydrologicalan flows andmust processes 3.3). (Figure needed water for is costs region for the the balance To minimize erosion). (runoff and aparticle as and (leaching) Hence, acomprehensive dissolvedin a state both transported flowbe can of P because phosphorus 19 and into flowscesses account taken (Figure 3.2). are of goods plant and production introduced. Hence, are breeding 10 again, pro animal comparatively is soils Two urban forest and small. for additional processes account, into flow the taken since is soil of P on agricultural identical. Only are space time way in and boundaries phosphorous systems The used. is due to for the changes as lead, same some the small procedure with is The on flowshensive of project;and it RESUB phosphorous stocks focuses (P). 3.1.1, lead the Section exampleLike in compre of the study apart 1is case Procedures 3.1.2.1 too. discussed, Pflows is overand periods stocks time varying longer study, case for of accounting this management. In challenge the materials study, 3.5 about Section regional study in presented on Pis case another addition In results. present individual case of to combination the the and comparison true allowing stream, approach same entire the along the uses to put is (often scale ateam together lenge large that on the international) chal The scales. two nutrients on these of task balancing the in differences MFA same the scales, focal Nevertheless, are approach taken. there be can study 3. case It in noteworthy is for that inhabitants both 85million and By water aprovisional semiquantitative water flows main balance,and the step, afirst As estimated. the is the water forimportant Water balance is 227 ------2

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Stock F sured for a period of 1 year. Samples are taken for the same time period for period for of aperiod 1 year. time sured same for the taken Samples are

228 regions. neighboring aboutgroundwaterinformation sufficient is there outflow to the region from Stoffhaushaltes nalen regio des zur Erfassung Methodik einer Entwicklung Bünztal, Die Unteren im Stoffhaushalt regionale P. Brunner, From New York, Press, al., H. et RESUB—DerUniversity 1994. permission. With U. Ayres, E., U. R. Nations Simonis, Eds., United and Development, Sustainable for Restructuring Industrial in Metabolism— region, aSwiss on study level: Acase local and regional at the metabolism (From Brunner, al.,Industrial et P. H. stocks. and flows phosphorous Regional FIGURE 3.2 low Industrial products Animal feedstock The flows in of The andin eightwater stocks listed goods, Table 3.11, are mea The following equation is used for the hydrological for the used following equation is balance: The Surface water s [ s [t ΣImport =232 t/y ] Fertilizer Food r] >61 3+x 17 45 28 78 Precipitation water +surface +groundwater import import System boundary“BunzValley,1987” production + drinking water =evapotranspiration import + drinking household + surface water+ surface + groundwater export export ., 1990.) ., Animal Private + drinking water export + change in stock in water +change export + drinking 100 17 85 Stock =10,000+64 Agricultural 10,000+68 WWTP Sewer River PBL soil 17 19 38 3 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 13 21 109 production Industry Landfill Plant ? ? Meat, milk,eggs Σ Surface water tables, fruits Cereals, vege- Export =168 Food >40 30 24 74 x - -

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 permission.) al., valley. G. et Vom Henseler, the (From in Wasser, rivers two 78, are 91,Holzbach 1992. With and Bunz evapotranspiration). minus (precipitation input precipitation net doubled by the is water flowsurface of the region, the passes river the while water balance: of regional Results FIGURE 3.3 not taken into account, since federal legislation banned P for these purposes. purposes. Pfor account, into these not federal banned taken legislation since (Lentner,food 1981). household is Phosphorus in detergents cleaners and about household (BAS, consumption food 1987) nutrient the content and of flowThe of intofood-derived P private datausing established is households 3.1.2.1.1 are assessed. 3.2 Figure how data in presented the explained be it following, the will In phosphorus the fluxes. to good determine that concentrationthe of P within of phosphorus.stocks For investigated, good each flow the is multiplied by flows water the and the to measure next step is balance, the analyzing After water referregional to Henseler, balances, Scheidegger, (1992) Brunner and Tablegiven in 3.11 3.4. Figure and about For more establishing information are locations and frequencies, methods, sampling and Measurement tions. water groundwater and have concentra same the drinking that assumed is water produced is groundwater, from drinking goods. Since most it of these Studies Case [10 5 m Σ import =1113 3 /y Holzbach r] rvt Household Private Bünz 32 36 27 0 Drinking System wa Prec boundary te r ip 25 itatio RE nE 23 SUB 0 73 wate Infiltrati to sew 54 0 Infiltrati 69 r er on on water ∆ 11 27 +34 0 0 ∆ 11 +34 Ground Losses 38 88 0 Waste Unsatu va wa poration wa te ra te r ted r so Σ il export =107 Ground Runo Water export ex Bünz 67 9. 12 7. ff ex port 5 9 0 wa port 229 te 9 r - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 230 10 water surface good The 3.1.2.1.2 in agriculture. about and 1% marginal nutrient is Pmanagement total of use the regional contribution to of nutrient its maximum since grounds conservation, the on justified be hardly of MSW can composting that It worth mentioning is outside MSW incinerator an region. in it the treated since is further, ered 10% of wastewater by MSW.means remaining the and not MSW is consid private Pentering the Of of households, mass. to leave assumed 90% is by conservation 3.5 the to according Figure and calculated but is sured instead flow through private households).The P output of is householdsnot mea do not have account into (<1% to taken be flow, regional of total <10% of they ofthat P flows other A rough estimation showedso small are theythat al., G. et VomHenseler, Wasser points). (From sampling and (• water balance. =flowmeasurements of regional Determination FIGURE 3.4 Therefore, they are not taken into account into Therefore, not phosphorus for taken the are balance. they 1% phosphorus groundwater than tion, and flow. less regional are total of the water evapotranspira export, and import precipitation, in drinking those 7428 and tP/year, 3.2). respectively (Figure Some phosphorus flowsas such respectively) water multiplied and bycorresponding flow, the in resulting (0.8 input output measured the and are region of mg/L the 1.1 and mg/L, Inflo Moisture impor Drinking 6 and 67 and ×10 Inflo Groundw w Holzbach w import import Bünz River wa ater te t r 6 m System 3 /year, 3.3). respectively (Figure Pconcentrations in The Surface supply water Wa boundary te is flowing in and outin theregion flowing of at is rates of 35 × r , 78, 91, 1992. permission.) With agriculture H Ground- industry ousehol water Soil PB L d Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook WWTP Vege tation - export Ground export Drinking Wast Se Grit Screenings Plant expor Outflow Bünz to Reuss Outflow Moisture export wa ge ewat export wa wa er te t te r r - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case

TABLE 3.11 Measuring and Sampling Procedure to Establish a Regional Water Balance Number of Method of Flow Method of Substance Good Measuring Stations Measurement Measuring Period Sampling Sampling Period Precipitation 3 Rain gauge 1 year (365 × 24 h) Composite sample 27 × 2 weeks Surface water 3 River gauge 1 year (365 × 24 h) Composite sample 27 × 2 weeks Wastewater 2 Venturi 1 year (365 × 24 h) Composite sample 27 × 2 weeks Sewage sludge 2 Container 1 year Composite sample 10 per year Sievings from WWTa 1 Balance 1 year Grab sample 3 per year Sand from WWTb 1 Volume 1 year Grab sample 3 per year Drinking water 9 Meter 1 year Grab sample 9 per year Groundwater 5 Water table 1 year No samplingc – Source: Henseler, G. et al., Vom Wasser, 78, 91–116, 1992. a Screenings from wastewater pretreatment. b Sediment of wastewater pretreatment. c Groundwater identical to drinking water. 231 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 232 e P. T W W he t for source P a in large sewer to is the and polyphosphates transferred is good. Pin export an as leaves food unchanged in region the contained P The companies. other and chemical regional in some amounts in used polyphosphates and importance, are of stock interregional alarge in rarily Two industry process for the important are aspects 3.1.2.1.4 transfer. this during for analysis vehicles, samples taken of and Pare to transport ferred (13 t P/year) flow total the of sludge metering in trans measured is when wastewater (19 tP/year). sludge in Pcontained applied agriculture and in water 52 concentration by in biweekly the of Pmeasured samples of treated by waters multiplying surface volume measured the the is of waste treated household wastewater (38 –17 =21 tP/year). WWTP, the In output the to input and WWTP between difference wastewater the as calculated try” is in for P inputs.figure “indus The household WWTP outputs measured and from data using sewerthe flows calculated The are systemthrough of P System Sewer 3.1.2.1.3 1991, P. P. Anthroposphere, the of Baccini, Brunner, and Metabolism H.)Media: Science+Business Springer from permission kind (With plant. STP: treatment holds. sewage private house through food in contained phosphorous and matter, dry food of food, Flow FIGURE 3.5 Food 1700/140 Industry 430 treatment To MS 100/20 Kitche 40 7 00/ Solid wa Human W 0 n 70 body st Transpi Respir e Se 400/20 wa 20 at ra io ge tion n Urin Ph Ma 450/20 e Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 270 os ss/d porus Total food wa sy Sy sew ry st stem stem boun matter[k es to [g er /( 50/1 c. 100 yr : food is stored tempo is : food )] 0 Fece da g/(c ry s .y 900/50 r) 390 ] To ST P - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the region (85 region the tP/year). (exportbles, of 24 fruits and tP/year), cycled within feedstock animal and output the of goods, P in namely, vegeta cereals, plants like harvested 3.2 literature. Figure the displays amountfrom the taken are runoff and age for sludge deposition, WWTPs, those and from erosion, collected are field sewfor through accounts. products, Figures checked are dairy and animal process Flows the production of in goods of amount produce, of fornumber animals, production, crop area etc.). (e.g., region the practice in farming previously actual considering and production described systems values the three of the extrapolated, taking then are harvest output and through fertilizer and manure Input through sources. information agricultural from values the taken against checked double- data are of phosphorus All soil. to entry the annual mate the to esti analytically determined are Phosphorus contents goods of all monitored and for area 2years. of agricultural unit per measured are products, goods harvested and animal manure, fertilizer, of mineral use soil agricultural duce), animal processes: productionthree investigated practices are under agricultural These characteristics. rial raising production systems— of agricultural types Three 3.1.2.1.6 to groundwater water. surface and leaching Pis that (biomass,and detergents)the past in containing have landfilled been landfill process The 3.1.2.1.5 Studies Case

lated follows: as river. regional the reaching eventually is soils from leaching and off P running all that Therefore,waterassumed outflowbeen is small. has theregion it from

The flow of P to plant production including agricultural soil ( soil flowThe of P to including plant agricultural production The amount of P stored in the agricultural soil ( soil agricultural the of amount PstoredThe in The groundwater inflow into the region is close to zero, and the ground zero, close to the is and groundwaterinto theregion The inflow + sewage sludge produced feed vegetables, +cereals, –(animal fruits) groundwater) and to surface S =X–(erosion leaching and +runoff , and miscellaneous , and plant production Agriculture Landfill = fertilizer + manure +atmospheric deposition +manure X =fertilizer , as shown in Figure 3.2. Figure For shown in production, as each system, the is not is investigated, although it possible is phosphorous- that (production of wheat, vegetables, corn, etc.), and —are defined based on their different manage different their on defined based —are = 194 –109 =85tP/year = 85–17 =68 tP/year (production of animals and dairy pro dairy and (production of animals , such as animals, fodder, animals, as , such S ) is calculated as follows: as calculated ) is animal breeding animal X ) is calcu , crop crop 233 ------­

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 load of P in the river increases from 28 t/year from riverload the increases of Pin at to inflow the 74 t/year at sewage waters.intoThethereceiving purified with discharged directly is waters surface to the (17 eroding/leaching and annum) t/year). Second, P (+68 t/c, of +0.68% soil the in Pstock of the per increase to an corresponding soil the in First, region. accumulating the Pis in Pmanagement concerning issues twomain are there landfills, of amount Pin unknown Besides the Protection Environmental 3.1.2.2.1 21another t/year. Possibly, but more not used accounted Pis industry for in a Pflow of 40 t/year. amounts watertreatmentto industrial use of P Thefor continuouslyholds of for are Pthat amounts replenished, large accounting silo for erosion. food waters and surface Aregional to the bypasses leaching up 109 take Plants soil. appliedof Pis regional t/year, to the 17 and t/year ­sewage sludge (13 t/year), atmospheric and deposition (3 t/year), 194 t/year for plant production).tilizer (100 By manure t/year), (78 t/year), fertilizer (45 activities t/yearagricultural 78 and t/year of fodder for animals of fer 2.3). (see Chapter 2, for Section imported of amount largest remain Pis The do of not hence, processes match, and stocks uncertainties in changes and balance.) not in are that MFA, In inputs, that outputs, case the it often is WWTP processes of the uncertainty the from stems accumulation t/year 64 added. 68 and between (Note: difference the given for regional 10,000 already It soil. for the contains Pis t, 68 t/year sink and main The is (168P exports t/year) of t of accumulation 64 P/year. an by far, in resulting of (232 lead, case P the imports 3.2. the Figure in As t/year)in outweigh the water stock. hydrological shows balance, which ground toward atendency decreasing aratheris 10-year “wet” the deviates from year; average it distinctly of the It year of the measurement campaign. that reveals assessment the during river of the water. quality for the important wastewater highly is treatment for dilution of potential wastewatersregional Hence, rather is small. efficient of wastewater water to surface flowrelativelyis and high, accordingly, the sewage plants. ratio one treatment Thus, small major two the from and ters region, water 28% surface wastewa the treated the Of is produced within inputby the of net precipitation (precipitation evapotranspiration). minus water surface its region, the way the flow through (river water)is doubled it considerednot not here because been is relevant study. P forcase the On has flow this air; in contained of theregion consists humidity flow through (riverexports outflowand evapotranspiration) of water. watermain The (precipitation 3.3. imports large two Figure are river and There inflow)and in The is summarized theregion. waterP flows the of and balance stocks water well as as study regional include case balance the of this results The Results 3.1.2.2 234 The results of the analysis of flows of are and analysis ofpresented phosphorus the stocks results The groundwater in of stock ≈10% increase An of net precipitation observed is Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook and sewer and . - - -

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 application of is and of sewage importance of little sludge is on farmland the conservation, 10% of resource input. terms soil than Thus, total ofin the region, sewage sludge is, comparatively, of source P, asmall supplying less this flows various in the thatComparing soil,the clear of P to becomes it Priorities 3.1.2.2.3 have to adapted be calculations data and the new situation, to the too. changed, practice is agricultural course, Of soil. if Pinputs the into and tions concentra of soil campaign measuring one single with stocks soil in change one decade. MFA within different cantly of the provides predictions timely not signifi be values afew years, mean will because within accumulation P not identify will campaign analysis and even sampling intensive soil an river sewage the due ofof Pin Pin treatment. to improved elimination eroded P, in reduction lead the increase to alarge will offsetting This tained. main practice is present agricultural if centuries, aboutin ahalf one and 68 t/year, doubled be will soils Pconcentration the in that assessed be it can (≈10,000 soil the of amount Pin current the of accumulation t) annual the and depletion) long Taking happens. soil account into before it the of actually Pin to centuries). MFA it possible makes (as to accumulation forecast well as (decades along of period time takes soil, which the or to reduce in Pstock the practices agricultural to either Hence, change soil. the it in necessary stock is P of the afunction practice, of mainly amount Peroded is the agricultural havethey investigated): not been because source as apotential here discussed are not landfills uncontrolled (the options theoretical two are there riverof to limited, be the Pinto needs for water-pollution important is load control. This happens. the If it actually MFAThe before soil the of in Paccumulation of early Pfacilitates recognition 3.1.2.2.2 waters surface dilution of the outside region. of the for P limitations and account into potential the taking by also assessed be allowable Pload maximum Thus, river the to the reservoirs. must and lakes way, same waters the in place downstream to take in eutrophication likely is contribute Pload surface to the regions in downstream and upstream all If net precipitation. by ≈30%. Hence, river the P concentration increases the in outflow.the The flow river of iswater doubled the by addition of regional Studies Case Direct soil monitoring yields results with large standard deviations. Thus, standard large with results yields monitoring soil Direct reduction option not does of second quick allow Pflows:The given for a 2. 1. The flow of P from the soil to the surface reduced.thebe surface flowwaters to soil thecan The from of P time (months). to >90% about from a relatively 30–50% in short increased be can sewagethe removaltreatmentin WWTP The for efficiency P plant Early and Monitoring Recognition 235 - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 3.1.3 input. tural about 3tP/year ≈2% production, equaling agricul of for total agricultural sewage),with of separately composting garbage collected would supply only collected feces, and and (80% to urine eaten, transformed being eventually 20% of bought food than less by private MSW as households discarded is that Assuming theregion. Pflow of the within and low regarding priority foods. meat more and vegetarian towardintake less dietary the or to shift farming animal in of P efficiency the soil. animal23% of Pin production use for the to produce 109 tP/year to efficiencies of translates This plants harvested. in year to produce 30tP/year; plant production including 194 soil requires tP/year process ratio “input noteworthy: is to product processes The output” different of the system. The production bysoil–plant–animal–soil the agricultural P within low priority. flows large of of a stock are cycling dominant the due The to 236 alike. And it is essential to use a uniform methodology auniform to use it essential And is waste alike. management trade, and privatetry households, water wastewater and management, and indus for holds flowsfrom of true and agriculture, nutrients stocks This compared. be states cannot riparian different of the results dataequal, and are not if terms Otherwise, definitions. equal using fordata country set each adequate, an to acquire ners. comprehensive It necessary is compatible and part accepted by is methodology same, that all appropriatethe uniform and former. for the to use It of utmost thus importance is marginal only and latter may severebe quite consequences the for financial the taken, are measures mon level remediation of corresponding water and established is protection outwatershed, to a major be contributor. may turn another Hence, acom if may not factor alarge one be country pollution forengaged. the of the While partners for the have consequences can protection different environmental countries. participating of each the groups from research of joint several effort the watershed require investigation atransnational into MFAs an general, like multinational scale.In toaccording the scales on large procedures and focus the in differences clear Nevertheless,tems. are there applied (farm) be can to watershed) small (international very large and sys application of MFA independent is of scale; hence, methodology same the (SomlyódyCountries” al., et 1997). comprehensively for “Nutrient Danube It report described the Balances is in countries. 11 comprising riparian Basin Danube ment different entire of the investigation manage water-quality into in-depth of an study part 3is Case It is also noteworthy that composting of household garbage is insignificant noteworthy ofIt household also composting that is garbage insignificant is (2) The results of a large-scale study directed toward decision making in in toward(2) making decision study directed of alarge-scale results The study included here to is demonstrate case following: (1)The the The Clearly, either resource, to increase priorities are alimited Pbecomes if Case Study 3: Study Nutrient Pollution Watersheds in Large Case animal (production of animals and diary produce) diary and 130 consumes tP/ (production of animals and 56% and for plant production including Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ers an area more than 1000 times larger (820,000 larger 1000 times more than area km an ers (case studypopulation of 2), 28,000 inhabitants study “Danube” cov the case tion of all necessary nutrient flows and stocks and still does not result in notresult does nutrientand still flows and stocks necessary oftion all descrip allows full that selected is of least number processes The time. and in space defined are system boundaries established. The principles are and step, afirst In MFAthe common as as goals methodology water-quality well study. the in participating of are several experts, consisting each Ukraine, Republic, Germany, Hungary, Moldavia, Slovakia, Romania, Slovenia, and MFAsame methodology. Ten Austria, Czech Bulgaria, from teams national the uses and learns group that up tosystem set abroad is international when alarge such exploring mentioned tasks As before, one main of the Procedures 3.1.3.1 system investigated. the within of possiblebecomes flows and many points stocks at cross-checking cesses, River is theprinciple theapplied pro all to balance Danube. to Since finally households), to waste management, water to surface groundwater, and and production) (private consumer to the agricultural feedstock, animal tilizer, (fer investigated.are beginning their Nutrientfromvery flowstracked are looked at are inputs, region total uniformly,the outputs, the and stocks and advantage nutrient-related watershed. all that entire main in is The processes a novelAs approach, comprehensiveis flow appliedtheanalysis material to questions. these to answer used are measurements ambient water-quality acceptable levels?to environmentally Traditionally, inventories emission and of nutrients, appropriate are what and measures to reduce nutrient the flows MFA same scale, the in applied. methodology is Despite difference large the inhabitants). (85 larger million times 3000 a population more with than tries between Case Studies 2 and 3 is the scale: Instead of an area of 66 km area of an scale: Instead the 3is 2and Studies Case between 1997; Lampert, and Somlyódy, Kroiß, 1999). Brunner, and difference main The (Brunner Basin Danube of the phosphorous in nitrogen and sinks and stocks, about sources, flows, MFA information use reliable uniform to and establish to Danube, of is goal the the its delta,quality particular, Black In Sea. the and water of protection the the regarding study for to prepare abasis decisions is eutrophic (Mee, critically 1992) is Black Sea the of objective this main The severely Delta of Danube is of part the alarge endangered, and The Sea. River Black of the Danube, “final Delta, Danube the sink” the and much be facilitated. of will metabolic multinational methodology. applying same are the future, the in MFA If standardized is participants groups and all that to ensure know-how important is transfer applicationcate situations. For of MFA, transnational and capacity building deli in collaborating teams a methodology well suited for multinational data, evaluating the and too. MFA calculating, such represents collecting, in Studies Case Key questions of this case study are as follows: what are the main sources follows: as study sources are case main what the ofKey this are questions High nutrient loads are recognized as one most of as severe the problems nutrientHigh loads recognized are 2 ) and includes 12) and coun 2 and a a and 237 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 lings, and process outputs such as crops harvested, animal products, eroded animal outputs harvested, crops process as such and lings, izer, atmospheric deposition,sewage fixation, nitrogen sludge, compost,seed fertil mineral inputsas such aboutprocess all information finding means this prehensive possible. as For example, agriculture process for the including soils com to as a data assemble set used are additional measurements sometimes advice, data, literature statistics, expert measurements, regional and Existing 3.6). teams Figure (see all for uniformly defined system is excessive work. To facilitate results, data assembly individual the of and the 238 and TU Budapest Department of Water and Waste Water Engineering, 1997.) of Water Waste Water and Engineering, Department Budapest TU and Waste Management, and Water for Quality Institute Vienna TU Consortium Austria: Vienna, 9111/0102. ZZ Basin DanubeRiver the for Program Environmental 95–0614.00, PHARE Contract al., et NutrientL. Balances for Danube Countries Somlyódy, (From area. catchment total of the balance the for and balances national all for used is system same The River watershed. Danube the in balancing for nutrient definition System FIGURE 3.6 Next, data are collected to balance each of the processes of Figure 3.6. of Figure processes of each the Next, to balance collected data are Syste management m boundary Wastewater household Private supply Water Other soils Agriculture Troposphere incl. soils Ground- Surface water water . Final Report Project EU/AR/102A/91, Project Report . Final Service Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook management incl. soils Industry Forestry Waste - - - , Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 used to support decisions regarding water quality management. water For results to quality regarding support decisions used more task. to complete acomprehensive such challenging and acouple in MFA 1year of or weeks. undertaken be to It take likely is cannot middle Given project. of the factors, the alarge-scale in that these it clear is to engaged be not has is able anew that team and its to task perform partner It time. may a that be takes groups again work participating different of the iterations, of information, adaptations exchange and The individual of the data. the necessary applied practice.all in even to It find more takes time incorporated, know-how well and all transferred, is until time Ittask. takes MFA multinational resource- proves and A large-scale to atime- be Results 3.1.3.2 of other’s each results. transparency, enablesItin dataacceptance verification, ensures andresults countries. many from teams agroup comprising negotiation within process valuable the highly be principle in can balance Thus, the differences. such verifying and allows to cross-checking and light differences ple such brings cow, Austrian an must princi available. be explanations balance the Often, and theUkrainian of a nutrient metabolism between variation significant the like are differences, comparable are outputthere If figures for teams. most input the and that thus and Basin, Danube of the most countries in similar is of acow balance (a the that MFA it likely is in instance, process terminology) compatible use they that For sure must figures. of data. make also They transition. economic the after dramatically increased information price to existing access the hand, other it costly too to because gather is comprehensive is data.part, the this On economy, to afree-market economies available. is much information In less stored scale. However, on and alarge collected of these transition the since management, water waste was and management on agriculture, quality tion economies, much informa planned of centrally time the During countries. nutrient European removal Eastern of notresponding the available are all in yet.stood Data about of efficiency wastewater the and treatmentabout cor under not over is sufficiently soil the time River in and the Danube in stocks (e.g., systems natural soil, aquifer) fate The not of is well intermediate known. in Denitrification roughly estimated. be only can areas alpine in soils tural 3.1.2. similarly. 3.6 of Figure balanced processes are other All Section study for 2in case one described to the izer. similar procedure is The vegetable and of biomass, fertil stockpiles and soil, stored animal manure, the place. nutrients comprise in takes Stocks of or manure import no export if time input output looked be at an an same at and both the can as thus and process the losses, leachate, within soil, gaseous recycled percolation. is and Manure Studies Case The Danube case study produces case Danube be The alot can that of results many data and collection during information exchange partners all that It important is Some processes are not agricul erosion forest to balance: and easy from are Some processes ­consuming 239 ------

​ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 into nutrientinto nutrient concentrations by flows dividing through water flows. nutrient transform flows to first waters. surface nutrients in It necessary is flow. thatmass flows Note alone one do to of permit not effects evaluate the mass their to according flowstaken be of all can importance the regarding and conclusions quantified, are waters. surface exports and on the Imports shows 11 same the format still but processes, it This area. centerscatchment waters of surface nutrients the into Danube of exports the and major imports the aformat identifies that in presented and 3.6 Figure transformed is in 3.7, relevant tocompressed Figure present the key In results. system given the to demonstrate presentation is be how can data avery of large set this pose pathways and sources pur tant River The Danube basin. the of nutrients in (1998). Kroiss Fenz, and most impor the here presented identify results The wastewaterregarding water and management pollution control, Zessner, see 240 Department of Water and Waste Water Engineering, 1997.) of Water Waste Water and Engineering, Department Budapest TU and Waste Management, and Water for Quality Institute Vienna TU Consortium 9111/0102. ZZ Basin DanubeRiver the for Program Austria: Vienna, Environmental PHARE for Danube Countries Balances River. Somlyódy, (From Danube al., et Nutrient L. the for of nutrients asource as cess pro of each importance the identifying allows This waters. surface of the outputs and inputs main the present to order 3.7 in Figure to 3.6 transformed is Figure in shown system The in 1992,kt/ River basin Danube the of waters surface in flows phosphorous and Nitrogen FIGURE 3.7 management Groundwater Troposphere Wastewater Agriculture Forestry Impor t treatment Effluents, wastewater Storm wateroverflow Direct discharge,PHH industry Direct discharge, Discharge ofmanure Erosion Base flow Surface waterinflow N-fixation 3 Surface runoff,forestr . Final Report Project EU/AR/102A/91, Project Report . Final 95–0614.00, Contract Service Σimport =820/110 y 140/30 160/32 95/19 280/6 24/0 30/3 16/3 39/8 40/5 – System boundarysurfacewate Surface water Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Σexport =640/47 560/41 r 22/0 32/2 30/4 Surface wateroutflow surface waters Denitrification in Water supply2 Infiltration Nitrogen/phosphorus Groundwater Troposphere supply Export Water year. - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 combine results about (agriculture, results combine sources household, industry, etc.) with investigations more straightforward. up, further set be making advantage The known. be MFA of an can approach hypotheses such that is to sewers to need households industries and of and connecting WWTP ing addition, In of area. catchment costs upgrad the the water within treatment to sewer systems, on nutrient and connected removal wastecompanies in with data tofraction verified be aboutpeopleof theand has of course esis hypoth to sewers. households This industries and all connecting sions than probably is WWTPs for emis more reducing important existing improving addition, In that Basin. it Danube hypothesis the suggests the nutrients in source of the as dominant 3.8across: Figure clearly identifies agriculture more data the aggregated easier are, it that the to the get amessageclear is Studies Case Brunner, P. Ch.,Brunner, EAWAG Lampert, H. and 43E, 1997, News, June pp. 15–17. permission.) With for (From N. Pbut significant for more small are forestry from inputs Diffusive WWTPs. from effluents the than smaller are (others) industry and households private from inflows direct (B). Danube The the to of nutrients path important most second the are wastes of animal plants treatment via discharges and discharges (A).sources Direct all dominates fields agricultural from leaching and Erosion N emissions. P and for of agriculture importance the show clearly 1992, in kt/year. River Danube of the charts The area catchment the in of nutrients Sources FIGURE 3.8 Another way displayed dataAnother Tables is of in presenting 3.12 3.13, and which 3.8. study even Figure data case are more in same It condensed The becomes WWTP Others Others Phosphorus 105 kt/yr Forestry WWTP Nitrogen Forestry 825 kt/yr B Agriculture B Agriculture A A 241 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Source: Total Sewage treatment plant Base flow Direct discharges Erosion/runoff % N, River (1992) Pathways Danube and the Sources of in Nitrogen TABLE 3.12 242 it nutrient possible the contribution of country. each to identify half Almost 15% to 50% of close for Nand P. nonpoint Retention (sedimentation sources. denitrification)amounts and to load River.total Danube to the About 60% from of 40% Nand of Poriginate contributeeach aboutWWTP effluentsfrom and 20–25% industry; the and of of groundwater. Erosion/runoff; households, agriculture, inputs from direct ways: load for nitrogen waters, (35%) surface main the due is to exfiltration industry. from MFA pathP originates regarding following results the yields 20% P. around Nand of total contributing Approximately 10% Nand of both Ploads.of total Private of source nutrients, largest second households the are to amount about and high 12% are 20%inputs of Nand of manure liquid total waters to surface N. direct Pand for The both agriculture nutrients from pathway main the River of are inputs the into Danube. Erosion runoff and of source nutrient main the is drawn: Agriculture be conclusions can ing follow The reductions. nutrient emission regarding priorities for decisions aboutresults pathways. Hence, to set well abasis suited as to serve are they Erosion/runoff % P, River (1992) Pathways and Danube the Sources of in Phosphorous TABLE 3.13 Note: Source: Total Sewage treatment plant Base flow Direct discharges The detailed results of all teams (presented Somlyódy in al., et teams of all 1997) results detailed The make Total inputequals100%.BaseflowstandsforflowstotheDanubevia groundwater. Total inputequals100%.Baseflow represents flowstotheDanubevia groundwater. (43D+E+F), 15–17. Senken” (“TheFlowofNutrientsintheDanubeRiverBasin”).EAWAG News,6 Brunner, P. H.,andLampert,C.(1997).“Nährstoffe imDonauraum,Quellenundletzte (43D+E+F), 15–17. Senken” (“TheFlowofNutrientsintheDanubeRiverBasin”).EAWAG News , Brunner, P. H.,andLampert,C.(1997).“Nährstoffe imDonauraum,Quellenundletzte Agriculture Agriculture 17 51 17 12 6 57 18 28 9 2 Household Household Private Private Private Private 19 10 22 14 0 4 4 2 6 0 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Industry Industry 13 10 7 0 6 0 0 5 0 6 Others Others 19 13 8 0 2 3 3 4 0 2 Total Total 100 100 30 33 31 21 20 35 24 6 6 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 EIS. Meanwhile, more than half of the nations around the world require an EIA world EIA the an around nations of the require EIS. half Meanwhile, more than the preparation out,to an have leading of studies to carried be finally detailed impactis acknowledged, event monitored.and the asignificant In that more identified,harbor) are quantified, evaluated, environment on the predicted, a new as plant such (powerect plant, incinerator) municipal or system (road, (EIA), impact assessment environmental of impacts aproj an potential In 3.1.4 River to protect the Danube, delta,decisions the Black Sea. the and study,proven case by this MFA play can policy a major rolesupporting in to solve problem. allocation required the be As will agreements international industry,sions from households, WWTP. and and any case, transregional In sity, enforcement for and emis standards and consumption; and lifestyle, population den of agriculture; type be developed.and will issues Crucial nutrient loads to discussed be to Strategies limit need progress. restricts opment Rather, region. of of lack appropriate the that the be it will sinks “classical”the problem devel the resource of (lack nutrients) limit will that overloaded,be It not consequences. economic is and ecological serious with will Sea Black capacitythe River ofsink the Danube, delta, the final the and waste well taken, nutrient as as generation.total are turnover no actions If increase too. factors again, will grow Both population that will and future rapidly the rise in capita per the will that turnover ing. It assumed be can alow of liv standard experiencing are countries European present, eastern develop. loads will how is question future At main The its area. catchment within path countries for nutrients from as wastes important such become an notdoes hold Black for flowimportant. Sea, the where total is the capacity. low be below and mayDanube carrying still However, argument this cipitation evapotranspiration), River the concentration minus in resulting the heavily diluted are by of amount a large net precipitationemissions (pre nutrient dilution of nutrients: account into regional regional if the takes limit but not does countries consider population density. Aper-net-precipitation have nutrient alarger ties, will turnover. favors load Aper-area limit large activi agricultural of and, their because others than ter suited for agriculture bet are some fact countries share. that the neglects of allocation method This should thus have and equal metabolism an asimilar has being every human that grounds the on favors populations; large justified with be it can countries question. capita Aper several ways are load there this known, limit to answer capacity is for nutrients basin Danube of the carrying the that Assuming Danube? may to the of amount release what nutrients the tries: acountry is coun River of riparian to the Danube the dilution potential of the allocation not and yet the resolved load. total concerns question of interesting the An Austria, Germany,while contribute together about Hungary and one-third Romania, comes from nutrientof area the catchment Danube input the into Studies Case The River Danube, like many of the large river systems in the world, the river River large of many The in Danube,the systems like has Case Study 4: Support Tool 4: Study Support for EISs Case 243 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the groundwater, the impact on the environment will also be different. The The different. be also groundwater,the will environment impact on the the to leaks landfill composition value the coal or heating if different, the and is if changed, is power coal-fired to other the technology If eralized plants. be gen cannot theresults that clear generation,is It APC, landfilling. and power 3.10). of mining, technologies on particular studyfocuses case The (Figure determined is region of the metabolism geogenic and anthropogenic (Figure defined 3.9). is ash of the ing the system to this The contribution of power coal-fired the andplant,landfill mining, system coal comprising athree-process investigated. is purpose, environment For regional this and Brunner, 1995), local on the production coal from impact of the electricity 1992). Baccini, and tool EIS to (Brunner support EIA and both useful 1985). MFA methodological framework on asound based considered is a is that Commission, (European effective became private environment” on the projects 85/337/EECDirective public and “assessment on the of certain effects of the EIAs. However,the European until notwas achieved breakthrough final the mandatory 1970s, to require began legislation some federal environmental NEPA after requirements modeledand their (Canter, 1996). the Europe in In followed Many countries provided of EIA requirements. sets one earliest of the Policy US The National Act projects. Environmental of 1969for certain (NEPA) 244 establish an EIA and EIS. and EIA an establish mining coal processes the including powerplant coal-fired in a production electricity of definition Systems FIGURE 3.9 Lithosphere In the case study SYSTOK case the In (Schachermayer, Rechberger, Maderner, and Overburden Vapor I and ash landfilling and Coal overburden Combustion Hydrosphere Coal mine Run-off and air I leachate Off-gas I Stormwater Gasoline I Supply . The figure includes all exports and imports that are necessary to necessary are that imports and exports all includes figure . The Coal Cooling air Limestone (off) industry Cement Cooling air Atmosphere Power plant Gypsum Coal Off-gas Waste water Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Receiving II water Combustion Water air I Ashes Stormwater III Ash landfill System boundary Ashes Vapor III - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 electricity production from coal from production electricity process, asingle in rized open-pit coal mine with a surface area of 2km area asurface with open-pit mine coal power the in plant t/year) (1 used coal million All produced anearby is in 3.1.4.1 MFA lead to valuable can system boundaries. new conclusions regarding haveies to developed. be SYSTOK exemplifies how a comparatively simple ate approaches temporal boundar of demarcation for systems and spatial the However,a region. a is clear notpriori,so the region appropri definition of the production coal electricity from case this of SYSTOK EIS. features ofplant to prepare an the One and asystem, that in is inputor the composition. for EIA. EIS MFA and applied be used can independently technology of the study to show is case MFA that this abase well for as serves including reason Studies Case the three processes, processes, three the of consists system The region’sto a power plant metabolism. of acoal-fired contribution The FIGURE 3.10 only during peak demand. The average demand. The peak h/year, of during operationonly 4000 time is and of powercosts specific of high generationBecause plant, this at it operates order in to avoid mine distances. coal situated the is near long transport expensive. power Thus, the transportation plant combustible ash, making the mine is estimated to be 11 million tons. to 11 be estimated is million mine the in kWh/year of still coal 25 million reservoir needed. The are of electricity ors), overburden, and coal of the processing 1400 and t/year and of gasoline and convey transportation mine. (trucks intotheFor extraction, back filled waste, to outside locations is rest the and 70% mine, of the transported is averagean of 6.7 of overburden tons have mining to removed. be this Of power oftons, the located at plant. 1ton premises order of coal, the In to gain storage or coal power by of interim generation 2million buffered are mining The findings of the SYSTOK findings theThe operatorforas a servebasis to optimize Brown coal has alow value has Brown coal heating of 8.4 to 13 MJ/kg much non bears and Description of the Power Plant Its and Periphery coal mining coal , power generation power System boundaryregion Stock region , is to embedded be comprehensively, is into production Electricity from coal Stock , and , and . that can be summa be can that ash of the landfilling 2 . Temporary interruptions in . Temporary in interruptions 245 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 removed from the flue gas in a wet scrubber using limestone limestone using (CaCO removed flueina scrubber the wet from gas C). of SO Absorption major sources of emissions of SO ofmajor emissions sources powerare they coal-fired that Past with ants. shown has experience plants andthe pollut formation of of oforganic efficiency combustion ameasure is flue and ashes contentgas in process, the combustion carbon since of organic product “coal.” main the and cesses any in substance priority the is Carbon on knowledge based selected about are pro combustion substances The tion. much would additional that informa subprocesses require more detailed black-box approach appropriate. is account into to take It not is necessary mining coal processes: three into system 3.9 displayedThe Figure in divided further is Definition System 3.1.4.2 the operator.by maintained is landfill the evaporate.supposed to finally as as long No leachate leaveslandfill ash the is and ashes theto periods wet dry The used water during is landfill. the in to select substances relevant Table given for substances in is EIAs to select 3.14. substance The procedure The emissions. for these (Clean Act) standards Air stringent sets (Greenberg, selenium Zoller, and nic Gordon, and 1978). Modern legislation oxides (NO oxides tC(water per ca. 37ing kg of gypsum content 12%). is Finally, nitrogen surface ofsurface ca. 0.35 km water; to surface charged evaporates tower. rest the cooling the in rate kg/t of 8500 air-exchange an water C. cooling Part of (25%) the dis is (2300cooling kg/t C). Waste tower heat acooling dissipated is having in kg/t Cof off-gas. Water cycle (20 steam the to feed used kg/t is C) for and (<0.002 kg/t kg/t C). 4000 Combustion requires ca. 5000 in Cof air, resulting corrosion,­ water hardness, inhibit to stabilize used chemicals well as as (NaOH, 0.007 kg/t C, 50%) perspiration of water and feeder for conditioning include hydrochloric acid (HCl, 0.02 kg/t C, 33%) hydroxide sodium and tom ash, transported by conveyor belts to the landfill. Sulfur dioxide by conveyor tom (SO ash, transported Sulfur landfill. belts to the ESP The residue humidified is (20% water content)and,withbot together of 99.85%. ESP ­ to dry ash bottom ratio The of dry precipitatortrostatic (ESP (ESP) efficiency ash) an with particulates to collect power elec toward The chamber. combustion an the with plant equipped is (40% water content) seal air removed an as is water serves the that from basin loading. Approximatelydue of partial to periods 33 kg/t Cof wet ash bottom load. average The full (ca. consumption coal 265 tC/h) somewhat is lower at rate afeed tC/h of 300 chamber combustion the into dust injected at and capacity 330 MW. is electric (C) coal The to maximum coal pulverized the is 246 ing ca. 1.2 solutioning kg (NH of ammonia low permeability forlow water. permeability Hence, precipitation (ca. 1000 l/m The landfill for the ashes consists of a natural vale made of quartzite with a made vale natural of a of quartzite ashes consists the for landfill The , x ) are reduced to molecular nitrogen (N nitrogen reduced) are to molecular including APC, landfill plant ash and power including 2 2 occurs with an efficiency of more than 90%, produc than 90%, more efficiency of an with occurs . This basin, which is a former mine area of coal, has a of coal, has area aformer mine is which basin, . This 2 , NO , x , HCl, and heavy metals such as arse as such , HCl, heavy metals and 3 , 33%) per t C. Other chemicals used , 33%) used chemicals tC. per Other Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook residue (or flyash) ca.is 1:9. 2 ) in acatalyst by) in inject . For EIS, EIA and a 2 ) creates a lake alake ) creates 3 , 20 kg/t etc. 2 ) is ) is ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 is extracted and the volumeis ash the smaller. much and extracted ofis backfilled (overburden).mining power The plant produces net “hole,” alarge coal since of water ton per of (4) coal. flow solidof main is generated The waste during order of Additionally, magnitude. 1t power the more plant than consumes an flowsairflow than mass combustion the by system,the of more exceeding dominates for cooling required hugemoving of of air air. amounts mass The negligible. is (3) fan off-gas mining power a giant from The plant actually is aboutin 10 years. (2) power of the station, emissions Compared the the with follows: as system of are the tive features (1) exhausted be will mine coal The quantita main The water groundwater, and mass-balanced. are processes all to surface leachatedraining how and is whether and much not runoff is known in listed are flowsTable mass goods all The of 3.15. where it Exceptmining, for 3.1.4.3 year (temporal system boundary). 3.9 Figure shows system defined. the average for an determined are operational boundary.tem balances Materials sys as a spatial selected are power station, landfilling and of mining, ises ofgoods selection iterative an approachrequires steps establishing among the balances substance flowstance <1%This be neglected. throughputcan the of a total substance of asub inducing goods that by and assuming process each mass-balancing As, Se, by crust: Hg, S, the in Cl, N. determined relevant and are The goods than morein coal concentrated significantly elements following six are The Earth’s the concentrations in compared with are coal crust. concentrations in Studies Case Concentrations in the Earth’s the Crust in Concentrations to Ash and Coal in Average Substances by Relating of Selected Concentrations Power of aCoal-Fired Plant Analysis for the of Relevant Substances Determination TABLE 3.14 Substance Arsenic Nitrogen Chlorine Sulfur Mercury Nickel Zinc Selenium Copper Chromium Cadmium Lead Results of Flows Mass Substance Balances and Concentration Concentration in Coal (A), (A), Coal in mg/kg 12,000 establishing total mass balances establishing, and total mass 1000 6500 0.3 0.9 0.1 12 27 27 13 30 6 Concentration Concentration in Ash (B), Ash in mg/kg 3000 0.45 0.64 130 190 170 2.2 64 84 37 – – in Earth’s Crust Crust Earth’s in Concentration Concentration (C), mg/kg (C), 0.08 0.05 130 260 100 0.2 20 75 70 55 13 1 . For step, afirst the prem Ratio Ratio A/C 0.36 0.24 600 7.7 3.8 0.4 0.3 0.5 0.5 12 25 18 Ratio Ratio B/C 5.6 1.7 2.7 1.5 1.7 3.2 2.8 64 12 44 – – 247 - - - - , Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Stock (ashes) Total Ashes Storm waterIII Ash Landfill Stock (total) Stock (coal) Stock (coal) Total Total Gasoline Storm waterI Limestone Water Combustion airII extracts significant amounts of mercury from the Earth’s crust and disperses the Earth’sfromdisperses and amounts crust of mercury significant extracts power coal-fired production in Electricity plants precipitatedis gypsum. with ESPleaves residue between plant off-gas. the evenly and distributed A small part evaporated is mercury and atmophilic combustion, the waste. During mining atmosphere to the of >90%. transfer asulfur in too,emitted, resulting was sulfur APC system of plant, of the the apart this became desulfurization quiteintothe efficiently (86%).gypsum product sulfur plant transfers Before power The coal. via crust the from extracted is of amount alarge sulfur that on sitemeasured (see Table 3.16). (Table coal oline, and 3.14), TCs the power for and the plant have that been overburdenon data concentrations for in substance (“soil” Table in 3.19), gas based calculated are qualitative balances the behavior system. of These the Combustion airI Mining Coal Process Input Plant Power aCoal-Fired by Production System of Electricity the for Goods Balance Mass 3.15 TABLE 248 a Cooling air(input) Coal Plant Power Process Estimated, includescoalandoverburden. The foremost flow of mercury is associated with the good with foremostassociated is The flow “overburden” of mercury or Earth’s the shows in and coal concentration crust in of sulfur A comparison 3.11 displayed as Figure in balances substance The provide overview of an , 1000 t/Year Values are rounded; n.d.=notdetermined. 145,000 93,000 85,000 11,000 4100 2000 2000 2000 2500 4000 1000 630 280 350 1.4 20 29 a Cooling air(output) Runoff andleachate Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Stock change Stock change Stock change Overburden Wastewater Off-gas II Vapor III Off-gas I Gypsum Ashes Vapor Coal Output 2000–n.d. –5700 93,000 87,000 +280 1000 7700 1000 4700 5000 n.d. 350 350 390 760 280 31 0 a - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case coal mine coal process the in t). in stock t/year The in stocks are and electricity production system the for selenium and mercury, sulfur, for balances Substance FIGURE 3.11 Overburde Overburde Overburd S Merc eleniu Sul fu ur 110,0 n en Coal mine Coal mine Coal mine r m 17 –1.1 14 –0.68 n y 0.24 12 0.38 00–77 00 00

Coal Coal Coal 65 0. 0. 9 00 3 Gypsum Gypsum Gypsum Off-gas II Off-gas II Off-gas II Po Po Po 0.9 +0 6500 +0 0.3 +0 we we we 0.01 0.25 0.18 0.13 56 490 r plan r plan r plan 00 5

System System System t t t Ashe Ashe Ashe boun boun boun 0.47 0.15 s 430 s s includes coal and overburden. and coal includes dary elec dary elec dary elec Ash landfil Ash landfill Ash landfil 63 tr 6.9 +0.4 2.2 +0.1 tr tr ic ic ic 00 it it it +430 y y y produ prod produ 7 5 l l ucti ctio ctio on n n (flows (flows 249 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Selenium Arsenic Mercury Sulfur Carbon problems, benefits,the powerand regard to with stakeholders plant. of specific impact, are regions four there of each these In environment. the on substance of this plant travels byeffect the and substance the ted from emit an bydistance the determined is region of the size Thus, the transport. over atmosphericby distributed (global) alarge off-gases are through area emitted and mercury site. landfill Sulfur to the ash of the transfer the during impact a only local has landfill ash The or area. large asmall plant may affect power coal-fired by the released substances emission, an transports that “conveyor on the Depending havethey environment. impact on the an belt” or a province. Fourth, as a community region such defined administratively an in power are situated mine, the plant, Third, region. economic landfill and product-related way. an serve thus and income Second, create jobs and they place, supply they in a power defined be Thus, can aregion to consumers. powerhave mine, first The the plant,severalimpacts. In landfill ash and 3.1.4.4 following sections. the in cussed (0.35 area tively small km sections. Note that gypsum holds about 30% of the selenium contained in coal. holds in about contained Note 30% gypsum selenium of that the sections. following the in discussed be will path environment for the evance of this intothe Theandrelatmosphere. emitted is 20% landfilled, and ashes to the over (2000 region alarge km dispersed is mercury this While contained. is persons 1million to more than overburden the In corresponding deposit, stock 220,000 inhabitants. a mercury of aregion with long-lasting associated and goods infrastructure, buildings, in is stored as amount same of the mercury contains landfill the that means This 1995; (Jasinski, Stockholm Mohlander, and in Bergbäck, Johansson, 2001).mined 1.5and g/capita/year United the States. in For stock, 10 g/capita deter been has 0.66 to range between g/ assessed been has mercury of consumption The stocks. mercury other with stocks to compareing these the andin than overburden more 10 t deposit.interest landfill ash is the It in deposited been far, So stack. has the via tof amount 2.2 mercury a substantial Substance Power aCoal-Fired in Plant, %of Input Substances of Selected Partitioning 3.16 TABLE 250 The relation between the power plant and the surrounding region is dis is region power the surrounding relation plant between the The and power enters the that of amount plant transferred selenium the About is half Definition Definition of Regions Impact of ESP Fly Ash Fly ESP 5.7 52 99 50 2 2 ) and therefore is easier to control. is therefore ) and 2 ),in a comparais landfill’s located the mercury Bottom Ash Bottom 0.93 0.6 0.4 1.3 0 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Gypsum <0.05 0.4 28 86 ­capita/year Stockholm in 5 Off-Gas II Off-Gas <0.1 7.6 97 20 45 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 where

plant, average the capita, per population density. consumption national the and average by the calculated production is region of the electricity virtual of this situation. market to Thus, the for SYSTOK, response in constantly ing size the away may far customers served be plant. product the chang The from is region region, since virtual as a defined be only can area market, this electricity of the customer, population by (or and the customer) density. liberalization to the Due the supplies,plant amount theper defined theof electricity by is demand by area principle, In area. this powerThe to acertain plant supplies electricity 3.1.4.4.1 Studies Case may be boundaries the for Criteria region. selecting the models helpdispersion to determine emissions, specific. For substance gaseous it also and aqueous is emissions, for and gaseous, particulate, different is area mentionedAs before, this 3.1.4.4.3 operator.twofold:is advantage definition The of this authority plant for the legislative administrative the and represents that trict unit, i.e.,theborders defined the by is dis region administrative theof The 3.1.4.4.2

In the SYSTOK the In study, defined. of impact are regions three ρ 2. 2. P = 1. 1. h = e = P f = = used up power byused the plant alone ( should not be limit the concentration of since the A fraction limit, Concentration limit (ambientConcentration limit standard) ( for asubstance of data. allocation the facilitating thus regions, level on the collected of administrative usually Data are plant. the authority by supervising an erned gov is and well known accepted is and unit aspatial as region The capita/year) holds, traffic,5.6 MW∙h/ industry,agriculture; administration, service, in private(including Austria house for electricity demand specific operationfactor partial-load considering (0.85) year per (4000 hours operating h) output power of the plant (330 MW) population density in Austria (95 Austria in population density capita/km  Product-Related Region Product-Related AdministrativelyRegion Defined Region Defined by Potential Defined EnvironmentalRegion Impacts A PR = Ph e ⋅⋅ ⋅ ρ P f = c 2100 crit =c k lim m /10) 2 2 ) c crit =c lim ) - 251 - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 administrative designation administrative criteria— three to according defined Regions FIGURE 3.13 within area substance to regard with boundary regional The region. relevant mentally environ of asubstance-specific, border the determine to model of adispersion Application FIGURE 3.12 252 Pro

duc Concentration cx and cx crit t- c x re > la c te x

d reg crit . ion

, and , and Distance from source from Distance environmental impacts environmental P ower plan (substance-sp Impact consumers of electricity of consumers -relat Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook —overlap but are not identical. not but are —overlap t ed ec re ifi gi c) ons Po (product-related region), litically defin x is defined as the the as defined is ed re c x cr gi i on t - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 for which data are availablefor data are which (state, district). P equation: (<10%). For CO, power the plant’s not relevant are at all. emissions with with sions. Removal of SO power plant, A and region and administrative unit. ticulates and NO and ticulates par in decrease plant’s Afurther the emissions. regional contribution to the is chosen. The emissions of the region ( region of the emissions The chosen. is product-related pollutants. for the abasis comparison, As air various region of emissions power regional the total from the plant compared with are In power3.14, mine, theFigure region. coal for plant, landfill and emissions relevance of the power produced, wastes of and the determining emissions, 3.12, addition Figure In procedure given to of the in means other are there 3.1.4.5 SYSTOK. for definitions to according different calculated of regions sizes presents Studies Case

The powerThe plant responsible for region’s is of about the half CO Figure 3.13Figure and regions, defined differently exemplifiesthe Table 3.17 4. 3. Environmental (example SO Product (electricity) Administrative (district) Definition Region MW Coal-Fired Power for330 a Plant Regions Defined of Differently Sizes TABLE 3.17 Note: X concentrations in a significant way asignificant ( concentrations in ambient power the current that A proviso the plant not does change in a significant way asignificant ( in “natural,” influences) without concentrations present anthropogenic power (or the geogenic that A proviso the plant not does change i as the average (AU) the as appropriate of unit an emissions administrative Comprehensive Regional Significance c The boundaryfortheenvironmentally defined region ofSO crit =c geog × 1.1,where c x will result in modest only improvements in result quality of will air PR 2 and A and and catalytic reduction of catalytic NO and c 2 crit ) RX geog =c AU ii =10mg/m =− are the respective areas of product-related areas respective the are geog ×1.1; 3.12) Figure see P i ⋅+ 3 A A . c AU R PR crit i ) are assessed by the following by the assessed ) are =c i stands for the emissions of the of the emissions for the stands P i background x Size, km Size, significantly reduced significantly × 1.1) × 2100 678 620 2 isdeterminedby 2 2 emis 253 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 may be accumulated in the top 30 cm layer top is30 cm the that depth may soil in accumulated of be soil, the region ofregion 2100 km product-related the concentrations in power soil on the plant emissions ofthe effect compartments? to mental used identify Asimplified is model any environ of power the concentrations in the substance plant change 2.5.8. Applied to SYSTOK, does to answered: be following has question the versus flows”pogenic geogenic Chapterin Section 2, approach described in privatein households. generation when the compared with of MSW sulfur and selenium, arsenic, power coal-fired shown.turnover The of responsible also high is forplant a are fuels in fossil year basis. For flows the and comparison, sulfur carbon of and flows of mass-per-capita substance andflows via via MSWcoal ona 3.3.1),ments (see Section areference. as Table taken is 3.18 ratio gives the MSW,either, in of amount metals the available is measure which from private in of heavyhouseholds not consumption metals is wellthe known not considered. are sector Since service the and of industry contributions flowsinto through private materials Theaccount. the taken are households not available, usually Therefore, is which only required. is information, Much consuming. time is theregion flows total through corresponding the power the flows plant. through these Comparing to nonmetals and metals product-related region, too. Table 3.18 flows shows selected annual of the 254 * Indicates emissions before introduction of advanced air-pollution control. air-pollution of advanced introduction before emissions * Indicates (=100%). region product-related of the emissions total the to power plant of the Contribution FIGURE 3.14 [%] The relevance of heavy metal emissions can be assessed by the “anthro by the assessed be can relevance emissions ofThe heavy metal power by relation throughput the to of the The heavy in metals plant set is 100 20 40 60 80 0 Par ticulates 2 . By deposition, metals such as lead and cadmium lead. By cadmium as such and deposition, metals CO 2 CO NO Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook x NO x ** SO 2 SO 2 - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 1.5 kg/ m the regional compartment soil compartment regional the order of magnitude. one by more soil the than in accumulation overestimates substance region product-related (at region least 10 larger). times Hence, product-related the the than region larger a significantly in 1 week results and around is this Europe, Central In particles. of travel these the distance determines fall out atmosphere of the by precipitation. average Thus, the of rain frequency power of the washed plant. are They vicinity the do in and not sediment (aerosols)particles have atmosphere the (≈1 along in residence time week) <2 μ diameters most with small, are particulates Hence, emitted the efficient place ESP. removal an to in takes considerone particulate has that simplification, first the overevenly Concerning region. distributed the impact-related thatspecific isSecond, deposition assumed regions. is it product-related the that understood identical substance- to is the region evance. model Note the draws that major on two simplifications. First, is it turned over average an by plowing.turned of 1.5 kg/ density soil Assuming Studies Case TCs the for coal, and off-gas.in concentrations substance t, mean the throughput of coal 33 million total the Table 3.19 of rel are mercury and of selenium shows emissions only that The cumulative emissions of the power plant can be estimated based on based power of the estimated be cumulative plant emissions The can Sulfur a Carbon Zinc Nickel Chromium Selenium Mercury Cadmium Lead Copper Arsenic Substance Product-Related the Region by in MSW and Power Flows by Induced aCoal-Fired of Substance Plant Comparison TABLE 3.18 much larger than MSW. Figures forcarbonandsulfurincludethecontribution by fossilfuels, which is 3 = 950 ×10 E i 6 t =33 ×10 kg. Flow via Coal, Coal, via Flow g/ ­Capita/Year 420,000 10,500 0.45 0.15 1.3 40 40 45 19 18 9 6 holds of 2100 amass ×10 t×c i mg/kg ×10 Flow via MSW, via Flow g/ ­Capita/Year 930,000.0 2000.0 230 170 100 0.2 0.4 2.3 0.8 18 53 –6 a × TC × a Coal/MSW 6 m 0.4 0.2 2.3 0.9 1.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 21 5 8 2 ×0.3 m× m. Such Such m. 255 m 3 - - , ­ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Hg Ni Zn Se Cu Cr Cd Pb sand years. several for thou thelandfill of aftercare than ofis economic ashfiltermore to investigate whether immobilization it threat, necessary is a constant be will noleaching longerSince are aftercare. available when funds for landfill power when the forfuture, oped the operation plant not and is in anymore water constant management.Solutions have requires be to devellandfill contribute pollution to the region’s of the substantially The environment. can thelandfill the containment, of or leaching immobilization insufficient comparatively is that event the in hand, of other to control. easy the On It considered region. apoint source be as the can within metals for certain region’s a considerablethe represents reservoir landfill The metabolism. flowswithin mercury,selenium, and carbon arsenic, forof enhanced sulfur, study shows case powerThe the that relevant generation is on coal based Conclusions 3.1.4.6 necessary.are mercury, and exception of selenium where investigations more detailed rated be not power as relevant can the the with plant, emissions the and by caused soils in model rather enrichment chosen overestimates the the factor of 10. simplifications,be both concluded Considering thatcan it by accumulation amaximum actual the over underestimates region the evenly distributed being of substances assumption the that means This 10. concentration than concentration less mean is and maximum between ratio most the cases, In analyzed. are persion models for particulates Substance Power of aCoal-Fired due Plant to Emissions Soils in of Metals Accumulation TABLE 3.19 256 c b a As Scheffer, 1989. Soil reservoir iscalculated basedontheproduct-related region. τ =totaltimeofoperation(ca.33years). The relevance of the second simplification can be assessed dis when assessed be relevance simplification second ofThe can the mg/kg Coal, Coal, 0.3 0.9 0.1 27 27 13 30 12 6 0.003 0.009 0.014 0.001 0.041 0.005 0.001 0.45 TC 0.2 Emission, Emission, 0.99 0.14 0.99 t/ 4.5 2.7 5.9 0.4 8 6 τ a Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook mg/kg Soil 0.2 0.1 0.2 20 30 15 40 25 8 c , Reservoir 19,000 28,500 14,300 38,000 23,800 7600 Soil Soil 190 190 95 b , t Enrichment, Enrichment, %/ 2.3 6.3 0.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 τ a - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the exceptions of exceptions COthe Studies Case PROBLEMS—SECTION 3.1 people. local concerned with for EIS and communication for their results operatorsThe these use asevere not does region’s pose to burden the plant actually environment. Generally, measurements. investigations and study the shows power the that improvement for operators of more future the detailed efforts a focus after comparatively should be low selenium and capacity retention for mercury The emissions of the power of the relevance region, plantof for with emissions little the are The Problem 3.2: Problem 3.1: rate m of 1billion inflow,region. the riverAt this flows through riverthe has a flow Consider of km aregion 2500 Valley regions. Bunz the neighboring and for leadciency of 99.99% waste from of the 280,000 persons treating pollution control air effi an with region the new in MSW incinerator on application of sewage sludge (c) to land, and of a construction waters, soil, surface landfill: and (a)(b) ban on leaded ban gasoline, lead concentrations in in of reductions following effects the cuss givenin 3.1.flows Figure and stocks Show quantitativelydis and lead regional on the following measures of the effects the Assess wastes is 0.6. Food products that are not consumed within the region region the 0.6.wastes is within Food not products consumed are that industry. food input TC regional to for The the production food Pinto is balance The residues dung, manure, and as harvesting. soil from Pflow the to feed; 80% ofgoes this 1200 animal and tof Pin fertilizers 2400 tof imports Pin at ca. 380,000 t. Agriculture assessed ofstock Pis holds composted is without that of applied loss Pand The soil. to the 10% biomass wastehouse ing from in contained of P is nutritional coefficient (TC)into transfer sewagefor P sludgeis 0.85.Theremain 100% WWTP.P and to the detergent-based of total directed Pare The 90% that nutritional of total Assume detergents imported. are all tiles; 1 kg/capita/year detergents 70% for in with tex used, of Pis contained purposes, For region. the cleaning supplied within is by industry food ofsumption Pfor nutrition 0.4 is kg/capita/year; demand 20% of this privatefrom households, wastewater and Per treatment. capita con industry,food private households, of biomass wastes composting agriculture, following processes: the sphere comprises region of the thelake.) through whenanthropo flowing The river unchanged is (Precipitation, evaporation, etc., not the considered; are that assume ervoir of 2.8 billion m ofervoir 2.8 billion 0.01is ares represents that alake into mg/L. river The discharges 2 () SO importance, and, of minor (greenhouse 3 /year, concentration the of and phosphorous (P) 3 ; residence time of water in the lake is 1year. is of lake water; residence the time in 2 and 1 million inhabitants. Only one one Only inhabitants. 1million and 2 . The . The ------257 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 -handbook.info. 258 The solutions problemsThe website given to the on the are http://www.MFA​ Problem 3.4: Problem 3.3: control. pollution Tableair see to respect with your 3.20. findings Discuss Table given concentrations in for are Substance coal 3.19; for MSW, 30 t/h. As, Pb, substances the Select Cd, Cu, Se, Hg, Zn, S, Cl, N. and MSW incinerator. rate t/h; feed 300 The for is coal MSW, for an it is of power acoal-fired turnover an Compareand materials the plant sures discussed. riverthe when Danube you mea evaluate of the effectiveness the 2. startup). (construction, tation implemen and River. includes planning also Note time reaction that Danube the in ameasurable and action effect an to decision take the in days, span time the weeks, as months, defined etc.,years, between phosphoroustrol Riverthe flows Danube in basin. to con measures of different time reaction the quantify and Discuss 2. water surface to the escapes (river) of aresult erosion. as Approximately exported. are 1% applied to soil annually of is P that 4. 4. 3. 3. 5. 1. 1. Draw a general conclusion regarding the reductionDraw of the Pflows ageneral conclusion regarding to detergents) phosphorus- from stems basin Danube holds the in Pflow ofthrough private the one-third house that (assuming detergents all in banned Pis if oftime reaction Assessment agriculture from discharges direct Banning >80% to 50% sewage removalfromin treatment the for efficiency P Increasing 95% private of all householdsConnecting to sewer systems tax by input aresource toReduction soils of phosphorous fertilizer do you measures suggest to prevent further What eutrophication? cation =0.03 mg/l) lake? of the sufficient to preventmeasure foreutrophi eutrophication (limit out. phased is this detergents Is for Pin that textiles Assume soil? the of accumulation Pin the is What Pflows the and stocks (t/yearQuantify and the system.t) of boundary, flows, processes). Draw aqualitative flowchart theregion (system described for Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook is time is Reaction containing ­containing - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 10 As ofMSW,Example Average in Concentrations mg/kg Substance TABLE 3.20 reservoir for nitrogen. The industrial transformation of N transformation industrial for The nitrogen. reservoir phosphorus notand is possible. unlimited atmosphere an The represents biosphere. for the resources without Life nitrogen Nutrients essential are 3.2.1 conservation. of view resource in discussed materials) are construction groups two of (plasticand and goods materials chapter, (nutrients groups two this of substances In metals) and resources. control of management and for systems better and newto design processes early benefit the material accumulations of nize (e.g., stocks),urban in and to recog conservation, it resource possible makes priorities in to set This comprehensive aboutthe sources,materials. flows,of information and sinks advantage main application ofThe the of MFA is conservation for resource 3.2 not given in detail. For further information, see Baccini and Brunner (2012). Brunner and Baccini see information, Fornot detail. further given in nutrientthe flow activity analysis of procedure for establishing 3.1.3, 3.5.2), and The results. of the interpretation on the is emphasis main the 3.1.2, book (see Sections several of chapters this in of discussed nutrients is Because chain. MFA thealong process and identifiedquantified wastes are to private processing to food and households. Losses agriculture lyzed from ana is to nourish investigated.activity are entire nitrogen phorus and The flows total nutrient The . of regarding phos effectiveness of their view in analyzed are Measures conservation. resource priorities in to set care. with phosphorus and have nitrogen both resources, to managed be and energy about up in 100 used be might (Steen, years 1998). order Thus, in to conserve at rates, that present consumption concentratedassessed phosphate deposits extent. It in is limited concentrated are that from phosphatetaken minerals supply. by energy mainly limited posphere is contrast, In phosphorus is energy. anthro requires the Hence, available of amount nitrogen the within up by plants taken be can nitrate that and ammonium compounds as such Case Studies Case The purpose of the following case study to show is following case of how the MFA purpose The used be can eore Conservation Resource Case Study 5: Study Nutrient Management Case 500 Pb Cd 10 1000 Cu Se 1 1200 Zn Hg 1 3000 S 2 7000 to chemical chemical to Cl to nourish to 5000 N 259 is is - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 larger. wastes may be packaging cases, such In processed. holds been already has house most entering food because smaller be will kitchens wastes in food wastewater higher. be plays fast in food tion If will amajor role, nutritional frac food the sinks, kitchen in considerably installed are smaller. grinders If wastes is of amount kitchen the resources, in scarce traditionally are that too: societies aspects, in of cultural a function is consumption human and MSW, households between of in food partitioning course, wastewater,Of the water considerable (dissolved) may and matter contain of dry amounts salts. Note cooking that sink. kitchen the via ahousehold discarded entering is about that 20–25% estimated households.production be of in It food also can about about studies wastewater sewage from kitchen Information taken is MSW. with 5–10% that discarded is assumed be it can of purchased food of amount residues food yield MSW. the in not data such available, are If by for dataconsumption 20–30%. analysis food figure the Waste increase to out-of-house necessary not be contain it cases, such will in consumption; of households, individual do on bookkeeping usually they based are tistics sta such Note if statistics. that national from capita taken year per is and 2.8. average Figure The shown in as per anced of amount consumed food for andlosses, wastes, figures wastewaters. industrial processes the processing and distribution applied be can to sector. method same The outputtotal agricultural of the input total and between difference have the as to calculated be Shortfalls and for not losses. available.wastes definitions usually different use Farmers practice are agricultural nutrient of nutrients losses forin cycle. total Figures to investigated, be are soil–plant–animal–manure–soil the as such culture of cycles agri harvested? Internal of amount nutrients the actually is large produced; production; for nutrient what the how the and input is required products; how they agricultural are main what sector: the are agricultural wastewater, solid wastes, municipal compost. and nutrients; about of and loadings nutrients in concentrations and of excretion utors and about consumption of literature food; medical human companies, food-processing wholesale from distrib companies,reports and products; production and of agricultural of aboutdatabases fertilizer use the produce, information food; agricultural and agricultural oftion fertilizer, about produc statistics import,able and export, national sources, including avail from about outputs process, obtained inputs and each information is investigated(including digestion)and defined 2.8). of is (Figure food For (including distribution), processing consumption household and processing, fivethe forprising production industrial processes harvesting), (cultivating, investigated level. is on anational to nourish activity Asystem comThe Procedures 3.2.1.1 260 Using the sources pointed out pointed sources previously,Using the household process the national of the reliable data with about structure to start the It important is Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook to calculate or cross-check or cross-check to calculate can be bal be can ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 bined into the three processes presented in Figures 3.15 Figures in presented processes 3.16. and three the into bined Food-related To are com 2.8 demonstrate relevantin the fiveFigure results, the processes Results 3.2.1.2 improved be can nutrient significantly.total balance of the accuracy the and high, be will of cross-checking such redundancy have independently collected vidual for processes process, each been the indi the water data waste for the and management. If balancing treatment outputpopulation, the populationinput to and total the waste into of the total ofindustry, the consumption to the output the industry food of the input food the the into compared be production with can put of agricultural data. out The all feces, too. and tofood, cross-check It urine, important is in aboutand P N figures contains information This metabolism. on human Studies Case to nourish to activity the through flow Nitrogen FIGURE 3.16 nourish to activity the through flow Phosphorus FIGURE 3.15 Data about respiration, urine, and feces is found in the medical literature literature medical the foundData in is about feces and respiration, urine, 18 5 Agriculture Agriculture Agricultural Agricultural wastes wastes 10 4 System boundary System boundary 1 8 , kg capita , kg , kg capita , kg distribution distribution processing/ processing/ Production Production Industrial Industrial wastes wastes 0.6 4.3 −1 year −1 year −1 . −1 . 3.7 0.4 Sewage and Sewage and household household Private Private MSW MSW 3.7 0.4 261 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Food input holds overall to the nutrient flows. Table 3.21 contribution of house individual demonstrate clearly limited the in summarized results The consumers. from than sources industrial from point of view,a it much more is and recycle efficientwastes to collect about more are of households.number sources: 1000 There times Thus, from processing/distribution industrial households the and between ference is dif households. main in The to those similar agriculture, in than smaller nutrient losses, in too. increase habits an causes vegetables. dietary and in cereals Hence, shift nutrient than the turnover amuch larger production protein. The requires of meat poultry and animal in low rich from is meat that to a diet changes consumption usually tradition affluent tosociety, an dietary the society aresource-scarce from change the agriculture. in force for changes of phosphorus acentury, may scarcity become adriving resource within prevent order that environment, it nutrient in to likely protect the is losses today objective to is primary the While agriculture. of nutrients in ter use bet to investigate make timely It can how seems new technologies or other comparatively cheap, no incentive economic is yet for there achange. such afirst priority. as to changed be are practicestill has Since nutrients cultural for P. soils in accumulation nutrient management, agri order In to optimize to groundwater, water, surface for N, air erosion/surface and and and runoff flows are production. Losses to agricultural 60%close lost of during Nare process, where most important 80% the of is P and agriculture conservation, displayed are capita on aper consumption and of view resource basis. In distribution, and processing industrial flows through agriculture, and N of P 262 b a Private Households Nin of Food-Derived Pand Partitioning TABLE 3.21 Output Total food-related Source: output Percent of totalnutrientimportintoactivity tonourishfrom Figures 3.15and3.16. Percent of foodnutrientinputintohousehold. Losses of nutrients in industrial processing and distribution are much are distribution and processing industrial of nutrients in Losses During lifestyle. consumer is A key factor agriculture for nutrient in losses MSW Kitchen wastewater Respiration Urine Feces Anthroposphere (1stEdition),1991,Baccini,P., andBrunner, P. H. With kindpermission from SpringerScience+Business Media:Metabolismofthe P, gcapita year 430 270 100 430 40 20 0 −1 −1

P, 100 100 63 23 a 9 5 0 % Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook P, 8.6 0.8 0.4 0.0 5.4 2.0 8.6 b % N, gcapita N, year 3700 2600 3700 300 200 490 110 −1 −1

N, 100 100 70 13 8 6 3 a % N, 20.5 14.4 20.5 1.7 1.1 0.6 2.7 b % - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 cation of goods. Their importance is based on their specific chemical and chemical specific on their based is importance cation of goods. Their range of and appli lifetime the extending in crucial often are and goods of function and improve can of goods. quality They many the manufacture 1996). However, production the role play and in important heavy metals an (excluding goods inorganic water)of Bader, all and (Baccini consumed amass from unimportant 3.17). (Figure century twentieth of the half second the in have1993). used been by mankind consumed resources Up of all to 80–90% Aktiengesellschaft, (Metallgesellschaft technologies refining and mining prices have due metal to while decreased more efficient increased has als of met Consumption growth. by material unprecedented characterized are Chapter 1, 1.4.5.1,In Section economies modern that documented it been has 3.2.2 guaranteed. or convenience greater is same the consumer for if the successful be only have will feces to investigated. and be New urine ways of managing aspects economic, social and technological, scenarios, of the feasibility the evant nutrient flowsand for developingIn order alternative to test scenarios. agriculture. would havepharmaceuticals to removed be before ANS could applied be in and substances endocrine value, as such of high hazards prepare afertilizer order any separately case, in to systems. In collected mobile collection with P, households ANS could and K. stored Or be for and in periods longer time of andrecycling N, treatment specific permitting daytime, thus the during households ANS stored to collect in midnight system would after used be sewer separately The feces. from urine to collect designed of is that toilet ent solution (ANS) al., et (Larsen 2001). on anew type based all are They nutri anthropogenic so-called concepts have this to proposed manage been arelativelylated in pure, concentrated, homogeneous and form. Several ahousehold nutrients entering to accumu be of all half moreallow than could of Separateup urine collection new opens possibilities. This feces. in (P)than larger to five three times is (N) urine of amount nutrientsthe in should on wastewater be cling not and on solid waste. households aboutfrom is 10 larger. nutrient recy in priority times Thus, the would 1–2%. be only to agriculture wastewater of nutrients fraction in The compost, into contribution the MSW wereto nutrients. turned recycle all If inefficient measure waste of an and management. MSW Composting tion is nutrient conserva regarding for abasis decisions as serving servation, thus 3.21 shows contribution of household also each the output to nutrient con satisfied. be can of about Pand Table of 20% agriculture of Nrequirements Studies Case Within the , heavy metals are comparatively are heavy metals metabolism, anthropogenic the Within Note MFA that nourish to activity of the revealed fact is by MFA interesting TableAnother in presented and 3.21: 10% food-derived households recycled, than nutrients all less from are If Case Study 6: Copper Management 6: Copper Study Case point of view, 10% than less represent they since is the basis for identifying the rel the for basis identifying the is 263 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 264 resources in the book the in resources ity, heat conductivity, strength, etc. brightness, physical properties, e.g., conductivity, corrosion electrical resistance, ductil .usgs.gov/minerals/pubs/historical-statistics/.) (2016States version): United the in commodities material and mineral for T. statistics D., Matos, G. R., and Historical 1950. since (From Kelly, t/year. used have been resources, About 80–90% World of selected use FIGURE 3.17 Brunner, 2012). roughly 5.4 mobilize kt/year processes geogenic While of flows. natural and Figure 1.7displays the example (Baccini cadmium of Chapter 1, 1.4.5.2, Section human-induced flows surpass many of metals in water surface discussed As groundwater in and as increasing. are well as Consequently, soils in concentrations of areas, many metals in wastes. and lost emissions as are of metals use, fractions large after and materials. other 2001). by Up to now, mimicked be can of metals some but functions not all Fiala, and (for Becker-Boost growth see more information, future restrict (Kesler, 1994). will controversy is limitation There about whether this next several the decades nese, etc.—some shortages within authors expect for technology—lead, modern zinc, copper,essential molybdenum, manga advanced and metals exploitationfound reserves For certain technologies. of aresult extended newly as and have revised constantly of metals been exhausted) is aresource (the depletionthe until time of left number years about of afew only decades. ashort time Prognoses depleted be within will 1972). Behrens, and copper as Meadows such resources that predicted al. et In 1972,In Club the ofof Rome to point scarcity first theout was among the Current metal management cannot be considered sustainable. During considered During be sustainable. cannot management Current metal [109 t/yr] 0.4 0.8 1.2 1.6 1900 2 0 1920 U.S. Geological Survey Data Series 140 Series Data Survey Geological U.S. The LimitsThe to Growth 1940 1960 Ye ar Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook (Meadows, Meadows, Randers, Randers, Meadows, (Meadows, 1980 , 2014. Retrieved from http://minerals, 2014. from Retrieved 2000 Iron andsteel< Manganese Zinc S Lead Copper Cement Aluminum ulfur > > < > < > > 2020 0 5 10 15 20 25

6 - - [10 t/yr] ​ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 by any two of the three properties properties by three any of two the distribution Thepattern) is distribution described (or materials. set of defined tribution flows of material A set 3.2.2.1.1 Graedel and Rechberger (1999). by developed been procedure has described putational The and effort. com little and data collection applied to no copper further with databases directly andbe procedures. SEAcan additional definitions lyzed, requiring study, case of this multiple ana systems. In is asystem consisting processes 2.5.9,Chapter 2, Section SEA for was introduced the single- method copper householdThe (SEA). evaluated entropy is analysis by statistical In Procedures 3.2.2.1 (2002). and colleagues by Spatari as in copperdetermined Europe flows and stocks about information of management copper using sustainable study discusses case have protection to designed. be This environmental and optimization of view resource in to control heavy metals measures information, on such 1999). Lindeström, and (Landner anthroposphere the in Based substances agement appropriate is about use, location, the fate information and of these man for Afirst prerequisite efficient ofmanagement resource heavy metals. for needed the are pollutants. New methods and strategies environmental impacts. tal order in to avoid carefully recycled and short- long-term and environmen year. grows per by of, 3–4% cadmium It disposed to managed, be needs properly. order environment in to protect the of stock anthropogenic The have region further reduced be this flowsto in Hemisphere, cadmium the Northern the concentrated are in activities most anthropogenic of the reduction basis, should goal the even be aregional higher. On tion. Since deposi cadmium for natural deposition determined rates those as similar should reducedsions of be order cadmium by to achieve an of magnitude soil.the Globalemis in cadmium of accumulation asignificant causing atmosphere the into are Comparatively emissions anthropogenic large about extract 17 activities human kt/yearcadmium, Earth’s the from crust. Studies Case 2.5.9.3, solid contains section have this to applied. be in system analyzed The considered,be more complex Chapter 2, given as in such Section equations aqueous and flows gaseous If of solidset materials. to also are (emissions) entropy Hof a statistical the to calculate used are following equations The 3.2.2.1.2 3.18). Figure Heavy metals are limited valuable resources, but they are also potential valuable potential limited but also resources, are are they Heavy metals Calculations of a substance represents the partitioning of a substance among a of asubstance partitioning the represents of asubstance Terms and Definitions consists of a finite number of material material flows.of of number The dis afinite consists M  i , X  i , c i for all materials of the set (see set of the materials for all process ­process 265 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 replaced by a corresponding function (Rechberger, 1999). function replaced by acorresponding variable The 266 represents standardized mass fractions of a material set. If the c the If set. of amaterial fractions mass standardized represents flow rates materials/copper flowsis k set the only.in materials The of number flows (fraction). material among substance the flows, of mass/mass. material the (d)Distribution in substance of the mass/time. set, (b)the flows. flows of Mass material Concentrations (c) of(a) six set Exemplary FIGURE 3.18 basis in equivalent units (e.g., equivalent units in basis g so that c that so

(c) (a) c i The concentrations in Equations 3.1 Equations concentrations in on a mass-per-mass The 3.3 expressed and are Set of material flows 12 i ≤ 1. If other units are used (e.g., used are ≤1. units other If %, mg/kg), Equation 3.3 must be (, mm  1 … 34 ,) k and substance concentrations ( substance and Hc (, 56 ii mm  )( m m =− m 6 1 Xm , c , c  substance i ∑ ii 6 1 = i , X , X = =⋅ k 1 ∑ 6 1 i =  k m 1  ii /g X i Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ⋅⋅ c m  (d (b X cc i i product i i ) ) (3.1)

ld 1 12 or kg or i ) ≥ 0 23 c 1

,..., c ,..., substance 34 k ) are known. ) are /kg 45 i and and product , and the the , and 56 , etc.), m  i (3.3) (3.2) are are 6 m  i

​ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 (a)

(see 3.19): Figure distributions values found following for for extreme Hare the the described, as calculated Studies Case development can be calculated as described in the following two sections. following two the in development described as calculated be can chapter, entropy system. the For system statistical investigated the the this in flow F9).cling by 10 (P) flows processes four material linked (F), oneincluding loop (recy 3.20 Figure displays asystem such comprising chains. process in organized Graedel, T.Graedel, 59,42, E., Econ., Ecol. permission.) With 2002. H. and Rechberger, (From max. 0and between Hvalue an yields (c) distribution other Any maximum. the flows, Hreaches material the among distributed equally is substance the If (­ couplethe by defined substance of a distribution the flowsrepresenting (a) of material Aset FIGURE 3.19

m  i The procedure for evaluating a system by SEA depends on the structure of procedure forThe evaluating asystem by SEA structure on the depends are thatoften several flow A material comprises usually processes system Finally, entropy relativeas (RSE) the defined is statistical is expressed as expressed of His maximum The Set of material flows , ­ 2. 1. c i is 0. His 0. entropy flow, material statistical the one in contained only is ). substance (b) the If tration ( flows material have when is all concen same the extreme other The is a positive definite function for c apositivefunction His since definite aminimum, 0, also is is entropy which H ofcal adistribution such possible its highest concentration. statisti in The substance the sents and appears in pure form form pure appears in and flows one kmaterial of the in ( contained only is substance The value between these extremes (Figure 3.19c). (Figure extremes duces these Hvalue an between pro possible Any other distribution entropy amaximum. is tistical possible sta its the highest diluted form. Forin adistribution, such c 1 = c m m 2 = ... = 6 1 , c , c 6 1 c (b i 0 1 c ) k ). Such a material set represents the substance substance the ). represents set Such a material 12 Hm RSE ma Σ x XX =  ≡H ib 34 ld ==     / ∑ i H = k 1 max m 56   i (3.5) b     . Such a material set repre set . Such a material (3.4) i ≤ 1 (Figure 3.19b). ≤1(Figure c (c) i 0 1 12 34 i =b 56 - - - ) - - 267 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 268 mal dilution (1). dilution T. Graedel, H. and mal 59, 42, Rechberger, E., Econ., (From Ecol. permission.) With 2002. (0) maxi and concentration maximal between value (RSE) entropy statistical arelative to sponds corre stage each in substance investigated of the 4. (c) 1to partitioning 1) by The processes caused input the (stage of transformations the by flows represent F2,defined to5 2 Stages F5, and F4. F6, and represented is stage 3 example, flows system’s to stages.For five of the material (b) Allocation loop. recycling one including chain up of aprocess made of asystem (a) structure Basic FIGURE 3.20 (b (a) (c) ) 0 1

12 RSE F1 F1 1 P1 F2 P1 F4 F3 F3 2 F5 P2 P2 Li Li fe fe F9

O cy cy

verall trend of system cle ofsubstance cle ofsubstance F6 34 F6 3 St P3 oc P3 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook k F7 F8 Sy stem boun 4 F8 P4 P4 da ry F10 5 5S Pure substanc Ea tage F4 F9 F7 F5 F2 F10 rt h cr s

Concen- Dilution us tration dissipation t e - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 crustal rock. Thus, a stage entropy rock. with crustal 1967), for average copper the potential as resource same product the has this oftion 0.06 g/kg (the average copper content Earth’s of the (Krauskopf, crust for example, to produce acopper copper used concentra has is that agood where stage the j=1, index 2, …., n if the concentrations of the materials decrease, since since decrease, materials concentrations of the the if (see flow Equationgrows 3.4).with mass subsequent stages normalized This basic data, flow ( concentrations andrates substance materials, of 3.2.2.1.2.2 of substances. patterns distribution different stage, in resulting from stage to branched increasingly the systembecome flows stance through flowsdisplayed is to stagesin 3.20b. Figure shows diagram The how sub Finally, allocation flows flows.treatedas export of The are material recycling boxes process (see boxes Chapter 2, 2.1). within smaller Figure as presented process. However, independent external an of clarity, sake for are the stocks treatedas P3,is actually the flow thatstock in 3.20a). Figure F7 means This output as Flows regarded are flows astock into the process of process (see astock).into Flows input out as flows treated into ofthe are astock process. system by (export the not flows transformed are that and flows processes ing j ( higher than for the first stage. first for the than higher to,is stageequal lower than, RSE final foror on whether the the depending a whole as tem “neutral” either be concentrating, can (balanced), or diluting, 3.20c Figure calculated. RSE be demonstrates for asys stage that each can no longer copper Using 3.5 Equations 3.6, resources exist. and enhanced the The following stages are defined by the defined 1 to n following stagesoutputsby are The of processes chain. the process firstinput of process the the is stageinto first by defined stage input the step by step, transfers a that step designatedas each process with a stage have Earth’s concentration the same as the ( crust 3.1Equations of entropy 3.2). when and materials maximum assume can One under study.under H couple ( couple derived 3.1 Equations are using 3.2. and Application of Equation 3.3 to the H investigated system are determined by MFA. Normalized mass fractions by fractions MFA.investigated mass determined system are Normalized

3.2.2.1.2.1 Studies Case of processes in the system is n system is the in of processes max The reason for this definition definition of H for this reason The > 1)j > receives (1) outputs (2) the of j−1and process outputs of all preced . Stages are represented by a set of material flows by of represented material . Stages aset are 3.20b).Figure (see The is a function of the total normalized mass flow mass represented by a stage normalized total of the afunction is c i , m  Determination ofNumberDetermination and Formation ofStages Modification of Basic DataCalculationBasic RSEof Modification and of Each for Stage i ) or to each stage yields the statistical entropy Hfor stage. that ) or statistical stage to each the yields max is then given by then is H P , then the number of n number stages is the , then ma x S = . The system as a whole can be seen as a as awhole system as seen . The be can max ld is related to resource utilization. If, utilization. related to is resource    c H = 1 EC    (3.6) H max defines a point defines at which Σ c EC cm i ) for the substance substance ) for the ×=  1 If the number number the If m 1  S (combine P =n i , . So stage. So c i ) of the ) of the P +1, The The 269 m  - - - - i

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 this supply-this producing data and residues. forsystem, estimated resources depleting The the to support produced domestic is within demand entirely necessary per the system, cop virtual flows intothe system.this external Hence,in all of copper export products (2) wastes and and of and import incorporates system autonomous virtual to define a necessary is old as such scrap have account, imports into and to taken be too. Thus, it management.per For atrue evaluation not an cop considered of are therefore system in European and per, located are outside present they but system boundaries, the with of the slag).and of production amounts of Large cop residues use the from result domesticthe copper production ore (≈590 from kt/year; tailings ore minus (2000 copper import total kt/year)The than higher times three more is than system for copper heavily depends open present, and on imports. an Europe is At achallenge. data poses ofcopper basis these practices management on the data, of Graedel the see ability (2002) al. et (2002). al. et Spatari and Evaluating Ecology, Yale University. quality, of the For adiscussion accuracy, reli and of out acomprehensive part as at Center carried the project for Industrial 3.21in Figure in copperEurope flows1994, illustrates and stocks developed 3.2.2.1.3 270 42, 59,42, permission.) With 2002. T. Graedel, H. and Rechberger, E., Econ., (From Ecol. exports. and imports level but nocopper consumption same the with system copper autonomous and avirtual represent parentheses in kt/year). 1994 rounded, in for (values Europe given The stocks and values flows Copper FIGURE 3.21 Blister L –690 (–3600) itho 690 (3600) 200 (0) Sy Pro mill, smelter sphere stem boun refiner –290 duc Or Copper Data and Copper System Study of Data and Copper Copper e tion y independent scenario are given in parentheses in Figure 3.21, Figure in parentheses given in are ­independent scenario 280 (0) 540 (320) Concentrate da , 230 ry Ne ST Ca 2200 (3600) w scra tho Ca AF Old scrap tho de I Eu p de II rop 1300 (0) e manufa I F abricatio evaluation, exports of goods containing copper evaluation, of containing goods exports and Slag T ailing ct ur 80 (0) n 200 (120) 90 (460) e 12 (60) S s emi alloy Pr Pr Im od +580 (+1000) od –2000 (0) expo L 2700 uct alloy 800 uc andfill po Old scrapII ts , finishe rt rt Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Cu / 480 d pro La ndfille +2600 Us duc e ts that (1) that independent is d wa st e Wa 920 st Old scrapII e manage- 300 (0) Wa ment I ste - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Tailings Cathode II Flow outofstock(production) Semialloy andfinishedproducts Cathode I Old scrapIII Blister Old scrapII Concentrate for copper ( Slag final entropy trends. The trends.entropy flow rates final for materials of the uncertainty the provide ranges for The basis assessing the estimates. Equation 3.7: Source: Landfilled wastes Wastes Flow intostock(use) Products (Cualloy) Products (pure Cu) Old scrapI New scrap Material Copper Management Flows of European Material Data on TABLE 3.22 *Spatari, Bertram, Fuse,Graedel,andRechberger (2002). d c b a Ore flow-rates for copper today’s copper management. flows material relevant system includes all that aclosed for represents which Studies Case Note: Calculated bymass balanceonwastemanagement process. Informed estimate. Lower valueforperiodaround 1925. Higher valueforperiodaround 1900. Table The entropy trends. the to calculate 3.22 used data are gives that the Values are rounded. Data from DKI Deutsches Kupferinstitut, Rechberger, H.andGraedel,T. E.,EcologicalEconomics,42,59,2002.With permission. Resources, ConservationandRecycling36(2),87–106,2002. 1997; Zeltner, C.et al., RegionalEnvironmental Change,1(1),31–46,1999;Gordon, R.B., Verarbeitung, c i ) and their ranges are either from literature references or best references literature either from are ranges their ) and Verwendung Informationsdruck.Duesseldorf:DeutschesKupferinstitut, () X  i are from Spatari et al. (2002). al. et Spatari from are concentrations The Material Flow Flow Material mX ()  m  ii 1,200,000 i 460,000 460,000 =× 90,000 27,000 69,000 11,000 , kt/Year , 1300 2200 1700 290 380 205 250 930 680 260 110  / c i Kupfer, 100 (3.7) Vorkommen, Concentration Concentration 0.1 (0.1–0.75 0.7 (0.3 0.2 (0.1–0.3) 0.2 (0.1–0.3) ( 90 (80–99) c 80 (20–99) 98 (96–99) 80 (20–99) 25 (20–35) 80 (20–99) 70 (7–80) 10 (1–50) 7 (1–40) 1 (0.3–3) i Copper ), g/100 g ), g/100 0.10 () 100 100 100 m  b i –0.7) d are calculated using using calculated are c c c Gewinnung, c a c c ) ( () Copper Flow Flow Copper X  Eigenschaften, i ) ,* kt/Year ,* 1300 2200 2600 2700 290 300 200 200 280 540 690 480 920 800 230 90 80 12 271 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 boundary. Whether or not the exclusion of the energy source has an impact an boundary. or has exclusion not source the energy Whether of the supply , the the since outside is systemconsidered the within supply energy etc.) RSE induced not impact by on the is The this required. is ores, concentrate, smelting (crushing energy stageRSE from 1to 2, external form. Note: purer For reduction increasingly ofcopper the the appears in of amount RSE of closely stage total the the 2approaches that 0, meaning material), more the copper-containing to by transform its ability measured slag). and ings more The efficientis a production being process (efficiency concentrates smelting produce the and ores residues (tail0, mining since copper (contentplain > 99.9 g/100 g). Note RSE for the stage not that 2 is stageRSE from 1to 2, ore (copper since content = 1 g/100 to g) refined is flowsin of3.23.Figure material illustrated is assignment to stages (2)and supply-independent the 3.21). displayed Figure Europe in (both The cycle of copper life forRSE along systems: the two (1) quo of status 1994 the Table 3.22, appropriate the and flowcharts.the trend shows3.22 Figure of the 3.3 Equations to 3.7, using calculated are entropy trends The data given the in 3.2.2.2.1 3.2.2.2 272 42, 59, 42, Econ., Ecol. permission.) With 2002. T. Graedel, H. and Rechberger, E., (From different. are systems 5) of the 1 and stages between (differences performances overall but the identical, are trends of the shapes system).mous The autonoor (closed Europe supply-independent 1994 a virtual, for in (open and system) Europe in quo status the for of copper cycle life the along entropy statistical relative of the Change FIGURE 3.22

Relative statistical entropy behave systems Both similarly, production the reducing the process with 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 Results Status and Virtual Quo Supply: Europe Independent and ofAlternative Management Systems— RSE Copper of St age 1S Production St Sc at enario ofsupply-indep us quof tage or Eu 2S Fabrication, manu- facture Li ro fe pe cy 1994 cle ofcopper tage endent 3S Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Use Eu ro pe tage 4S manage- Waste ment tage 5 Pure copp Ea rt h cr us

er Dilution t - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 (From Rechberger, H. and Graedel, T. Graedel, H. and 59, 42, Rechberger, E., Econ., (From Ecol. permission.) With 2002. state. steady (d) and in system supply-independent recycling, without system independent flows(b)quo, stages. to (a) system, supply-independent (c) Status of material supply- Assignment FIGURE 3.23 Case Studies Case (d) (b) (c) Flow ofst (a) Concentrat Blister Or Or Or Or oc k e e e e e 12 P1 P1 P1 P1 Cathode Cathode Cathode Cathode P2 P2 P2 P2 Production Production Production Production Production Production Production Production alloy alloy alloy alloy Cu Cu Cu Cu 34 P3 P3 P3 P3 Waste Waste Waste Waste P4 P4 P4 P4 5S tage Flow intostock Flow intostock Flow intostock Tailings Tailings Tailings Tailings Landfilled wast Landfilled wast Landfilled wast Landfilled wast Old scrap Old scrap Old scrap New scrap New scrap New scrap New scrap Semis alloy Slag Slag Slag Slag s e e e e 273 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 case, this stages. In final the and first for RSEs the the between Europe’s within hinterland. effects external flows and includesrelevant cesses and coppermanagement for European pro it all since comprises of it somesystem discussed, variations and are rate lower. therefore is recycling supply-independent the only following, the In supply-independent the in no old the is system, and there scrap as imported is of management Thelower waste effectiveness stages.these in nificantly sig not does differ scenarios for both metabolism rather the constant, since supply-independent quo the and status the between ence system remains residues, accounted 4, stages stage differ 3and for are 2.In the in which supply-independentthe of production amounts larger in system, resulting ore production in stage due 2are increased in to the differences goods. The at alower starts tem entropy level, concentrated in since copper imported is supply-independent noteworthy. system are quo sys status the of First all, (1971).Georgescu-Roegen (1996), Koshland and Ayres (1984), Nair and (1974), Davis and Stumm and 3.22)—wasFigure qualitatively, described e.g., by O’Rourke, Connelly, process the consumption in (see andincrease entropy (refining) process production of result the entropy reduction entropy of in trend—the the “V” The shape concentrate and purposes. itwaste stream for recycling separate treatment copperthe and from waste since collection decreases, Graedel,and stage from 4to 2002). 5, transition entropy the the During wastes, end-of-lifeelectronic Rechberger, vehicles, etc. (Bertram, Spatari, and demolition and waste, debris, electrical scrap metal, construction relevant and centrations waste generation solid rates municipal as such copper from con concentration level determined be This can stock. the residues the concentration leave that mean in the as same the is stock the concentrationthe that inmean of copper esis, itassume sufficient to is of copper. optimization and For management afirst forhypoth future about location, qua non conditionis a concentration,sine specification and stage Information not is well known. of dilution of this degree copper in systems) for heating copper tubing “dilutes” copper well. general, as the In (transition stage from 3to 4, e.g., infrastructure built the into goods per (e.g., goods consumer into automobile) an in cop wiring or incorporating when copper produced. copper alloys are products Similarly, installing place It processes. obvious dilution takes that is manufacturing in occurs stage dilution of of RSE from copper the 2to 3because the that increases by (2002). al. et Spatari described as drawn hydropower)and However, used. chapter, are system boundaries the this in RSE developmenton (coal, the source of energy oil, kind on the depends 274 The overall performance of a system can be quantified by the difference difference the by quantified be of asystem overall can The performance quo the and status the between entropy trends the in differences The copper refined from goods consumer semiproductsProducing and Δ RSE total =Δ RSE 15 = [( = RSE 5 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook −RSE 1 )/ RSE 1 ] ×100 (3.8) ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 countries will achieve this high rate, high Δ achieve this will countries Rechberger, Spatari, Graedel, and all future, 2002). the in that Assuming Union achieve European rates the up to 60% (Bertram, within countries egy. At rate present, overall for the old recycling about scrap is 40%. Some entering waste management is comparatively waste is management entering small. copper flow the that is reason The limited. system of is the performance all shows impact of the today’s that tem. This over waste on the management −4% rate (recycling of 90%: Δ where Studies Case decreasing RSE trends ( RSE trends decreasing rates, advanced waste management, nondissipative show and use metal long-term recycling in result high with problems. contrast, In scenarios indefinitely, adrawback.is maintained managementwill If such practice point of protection view, environmental and servation increase an such system. con From the aresource through itsor transit dissipated during in stage 5. The resulting Δ stage 5.in resulting The (new scrap) contribution of the management 3and stages 2and in production residues of not higher, recycling effects are RSEs the showing All wastes (+220%).tion (+63%) for and productionconsump for landfills requirements larger and for demand ore 3.21, displayed ahigher Figure in in scenario results this of old new scrap. and any recycling supply-independent Compared the with show3.24. supply-independent the parentheses in Numbers system without investigated Figure is entropy using on trend the relevance ofThe recycling 3.2.2.2.2 generated.are concentrated low-contamination(low-) and (high-exergy) products Alow resource. of the highly RSE value both that for astage means thus recycling future cement, wastes with impeding hazardous thus mixing stacks, or by high concentrations in of small off-gases amounts with large produced be easily wastes can by dilution, e.g.,zero-exergy by emitting (2) and quality. environment ing Low- residues Earth-crust-like or with surround the with equilibrium not in are that exergy products high with Thus, waste must systems management produce (1) concentrated highly approachesexergy 0(Ayres 1994; Martinas, and Ruth, 1995; Ayres, 1998). their environment, and the with equilibrium in are materials crust-like (Baccini, 1989). before landfilling quality such into Earth- transformed be or should shouldcharacteristics preferably landfills have in Earth-crust brass) or even (e.g., form pure copper pipes). of Wastes disposed are that (2)and concentrated appear (e.g., in resource of the parts large copper in considered) paint)tive are in where or dissipated emissions case (in the converted to low concentrations of products copper (e.g., in addi an as (1) that cycle mean have life the resource of the amounts been small only The entropy trend for the nonrecycling scenario is given in Figure 3.25. Figure given is in scenario fornonrecycling entropy the The trend Δ RSE Recycling Europe in Supply-Independent total > 0 means that the investigated diluted and/ the is that substance > 0 means Δ RSE RSE RSE total 15 =+28% abad indicates strat management ≤0%). Low entropy values at end of the 15 =−11%) supply-independent for the sys RSE 15 would reduced be −1% from to 275 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 276 T. 59, 42, E., Econ., Ecol. permission.) With 2002. Graedel, H. and Rechberger, (From use. resource future in role play a crucial can recycling and management waste shows that assessment The no stocks. producing of state steady scenario and of no recycling scenario versus Europe of supply-independent scenario of copper: cycle life the along entropy statistical relative the on scenarios of different effect of the Comparison FIGURE 3.25 permission.) T. Graedel, H. and Rechberger, E., (From recycling. copper without use process the in copper of no accumulation with supply-independent Europe of a stocks and flows Copper FIGURE 3.24 –1700 (–5800) L 1700 (5800) Relative statistical entropy ithos 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 Sy mill, smelter Pro 1 0 stem boun phere refiner duc Or e St tion y age 1S 1500 (0) 200 (0) da , Ne ry , kt/year (steady-state scenario). Values in parentheses stand for a scenario ascenario for stand , kt/year (steady-state Values parentheses scenario). in Production 3200 (4900) Ste Sc Sc ST w scra Ca enario withoutre enario ofsupply-indep AF ady statescenario th Old scrap od Eu p e Pro rop tage e duction wa I manufa F 2S Fabrication, abrication manu- facture (1400) and Li Ta fe ct cy ur st ilings cy cling e e 220 (750) 540 (0) cle ofcopper 29(97) tage endent Pro Pro +1800 (+3200) duct alloy 3S L 2700 duc 800 andfill Old scrapII Slag Use Eu ts Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Cu 1500 (920) ro pe tage La 0 (+2600) ndfille Us manage- 4S e Waste ment d wa 42, 59, 42, Econ., Ecol. With 2002. st e 3500 (920 Wa tage RR =90% RR =60% RR =40% RR =90% RR =60% RR =40% st e 5 ) Pure copp Ea manage- Wa ment rt h cr ste us

er Dilution t Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Δ Rechberger, and 2001).(Brunner rate of 60% in arecycling results Assuming wastes into turn of materials amounts large when, lifetime, due limited to the use process the input in stock the of the quo, status the but in output as the same equals the still is goods for consumer 3.24Figure flows gives the the also fordemand a steady-statein which scenario 3.2.2.2.3 Studies Case and lower limits of the RSE are presented for the supply-independent for presented lower the RSE are ofand the limits scenario. by survey. aliterature 3.26, determined be Figure centration can In ranges upper con deviationsubstance Sometimes, orinterval. confidence astandard as such uncertainty, and flowsreliability on rial provide information customarily do not on mate systems. management Statistics materials to tools describe of statistical application the evaluation constrains the most data cases, availability process. In in in sive foroverall the of management copper. rate result of 90% A recycling will 3.2.2.2.4 management. metal RSE rates, to sustainable contributing declining employed, is agement in of result management technology copper can future provided, is advanced if information waste and man improved,is necessary if abouts of copper flows and, the especially, process design If are needed. stocks where on the bases information systems. Also, better of and design goods The uncertainty of the data of (material the flow rates uncertainty The Rechberger, H. and Graedel, T. Graedel, H. and 59, 42, Rechberger, E., Econ., Ecol. permission.) With 2002. (From data. of basic ranges estimated on based entropy statistical of relative Variance FIGURE 3.26 tions RSE

Relative statistical entropy Δ 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 RSE c 1 0 15 i ) and the accuracy of the results are fundamental pieces of information for for pieces of information fundamental are results of the accuracy the ) and = −47%. This shows that in the future, waste management will be deci be waste will management future, shows the = in that −47%. This 15 Uncertainty and Sensitivity Supply-Independent EuropeSupply-Independent in Steady State = −77%. Such a high recycling rate cannot be achieved with today’s achieved with be rate −77%. = cannot recycling Such ahigh St age 1S Production Up Sc enario ofsupply-indep p er andlowerlimit tage 2S Fabrication, manu- facture Li fe cy cle ofcopp tage endent . This scenario may occur in the future future the in may occur scenario . This 3S Eu Use er ro pe tage m  i 4S and substance concentra substance and manage- Waste ment tage 5 Pure copp Ea rt h cr 277 us

er Dilution t - - - - - ­ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 range for Δ for range flow material the ratesis not in considered.The uncertainty the fact that the despite is This high. is limits these within lies RSE trend actual the that sibility Table in ranges the Since 3.22 deliberately have chosen to broad, be been pos the Table givenas derived in not but statistically are estimated. 3.22. limits Thus, the for ranges copper concentrations estimated the using calculated are limits These 278 posphere and thus are a legacy for future generations. On one hand, they are are generations. one they hand, On alegacy for are future posphere thus and (seesolid Table materials 3.23). have They anthro the a long in residence time of turnover anthropogenic largest roads, the represent networks and and of buildings, structure for the materials matrix the are They metabolism. anthropogenic for the materials important are materials Construction 3.2.3 environment. protect the and order resources in to conserve managed be can way.tainable study exemplifies case how Thus,nonrenewable this resources a nearly in sus managed be stock, copper can aging the from dues resulting of resi amounts adaptedwaste large is management the treat to and recycle goods. Provided that appropriate of copper-containing for design recycling improved by even be further can This resource. secondary for afuture tial the poten has use in the thatcurrently of stock copper goods. It confirmed is of dissipative fraction of of copper old new use in small and the scrap and (extended)the economy due European more are balanced or to recycling less plete complete dilution and concentration. Copperthrough flows and stocks of pattern copper,tribution covering about com 50% range between of the dis the in by changes Contemporary characterized copper is management Conclusions 3.2.2.3 necessary to achieve Δ necessary rates of recycling waste management, high the optimization and design the for lower used be can RSE values for information stage 4. Provided this that would stock of the in copper result in distribution mation about actual the stock. This can be regarded as aworst-case as regarded be can This stock. the diluted in maximally and copper evenly is the distributed that meaning average estimated by the concentration stock, of the coppercharacterized in entropy levelsame is stock RSE, for the the 1tof copper. calculating When for copper. resource 5show stages 4and afuture Both as to the serve tial ties for stages 4 and 5 are lower, for 5are stages forties 4and to that stage 1. arange similar with average uncertain poorly copper The are concentrations of goods many known. found for is stage 3, accuracy. good the with since uncertainty largest mined The stage deter is RSE for the this that range for meaning stage quite small, 2is range for stage due 1is copper range of to content the the (0.5–2%). ores in The considerably. stages vary different for the uncertainties The The assessment. The result emphasizes the hypothesis that the stock in use has the poten the has use in stock the that hypothesis the emphasizes result The Case Study 7: Study Waste Management Case Construction RSE 15 lies between −23% between lies 28% and (mean, −1%), sufficient first for a RSE 15 <−70% should feasible. be Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook assumption. Having more Having infor assumption. ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 conservation. Both Both conservation. of, long residenceto ensure times for example, plastic materials.) required are that concentrate substances and hazardous to mineralize sary be neces will (Incineration landfills. in incineration via for disposal fraction asmall only leaving for new construction, reused being fraction main the with of abuilding, lifetime the after materials separation ofthe construction a way in allows that constructions to be design will task future A main tion. protec environmental and conservation resource of view both in care with have materials to managed be Hence, foams. and construction materials tion fluorinatedcarbohydrates and chlorinated paints, and and (CFCs)insula in polychlorinated biphenyls are Examples of emissions (PCBs) joint fillers in widely countries. many is of which road practiced materials, in surface cling example would loadings. An of reuse recy be environmental and emissions of asource future be can they hand, other use; on the for future a resource Studies Case is twofold.is First, it MFA shown that is to address used be can a hole in the ground. Since construction materials are used to create buildings to create buildings used are materials construction Since ground. a hole the in in results usually or mine aquarry from Excavation materials of construction 3.2.3.1 of MFA.compared by means wastes are construction from materials nologies for producing recycling Second, tech two explained. cycle are wastes backtion aconsumption into construc problems,resource of bringing too. Also, some difficulties of the In this case study, construction materials are discussed in view of resource of view resource in study, discussed case are materials this In construction Source: 1990–2000 1980–1990 1970–1980 1960–1970 1950–1960 1940–1950 1930–1940 1920–1930 1910–1920 1900–1910 1890–1900 1880–1890 Decade Period, 1880 from to 2000 Vienna in Materials Per Capita Use of Construction TABLE 3.23 The “Hole” Problem Aufbaus vonWien (DiplomaThesis).Technische UniversitätWien, 1999. Bestimmung entnommenermineralischerBaurohstoffmengen amBeispieldes Fischer, T. (1999).ZurUntersuchungverschiedenermethodischerAnsätzezur volume and and mass Per Capita Use of Construction Materials, Materials, Construction of Use Per Capita are considered as resources. The purpose purpose The considered resources. as are m 3 Capita 4.3 3.3 2.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.8 −1 Year −1 volume-related 279 ------

Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 tion of primary materials. Itcreate marketto materials. a for may a difficult product be oftion primary wastes wereThus, even recycled, would all they frac if replace asmall only materials. for need construction total when the compared with small is cling inputfrom >> wastes available output: for of amount construction recy the implication arises here, important holeBesides the another problem discussed wastes by output nearly order the exceeds of an of construction magnitude. materials input for The of established Austria. construction balance material In 3.29,Figure available for landfilling. Lahner (1994) a construction presents volume the wastes 1990s of of the much city all than larger are ous, growing years, hole m atotal of 207 million evident. of is period 120 over accumulated activities If time the on construction Great the periods, as Depression 1930s such of the postwar nomic crisis, the and muchdecade from varies eco to ofdecade. an materials effect The construction 1880 from span of given extraction to 2000. is fortime The the Vienna in als expands, the volume of holes in the vicinity of the city expands as well. as expands city of the volumeexpands, the vicinity of the holes in of stock acity output. the building long Thus, as the much as than larger is at agiven anthroposphere time the into materials inputthe of construction economy, growing In a debris. with construction up filled be holes can these of several residence decades,with times some 30to before 50 it years takes 280 m 1880 2000, to from Vienna into built and ground the excavated from material Construction FIGURE 3.27 about 140 m (Diploma Thesis) (Diploma Wien von Aufbaus des Beispiel am Baurohstoffmengen mineralischer entnommener Bestimmung 3 It is interesting to note that the holes of to note aprosper the needs created by that the It interesting is In Figures 3.27 materi Figures 3.28, and In capita per and of total construction use the per decade. (From Fischer, T., Fischer, (From decade. per Materials excavated [106 m3/decade] 20 40 60 80 1880 0 3 /capita for today’s population (1.5 inhabitants). million . Technische Universität Wien, 1999.) Wien, Universität . Technische 1900 19201 Zur Untersuchung verschiedener methodischer Ansätze zur Ansätze methodischer Zur verschiedener Untersuchung 3 results (Figure 3.28). (Figure results to corresponds This Ye 9401 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ar 9601 98 02 00 0 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Fuel Machinery materials Construction Water Air Wien (Diploma Thesis) von Aufbaus des Beispiel am Baurohstoffmengen mineralischer entnommener zur Bestimmung Ansätze methodischer T., Fischer, (From 2000. 1880 and Zur verschiedener Untersuchung between rials mate due of construction excavation to of Vienna vicinity the “hole” volume in Cumulative FIGURE 3.28 (From Lahner, T., Lahner, (From 7, Müll Magazin, 9, 1994. permission.) With wastes. of construction output the than larger much is economy agrowing into materials tion Case Studies Case Materials used for construction in Austria (1995), Austria in capita kg construction for used Materials FIGURE 3.29 Cumulative “hole” volume [106 m3] 100 150 200 250 50 1880 0 9000 760 790 . Technische Universität Wien, 1999.) Wien, Universität . Technische 38 8 1900 1920 Construction sector Roads andbuildings 300,000 +8000 Machinery 56 +2 Stock 1940 Ye ar −1 1960 year Used machinery Construction waste Waste water Off-gas −1 . The input of construc input . The 1980 Flows [kg/(c.yr)] 940 820 n.d. 6 2000 281 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 consumption of construction materials (4.3 materials m of construction consumption annual the is than approximately less This times eight figure. this included in 800,000 m 1990s the was about during measuring tons 600,000 for disposal ated annually to persuade consumers of the usefulness and advantages and new of product. the usefulness ofto the persuade consumers produceat a that competitive quality high sufficientlytechnologies price,and to develop standards, environmental and technical to establish it necessary is materials, advantage price. ofsmall recycling introduction in For successful a only is there if and material as-yet-unknown new of and the quality to the respect with uncertainty is there if share, market especially asmall such with 282 mulation of pollutants in certain fractions).mulation certain of pollutants in composition products of the (e.g., versus accu production fractions of clean to the regard plants with of construction ate performance the MFA purposes. atool inappropriate as to evalu serves als for construction materi or polluting, other hazardous, from materials well building suited as to separate is materials purpose wastes. Their construction from materials available technologies to various generate are wastes. There construction to collect, treat, these recycle it conservation, important and is resource solid wastes. of Thus, all for fraction largest the wastes are Construction 3.2.3.2 waste production stones materials. from the becomes of immobile of new objective thus waste The water treatment environment. with the and (e.g., treatment), after with equilibrium should they incineration in be and mineralization holessuch to have need require They properties. stonelike have and in first. to observed be importance filled of prime be to Wastes space, are landfill qualitativeaspects as used are they If waste disposal. for or for as recreation such void for purposes, various used be spaces can create holes; necessary. and hence, These important “hole is management” (“background flows small andally concentrations”) and not polluting. flowsnative substance from ore the such areas, and usu sitesare for mining Except periods. for geological time environment the with interacting been native the has hand, material the other On landfill. of the vicinity the ter and pollute can that groundwa emissions in resulting material, original the from to differ likely is of waste water, material the with air, microorganisms and sites. interaction Thus, these the from taken materials original position the as do havenot com same the landfills of in to disposed be are wastes that The (volume or mass); rather, (substance of concentrations). issue quality it an is reduces volume which the incineration, wastes of by municipal afactor of 10. is considerably in volume Vienna due smaller to ofwaste wastes to landfilled be allwastes.that theactual Note the holes possible landfilling by of to fill Vienna In the case of Vienna, the total waste (MSW, total of the Vienna, case waste, the In etc.) construction gener The conclusionThe “hole of the problem balance” follows: as is cities Growing not a usually theproblemviewis point from of of quantity Landfilling MFA for Comparing Separation Technologies 3 (or kg/capita 400 at 0.53 m 3 /capita). not Wastes are recycled are that Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 3 capita −1 year −1 ). Thus, it not is ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 and Brunner (2000) and Brunner and Stämpfli Stämpfli and (2000)(1993). Brunner Brunner and and input of balances Mass different. also wastes Bare to plants Aand supply that systems collection two the same,not construction because the waste. plantsinput is The both into construction original the than analyze costly composition, to less and easier and thus, are size they and in geneous more plants are homo produce that fractions sorting the because chosen is procedure period. This measuring the within wastes treated of construction output of all flows sum the fordivided substance mass each the by culating by and cal products of all sorting, analyzing and by sampling established waste is composition The weighed not incoming of and analyzed. only the plants is both into input the material analysis, wastes by direct construction composition of untreated chemical the it notSince is possible to determine Procedures 3.2.3.3 sorting. waste for construction choice of the technologies regarding for decisions investigated plants are servation, both by MFA. abasis as serve results The con to resource regard with processes two of the performance compare the by awetdivided several into separator. fractions order In to evaluate and plant B(60In t/h), before pretreated it is similarly waste is construction the pulverizer, and classifier,and crusher zigzagfilters. air dust for screening, drum of oversize rotating materials, handpicking process, including adry is way the Plant A(25 separate in they materials. presented. t/h) differ They are 3.30 3.31, and Figures wasteIn recycling for construction technologies two or landfilling. ready incineration as recyclables are such that for treatments should yield non Second, suited for sorting recycling. fractions high-quality twofold: are clean, should in result of First, sorting objectives sorting The constituents. posite contaminated and materials, plastics, as such nonrecyclables com mainly comprises and much smaller is dismantling selective in wastes only, obtained struction fraction mixed the con mixed demolition in results indiscriminate wastes. While construction yield at of least mixed one fraction of deconstruction types Both cement kilns. boilers, power industrial plants, in or fuel or as materials new construction either production for the used of be can they crushing, After for recycling. suited better are fractions concrete, plastics, bricks, These others. and glass, wood, as such comparatively represent that materials collected be uniform can fractions individual itpossible If selectively substances. is dismantled, ofdown all by brute force of a bulldozer, waste a mixture is resulting the wastes depend “deconstruction” upon broken the is abuilding process. If of plant. construction composition The quantity and a sorting in treated composition to be the to is know that input of the material it necessary is Studies Case The method of investigation is described in by Schachermayer, in of investigation Lahner, method described The is fractions. mixed to handle designed plants are waste sorting Construction processes, waste recycling order controlIn and to construction design 283 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 284 flow, m flow, ● classifier. air off-gas K2, shredder; and K1, drum iron; I, off-gas scrap 2; 1and cyclones from dust H2, H1 and fraction; G, heavy F, fraction; material; light E, oversize D, stones; and metals; B, C, concrete <80 mm; combustibles; A3, oversize metals; A2, stones; and of concrete A1, pieces Fraction large process. A, dry plant (CW) sorting waste Construction FIGURE 3.30 CW 3 /h and t/h; X, measurement of substance concentration, mg/kg. concentration, of substance t/h;/h and X, measurement System boundary separation Magnetic sorting Length 1 1 80 –200mm >200 mm separation collection Magnetic Shredder classifier Rotating sorting sorting sorting Length Scrap Hand sieve Pre- Air 2 2 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Cyclon Cyclon 1 2 , measurement of mass of mass , measurement H1 H2 A2 A1 A3 K1 K2 G D C B E F I Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 iron; W/P, fraction containing wood and plastics. ● W/P,iron; plastics. and wood containing fraction (F1, 16 F2, 32 16 to 4to mm; F3, recycling for mm; 4mm); 0to Fe, scrap materials construction F1 F3: to sludge; fraction; LF: light settled includes wastewater respectively; 32of 100 cm, and size by sieved a mesh and pulverized, CW 0/100 0/32: crushed, CW waste and construction sieve, and 32 0 to cm; separator, pulverizer, magnetic sorting, 2: hand 100 pretreatment cm; sieve, and 0to 1: crusher Pretreatment B, plant wet process. (CW) sorting waste Construction FIGURE 3.31 is not the same as in plant B(see in as Table same notis the 3.24). plant A in treated material The plant A in wastes treated composition the construction of expected, the As 3.2.3.4.1 Results 3.2.3.4 coefficients. transfer the and balance provediron), assumptions not the to decisive be in overall for errors the mass (e.g., known are <80% fractions contains separated fraction magnetically the compositions of (bulk) these matrix waste the treated. Since construction 5% total of the than to amount less not analyzed fractions The assumptions. these sensitive against is overall balance the material if it to see tested is due samples, of lack pulverized to the analyzed be cannot that For fractions other, stone in as fractions. smaller same to the be oftion assumed stones is either. not analyzed are For composi concrete, values taken; literature are stones of and concrete componentsindividual materials present. Oversize toaccording the composition roughly estimated their is not crushed; are iron separated magnetically as such fractions 0.2 Metal mm. than smaller are cles parti until pulverized and 5 and kg. 500 crushed samples of are Aliquots the of solid between samples size is The for procedures materials. dard such wastewater and hourly Off-gases sampled to according are intervals. stan (>1 substances for matrix analyzed g/kg) (<1 substances trace and g/kg) at prehensive investigation and of output 9h. Samples taken of are all goods in a com process dry fivethe in campaigns, short analyzed wet is process 9h. The 2and between periods for output performed time and are goods Studies Case t/h; X, measurement of substance concentrations, mg/kg. concentrations, of substance t/h; X, measurement Water CW System boundary

Composition of Construction Wastes Scale CW treatment Pre- 1 0/100 CW treatment , measurement of mass flows, m of mass , measurement Pre- 2 0/32 CW separator Wet 3 /h and /h and Waste W/P water LF F3 F2 F1 Fe 285 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 286 follows. investigated. not been has Possible as difference are explanations for this product the for plant B. than reason The materials inorganic less contain and plantmore Aare contaminated in wastes treated higher.tude Construction plant about B, is concentration the one of order and metals trace of magni input the into than iron and (gypsum), carbon, organic more sulfur contains 1. a Substance of the Earth’s Crust and Wet- A Plant Wastes Treated Dry-Separation in ofComposition Construction TABLE 3.24 S g/kg Substances, Matrix TC TIC TOC Si Ca Al Fe Zn mg/kg Trace Elements, Pb Cr Cu Cd Hg Note: such plants. such for input fractions more and uniform cleaner in resulting tling, disman and toward1990s deconstruction selective saw ashift separation plants, wastes were the in while treated construction development. swift 1980s, the experienced management In mixed waste of period 8years, construction time 1996. the in During of plant balance B, Austria, was conducted mass in the operating 1988, in Switzerland was located analyzed Plant and Ais in while materials; thus,rangesare given. Data forplantBare theresult offoursampling campaignswithdifferent input TC, totalcarbon;TIC,inorganic carbon;TOC, totalorganic carbon. Separation Plant B Compared with the Average the with BCompared Plant Composition Separation Construction Wastes) Construction Construction Waste Waste Construction Plant A (Mixed A(Mixed Plant 121 150 790 630 150 670 5.8 9.5 1.0 0.2 93 33 60 40 Construction Wastes) Construction Construction Waste Waste Construction Plant B Plant Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 0.10–0.22 0.05–0.55 100–150 120–200 1.1–2.9 47–79 35–69 24–66 3–103 13–32 2–21 8–15 7–20 8–23 a (Presorted (Presorted Earth’s Crust Earth’s 0.02 280 100 0.3 0.2 0.1 41 81 54 70 13 50 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 they have been rearranged into the five the into fractions havethey rearranged been Therefore,fier). are,in quite part, similar. fractions 10 Sometheremaining of shredder, classi drum, air the and off-gases from 2and cyclones 1and from (dust products. use different Four have products wastes and are no further of Table plant given balance in Ais The 3.25. separation generated Dry 14 3.2.3.4.2 site. removed had been already material at unsuitable construction of the the where looked that much well suited for afraction represented recycling, and tling more-or-less disman controlled from resulted that debris received construction Plant B abuilding. demolishing received wastes as tion when indiscriminately mass balance was conducted plant balance A. in mass point of view, astatistical from planned be was not which intended when the would wastes, analysis composition have the the of in to construction ences order In about toresults derivediffer materials. significant of construction merely compositions for are given possiblethey different as explanations composition substances. trace in (1930–1940) prewar from periods stems most likely adifferent hence has and 1950s of the 1960s, materials and forconstruction plant while B, input the Studies Case at of bottom Table the 3.25. In summary, at the time of investigation, summary, atIn time plant construc the Awas by fed mixed stated here have reasons investigated detail; not been in three Note the that plant Amay wastes in composition resemble the Thus, the of construction 2. 3. demolished in the 1990s the demolished were in older. 20 only to ago, 40 years buildings Austria, the constructed in while comparatively waste from tion resulted had been that new buildings construc Swiss Some of periods. the time of different are Austria was slow Switzerland recovering), demolished and in in buildings at alow level of development economic World after War and II (Austria cycles sites. economic to was Due different construction demolition waste from new not stems and from Most construction Switzerlandmade (selective in appropriate. is deconstruction) input decision exceeded. plant into the cleaner that Bindicates The siteis flow mass tic,per construction concrete, etc. when acertain wood, as such plas metals, fractions to separately uniform collect follow). that results Eight Austria, it later years in was mandatory new strategy, (see the preference to deconstruction selective giving a to establish used are results The materials. construction ondary powertigation the into of plants to such produce appropriate sec inves MFA The plant of a first analysis. is time the sorting of the Switzerland,In no legislative framework at established had been waste management. construction practicesferent in and legislation dif had distinctly of Switzerland Austria analysis, and At time the Mass Flow of Products of Flow Mass ofSeparation I , II , III , metals , and , and rest seen seen - - - - - 287 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Rest (=H+K) Metals (= A2 +DE) III (=G+C A1) II (=F+E A3) I (=B) New fractions K2 K1 I H2 H1 G F E D C B A3 A2 A1 Fraction Total input light wood, and the like) than plant contrast to A. plant wood,light In like) A, the than plant and Bproduces waste (plastic, organic less input plant the into that paper, Bcontains again to 5.1 amounts only fraction light The major importance. g/100 indicating g, generated ofproduces seven of two are fractions the fewer Only fractions. discussed. are compositions fractions ical individual of the 288 Material A Plant Waste (CW) Sorting Construction Flow through Mass TABLE 3.25 The balance of for Table goods plant given balance in Bis The 3.26. plant Apriori, this The rationale for this new grouping will become apparent chem when new the grouping will rationale forThe this • • n.d., notdetermined. Rest, consisting of useless residues of useless (filterRest, consisting and off-gas)dust iron Scrap fractions Minor Fraction III, heavy materials Fraction II, materials light Fraction I, pieces <80 mm fractions Major I +IIIIImetalsrest Off-gas drum/shredder Oversize combustibles Construction wastes Off-gas airclassifier Dust andoff-gases Oversize material Concrete, stones Concrete, stones Heavy fraction Heavy fraction Dust cyclone2 Dust cyclone1 Consisting of Consisting Light fraction Light fraction Iron metals <80 mm <80 mm Metals Metals Iron Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Mass Flow, 10 Mass kg/Day 225.3 225.3 60.3 0.26 7.13 55.6 47.7 0.10 0.16 51.4 0.43 4.14 3.75 1.73 2.36 3.08 n.d. n.d. 102 102 8.5 3

Fraction, g/100 g g/100 Fraction, CW 26.8 24.7 45.3 21.2 0.04 0.06 22.8 45.3 n.d. n.d. 100 100 0.1 3.1 0.2 1.8 1.7 3.8 0.8 1.0 1.3 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 (Wastewater sediment) Wastewater Total output Water Presorted CW Total input Material Waste)Construction B(Presorted Plant Waste (CW) Sorting Construction Flow through Mass TABLE 3.26 a F1 LF Note: W/P Fe F3 F2 analyzed in plant B, in most from II polluted too. fraction analyzed fraction light The is above are Earth’s of of that the lead fractions mercury tions and for all crust quality. Nevertheless,wet products concentra come to Earth-crust closer plant considerably Bis waste in tion treated cleaner, compositions of the the Earth’s the construc in Since exceed concentrations of heavy crust. metals input materials. of due difference to the mainly plants two is the in productsthe obtained composition of chemical in difference The (TOC) fractions. scrap-iron and approximately 20% carbon containing duce organic of total fractions light produced. are carbon plants pro organic Also, both poor in and silicates and Table in presented plants are 3.27. carbonates in rich plants, both fractions In waste recycling compositions products ofThe construction the two of the 3.2.3.4.3 A. plant Bthan for smaller site, 20 times is percentagestruction fraction the scrap-iron of the Note due materials. that for coarser to waste con separation on the asking are material, plant while torthis market of a for plant good Bfinds A’s customers Theoperasize. ofparticle material mm <4 amountfine-grain of a significant Studies Case system’s boundary(sedimentationinawastewatersludgepond). Wastewater sedimentisincludedinwastewaterandgeneratedaprocess outsidethe Because of the given input, all fractions of dry separation in plant A separation in of dry given of input, the fractions Because all water losses.Itisnotpossibletoquantifythisdifference. fractions leavethewetprocess andare stored anddewatered onsitewithoutmeasuring The difference betweeninputandoutput is duetothelossofwaterwhendrenched Composition Products of ofSeparation a Sorting fraction16–32mm Wood andplasticfraction Sorting fraction4–16mm Sorting fraction0–4mm (Wastewater sludge Consisting of Consisting Light fraction from pond) Scrap iron Mass Flow, Mass 10 (2.5–3.7) 130–190 200–270 370–380 0.05 0.13 3 300 3.8 kg/h 75 15 25 27 g/100 gCW g/100 Fraction, Fraction, (3.3–4.9) 170–250 260–360 ≈500 0.07 0.17 400 100 5.1 20 33 36 289 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 290

TABLE 3.27 Composition of Products from Dry (A) and Wet (B) Construction Waste Separation

Products of Plant A Products of Plant B Iron Wastewater Earth’s Substance I II III G Metals F1 F2 F3 LF Sludge Crust Matrix Elements, g/kg Si 160 n.d. 180 170 n.d. 170 ± 10 170 ± 16 190 ± 13 170 ± 8 170 280 Ca 180 91 160 160 n.d. 160 ± 9 160 ± 19 140 ± 18 100 ± 17 160 ± 18 41 Fe 12 16 20 22 800 15 ± 5 16 ± 6 16 ± 5 20 ± 5 20 ± 3 54 TC 62 210 48 47 n.d. 54 ± 4 59 ± 6 59 ± 6 210 ± 90 98 ± 23 0.2 TIC 41 17 38 34 n.d. 53 ± 5 52 ± 10 47 ± 8 22 ± 8 47 ± 6 –

TOC 21 190 9.9 12 n.d. 1.8 ± 1 7 ± 6 11 ± 3 190 ± 95 51 ± 25 – Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Al 8.8 8.3 12 12 8.1 15 ± 4 15 ± 5 11 ± 3 21 ± 6 20 ± 3 8.1 S 7.3 5.7 3.9 4.3 n.d. 1.6 ± 0.54 1.3 ± 0.2 1.4 ± 0.2 3.8 ± 0.4 2.4 ± 0.5 0.3

Trace Elements, mg/kg Zn 540 1400 170 200 4900 35 ± 8 34 ± 8 48 ± 5 65 ± 9 200 ± 91 70 Cu 47 420 330 410 11,500 16 ± 3 21 ± 6 22 ± 6 30 ± 7 45 ± 4 50 Pb 200 940 930 1200 1800 30 ± 54 16 ± 15 25 ± 10 46 ± 37 75 ± 11 13 Cr 160 90 130 140 760 24 ± 3 25 ± 9 25 ± 10 110 ± 22 41 ± 7 100 Cd 0.7 2.3 0.5 0.6 n.d. 0.12 ± 0.01 0.11 ± 0.005 0.13 ± 0.01 0.2 ± 0.07 0.31 ± 0.08 0.1 Hg 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.1 n.d. 0.11 ± 0.07 0.17 ± 0.08 0.47 ± 0.31 0.7 ± 0.03 3.1 ± 1,7 0.02 Note: n.d., not determined. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ration efficiencies. ration sepathe allowof coefficients comparison transfer the and technologies, two separation wet byof the process. MFA abetter of the potential the reveals productsof not the of and because input plantdue material Bare clean to the or depletion place. not does take superior the It qualities that clear becomes true for that showing most fractions, quite similar are substances and Transfer fractions. coefficients mass for to disposal fractions recycling whole from the substances array of hazardous of goal directing the achieves nor wet the show processes B. results plants dry neither Aand that The the sorted products. theamong of heavy metals knowthe partitioning to importance of first Hence,sorting. of fractions is it to flowcertain substances hazardous of the controlling in succeeds sorting mechanical achieved if be can goals these of All incineration. or bywell either suited forlandfilling disposal, to produce is goal separation are wastes that Athird fractions. clean and flows mass useful of to maximize is goal Asecond gypsum. and granite, limestone, as such materials production of construction primary for the concentration used to the of close materials is fractions recycling in tion not intended forare Preferably, reuse. concentra substance resulting the that fractions wastes to those construction in contained ardous substances haz must direct sorting terms, chemical In materials. construction ondary to produce is sec clean waste sorting of construction purpose main The 3.2.3.4.4 on ariverstands bank). wastewater site on the “lost” not (the is is and controlled taminated plant amount con wet waterof less the separation. during Asignificant phase to removed are that transferred and particles present on small are metals that a lot theof product heavyother hypothesis of plant B, confirming any in sludge concentration than deposited. of higher this is Contaminant pond, asedimentation where asludge in treated (sediment) and formed is wastewater solids. suspended of Most wastewater of is this containing plants. two for Plant the input Bproduces the materials amount alarge in plant A(24.7 dry the g/100 due are to differences gCW). differences Both waste (5.1construction g/100 forthan about is gCW) fivesmaller times wet the plant that of amount B produced fraction light the ofthat unit per B and in smaller concentrations are trace-metal that are differences main cadmium. and mercury to remove volatile like and acid heavy particulates, gases, metals air-pollution devices sophisticated with equipped incinerator an waste in to recover from energy utilized be Instead, it material. can a construction (20%). carbon of organic as not is suited for recycling fraction Thus, this content ahigh exhibits to MSW and similar is material separation. The dry Studies Case Table 3.28 lists the transfer coefficients (partitioning coefficients)Table coefficients two the for (partitioning transfer the 3.28 lists plant one from A. to the The plant similar from Bis fraction light The Partitioning Metals of and Transfer Coefficients enrichment 291 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Hg Cd Pb Cu Zn S Al processing yields about 70% of potentially useful construction products in products in construction about yields processing 70% useful of potentially The fractions. other two in materials construction-like and fraction light the concentrates in plant combustible Asuccessfully separation materials in Dry Conclusions 3.2.3.5 wastes. construction of mixed sorting in substances hazardous all 3.24). yet to appropriately means flow control no the mechanical are There of (see Table materials construction position Earth’s of the or to primary crust com to the similar to produce are is that process the materials if necessary order is of wastes, magnitude this I to III.construction For mixed fractions order in an of depleted magnitude are by than substances less I,fraction all modestly are depleted. some heavy and metals Exceptcarbon for copper in organic while slightly enriched, are carbon Si, Ca,substances inorganic and (combustible) matrix the both, In similar. are III II. Iand Fractions fraction light the in mercury, cadmium, carbon, lead enriched and are Organic tion. frac metal the in metals concentrates these successfully sorting Dry fraction. metal the copper, in iron, elements are most chromium enriched zinc, and depletion. and plant accumulation A, In to measure the chosen quotients are centration for presented waste in plant are construction Aon alog scale. These 3.32,Figure quotients substance con the over concentrations in fractions main or depletion In of substances. enrichment of the comparison yet allowdirect B,A and ×10 Plants Waste Sorting Construction in Substances kof Selected Coefficients Transfer TABLE 3.28 292 a TOC Fe Ca Substance Si Mass Transfer coefficient k in plantBis0.11. All otherk Transfer coefficients display the partitioning of elementsthey only; Transfer do displaynot the coefficients partitioning n.d., notdetermined. −2 43 29 14 31 57 42 16 14 56 60 45 I 3 Fe forscrapmetalsinplantBis0.11. Transfer coefficient k n.d. 36 57 37 15 44 24 21 80 10 15 25 II Plant A Plant i s forwastewaterare <0.003. III 12 14 40 13 18 34 13 29 40 27 5 4 Metals n.d. n.d. n.d. n.d. n.d. n.d. 69 20 63 9 3 3 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 5.7 2.2 F1 19 25 16 16 20 23 23 21 18 20 F2 16 33 24 38 28 29 15 40 41 38 34 36 Plant B Plant F3 35 30 30 31 31 24 21 25 28 33 27 33 a S forwastewater 6.8 5.9 7.2 5.5 5.5 9.1 6.0 2.7 3.9 4.3 5.1 LF 46 Sludge 6.7 6.8 5.0 4.6 5.5 ≈ 4 37 12 14 10 21 15 - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case 10 10 Fraction I Fraction II t

Al Cd Zn TC TOCPbFeCu Al Cu Ca Cr TICFe 1 1 Si STIC Ca Cr Hg TOCCdTCHgPbS enrichmen 0.1 0.1 pletion enrichment pletion De De

0.1 0.1

10 100 t t Fraction III Metals

Cr STCFeCdHgCuZnTOC 1 10 Si Pb Al TICCa enrichmen enrichmen

0.1 1

pletion pletion Fe Cu Zn Cr Pb Al De De

0.1 0.1 FIGURE 3.32 293 Enrichment, [concentration of X in fraction I]/[concentration of X in CW], of selected substances in main fractions of CW sorting plant A. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the remaining fraction can be mechanically sorted to recover sorted acombustible mechanically be can fraction remaining the concrete, bricks, individually. as such wood,tions metals and most cases, In frac to uniform recycle and process deconstruction the during materials to separately it conservation, important recover is resource For optimum plants. waste sorting construction in suited materials to produce recycling not well are of buildings demolishing Thus, indiscriminate wastes from als. separation of waste materi for chemical the use of limited are processes ical it again, evident becomes Once at that today’s stage of development, mechan fractions. significantly (factorany theresulting in of materials 10) hazardous able is Neither to processes accumulate two of or deplete the deconstruction. wastes. construction incoming concentrations of to the the similar are fractions uct prod main concentrations of the substance deplete the materials, hazardous or neither sufficientlyenrich plant Because can differences. no important are point of or view, gravelsand to preferred. be environmental From is an there whether situation gravel. market determines and ducing sand regional The products,the plant with Aproducing gravel plant and substitutes Bpro point are of plants. view, two of From the arecycling differences main the theperformance MFA allowcesses, of a coefficients comparison transfer and air pollution controlair devices metals. for atmophilic efficient must with equipped be fraction light the to utilize designed boilers However, Hg as such (see due of presence heavy Table to metals the 3.27), afuel. as fraction light appropriate the Thus, periods. itcare seems to utilize after long high requires TOC a with such material of a 20%. Landfilling too, nearly carbon, content much the organic with of TOCcontains reaching not for is observed. As plant A, fraction light any fractions of the the in als or combustibles,accumulation depletionand met hazardous significant of it possible TOC is to produce in process. While rich afraction dry ofthat the to similar wet of is plant the process overall A. in The performance than tion input) cleaner of the (because generally of much are they lower concentra heavy-metal elevated concentrations are Earth’s the compared with crust, comparatively well Although suited for afew of recycling. the fractions clean plant. waste recycling construction the before entering removed be by dismantling selective contaminants that Thus, pollution it most important is control expensive required. air and is sophisticated incinerated, is fraction light the concentrations. When crust above significantly Earth- are that heavy metals contain will buildings the for construction, used products plantbeing from Aare recycling the When concentration. trace-metal high disadvantage products the of is all main The level notis capable significantly. of any fraction contaminant of the reducing incinerated. A be Plant to has it or25% landfilling; not is suited for recycling of fraction about and remaining 3% The for fractions two recycling. of metals 294 The results of the MFA of the results The of plants two support of strategy selective the the Despite the differences between the inputs into the two separation two pro inputs the into the between Despite differences the two in input, to acleaner Due wet plant mainly Bresults separation in Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 as energy resources and as sources of hazardous materials. In 1992, In materials. of hazardous sources about as and resources energy as on plastic waste plastic is wastes management,sion, emphasizing focus the following discus the waste In management, sources. facturers, other and Brunner, 1996).and frommanu data using plastic was prepared figure The its ingredients. and material agement tailor-made appropriate solutions needs are that forindividual the waste and Hence, man have future. plastic the recycling to dealt be in with will that substances of hazardous amounts large plastics contains living of stock long- the hand, other the On resource. asecondary as may used be equipment. for pollution plastic advanced wastes generally must with equipped be air incinerators incineration, vinylidene chloride), during dioxins yielding thus content of others) some polymers and chlorine (PVC,mium, the and poly zinc, cad (lead, heavy tin, metals contain that to stabilizers Due afuel. as to waste, used be content, have can energy they materials turned ahigh and recycled. be Most plastic hence cannot and of substances several and goods mixtures are homogeneous suitable and thus and Others forclean recycling. relatively are plastic manufacturing) from Some plastic wastes (in particular of plastic wastes. sources important wastes are construction and industrial 10% up between make Plastics 15% and MSW flow. total of the In addition, 3.2.4.1 softeners, pigments, fillers. of stabilizers, and polymers with tures mix usually Hence, like. are the plastic and materials changes, temperature degradationfrom by weathering ultraviolet and light, aggressive chemicals, havefendersand car floorliners, window frames, as such be to protected long-living tives particular, to plastic improve materials In properties. their addi applications. other many contain they and materials, Often, packaging clothes, furniture, cars, construction, in used are They consumption. fuel sil production The ofsources. plastics accounts for about 5% fos total of the nonrenewable represent that carbon fuels made fossil most from plastics are At for activities. many present, man-made materials most important the (e.g.,amide nylon) have rates. growth shown Today large among are they (PVC),polyvinyl chloride polyethylene (PE), polypropylene (PP), poly and 1930s. the were in introduced Ever materials Plastic since, polymers as such 3.2.4 suited to remove mercury. as such heavy metals pollution control air state-of-the-art devices with equipped incinerators in cables, place and recovery take energy paints, it tubing, that mandatory is plastic materials, containing fraction, composition to Due the fraction. of this Studies Case Figure 3.33 shows the plastic flows and stocks through Austria (Fehringer 3.33 (Fehringer Figure showsthrough plastic flowsAustria the and stocks Table shown in As 3.29, comparatively are materials and packaging clean Case Study 8: Plastic Waste 8: Plastic Study Management Case Plastic Significant as Fraction MSWof 295 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Material Austria in Materials Plastic Additives in TABLE 3.29 Band 80, Umweltbundesamt, Vienna, 1996. permission.) With 80, Vienna, Umweltbundesamt, Band UBA Monographien Österreich, in von Kunststoffen Verwertung der Möglichkeiten die und and Brunner, R. P. H., (From Fehringer, Kunststoffflüsse in Austria. stocks and flows Plastic FIGURE 3.33 296 Note: Source: Flame retardants Pb stabilizers Ba/Cd stabilizers Softener Plastics Stock F lows [10

amounts ofhazardous materialssuchascadmium,lead,andorganotin compounds. The long-lastingstockinconstruction, cars,andotherapplicationscontainslarge Plastics withshortresidence timessuchaspackagingmaterialsare comparativelyclean. s [10 Intermediate products Kunststoffverwertung inÖsterreich Fehringer, R.,andBrunner, P. H.(1996).Kunststoffflüsse unddieMöglichkeitender Plastic products Σim Raw materials 3 3 Regranulate t/y

t] Residues po Wastes r] 1100 r 530 990 11 10 26 t =2600 System boundaryAustria Regranulate Total Consumption Consumption Total (1992), 1000 t/Year 1000 (1992), Stock: 0+6 Recycling 1000 0.25 49 1.6 14 2 17 P-wastes Stock =17,000+1000 . Vienna, Austria: UmweltbundesamtWien GmbH. Stock: 45+37 Consumption Stock: 50–5 production Collection, Stock: 0+2 facturing transport, Stock: 40 7100 +410 Primary recovery Manu- sorting Energy Stock: 250 720 600 71 (1992), 1000 t/Year 1000 (1992), Packing Material Material Packing Consumption Consumption Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook polymers Duro- and Wastes products Plastic Wastes 0.0002 0.002 250 0 3 9700 +590 Landfills 28 Stock: 590 wastes Production Intermediate products Duro- andpolymers Wastes Plastic products Σexp Total Stock (1994), (1994), Stock Total Wastes Off-gas or 210 420 850 59 12 t =1600 1000 t 6700 180 34 27 4 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 much more difficult, if not impossible, task to directly identify the amountthe impossible,much if not more identify difficult, directly task to It consumption. a leaving ofallows is are areliable wastes that assessment tion consump theOnly process of balance be a identified. can plastics landfilled flows amountof national andthe large thatstocks plastic,of likely is notit view”). to note without investigation It that total important an the into is is observed (590wastes kt/year)of landfilled (“total management waste fuel, e.g., 50 kt/year leaving cement kilns, in recycling. for substance alternative an as percentage polymers. used as is Hence, recycled be acertain view”). quality, to inferior Due separately plastic not wastes can all collected landfilled kt/year)(−60 incinerated or (−10 kt/year)anymore (“packaging ofamount plastic wastes (70 kt/year) not separately thus is and collected Austria, acertain in Ordinance Packaging or the System Germany Dual in wastes, the as to such legislation to drawn packaging leading attention is lic When incinerated.pub and 20%being landfilled 80%observed, being with considered MSW (“MSW is only If view”), 200 kt/year of plastic wastes are 3.34, Figure advantageIn the integrated MFA of an approach visualized: is 3.2.4.2 significantly. situation the changed material of organic disposal the prohibiting ordinance new landfill 3.33. Figure ment in presented However, practices as of a introduction the by observed plastic wastespace. is manage Neither requirements of these of landfill forminimization law the the explicitly and materials, calls and energy as such of toward resources conservation the law directed are this Waste Austrian the Managementoffends Act (BMUJF, 1990). of goals The is of not a only waste wastes plastic resources;of also it landfilling The fuels. was wasted, roughly 1tof toenergy 1tof plastics corresponds since fossil of plastic wastes (590 kt/year) Hence, landfills. much of in disposed was still amount largest MSW By incinerators. the erated MSW far in with together About toward recycling. 71 material kt/year directed are and incin being is 759 kt/year) ordinance packaging by controlled plastic wastes the are of all about situation. Only 7% much (49 of not this does change kt/year out of 1992 in Austria in was instated that ordinance packaging to note the ing that incinerated interestrecycled.or is either is the rest andIt landfilled, year is 720the kt/year of plastic leave wastes that consumption process the output) consumption process of stock the the into net flow goods. The consumer other and minus (input materials packaging as for such products short residence used plastic with of rest is times the The consumption process to the stock.”genic assigned is 3.33, stock Figure In this etc.) parts, car window frames, “anthropo incorporated the into is thus and (floor long with residence goods times liners, in used is portion Alarge rials. bought roughly 1.1 consumers 8 million of plastic Austrian tons mate million Studies Case If all plastic wastes are included in the assessment, amuch amount larger the included plastic in wastes are all If , with estimates of the mean residence time of plastic various residence materials, mean of time the estimates , with Plastic Management from aHolistic View Point amounts to 410 amounts kt/year. Of , 590 kt/ 297 ------. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 298 and wasteand to energy. as recycling such plastic disposal well suited for recovery final cesses and additives flowhazardous the their and to for of polymerspro controlling knowledge aprecondition is This future. the in have care with to treated be stock both in will identified the are toxics andlandfill; “consumption” rials due of to toxic plastic mate hazards constituents Second, potential ognized. rec is landfills and energy) consumption and plastics (and in materials thus of stock useful management. and First, large resource the right priorities in the setting andin flows helpsshowsof and important plastics stocks the level follows: study as is case at plastic acountrywide balance atotal this management. waste and resource regarding not solutions optimized are that in wastes results ment view”). waste on asingle category packaging sole as such The focus economy national ofin a flows set of andwastes stocks (“resourcemanage plastic wastes have on acomplete regarding to based be decisions rational shows 3.34 Figure clearlythat wastes landfilled. many the of plastics in waste. plastic of management as such issue of an views different enables tool MFA adecision-support as FIGURE 3.34 The benefit of an MFA approach in resource management as discussed in benefitMFAThe an of discussed as management resource in approach Re Re c c yclin yclin To tal wastemanagementview g g 50 0 MS Consump- Consump- eration eration Incin Incin tion tion W vi 40 70 - - ew 160 590 L L andfill andfill Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Re Re c c yclin yclin Resources managementvi Pack g g 50 50 ag ing ordinancevi Consump- Consump- 7000 +42 eration eration Incin Incin 1130 tion tion 70 70 - - 0 100 590 9700 +590 ew L L ew andfill andfill –60 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2014a,b). flow static material The is model (Buchner,use Al national of efficiency for resource a basis evaluating the flows on Al scrapthe and wastemarket to phase management on provide put is on the focus level. national on the Aparticular patterns use Al current A static MFA year for 2010 the Austria in of Al to investigate performed is 3.2.5.1 technologies. sorting application the considering of advanced scenarios different under of cast-alloy potential for production the old investigating to absorb mixed tonot wrought recycled be alloys (Buchner, 2015). model allows The thereby types, e.g.,alloy scrap specific into of mixed alloys can cast recycling the concerning to account modeling for the constraints in introduced scrap is Al scrap generation. and consumption Finally, Al of in quality rent trends the given cur Austria for scrap in demand Al the satisfy can scrap potentially Al rates) to evaluate domestic used the are if model for The projections others. growth annual by using for consumption, instance, of future on projections input-drivenfor consumption) an and for approach some sectors (i.e., based astock-driven using approachestimated (i.e., development stock driver the is (Buchner, Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2015b). is consumption Al Future Al consumption flowfuture material on with modelforecasts dynamic cal histori the data from the oldand scrap generation by combining projected is data. developmentmates afollowing step, and In future the stocks of in-use independent esti against cross-checked model are The results up estimates. on independent model by calibrated based bottom- is adjusting parameters model dynamic The to exports. waste and management sectors these from Rechberger, and (Laner 2016) end-of-life the (EOL) estimating and flows Al approach following atop-down sectors various in of Al stocks in-use the Rechberger, Fellner, and 2015a). MFA dynamic The allows for determining 1964 between 2012 period and time for the Austria (Buchner, in tion Laner, data developed aboutis production on historical consump Al based and Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2014a) model created. is Next, dynamic the year 2010 the in Austria in (Buchner, patterns use of Al understanding depth level. on anational management resource By static Al MFA, the mized in- an create flow to for a analysis material basis opti dynamic wellstatic as as management. Al on optimized recommendations provide and potentials resource to anthropogenic evaluate future essential is tive (EC, 2014). society Knowledge in patterns about use present past Al and perspec environmental an from well as as economic an major from interest become of has stocks Al these raw from of materials secondary sourcing (Al) aluminum the stocks, anthropogenic buildup to the Due of substantial 3.2.5 Studies Case In this case study, stocks and flows of Al in Austria are analyzed using study,using case analyzed are flows this and in In stocks Al Austria of Case Study 9: Aluminum Management 9: Study Aluminum Case Static Balance Al 299 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 are are up 86% consumption, sectors, making Al of national major Al-consuming final products is around around is products 218final Gg/year or capita26 kg Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2014a). in phase input use Al to the The Gg/year, (Buchner, or domestically exported either used is which 572 deviations. input data, for ranges all given values by standard mean and uncertainty into translated then indicators and on data quality based assessed is ity (Buchner, bottom-up and top-down estimates 2015).ing Finally, data qual by combin sectors for use individual estimated are scrap amounts Al Al. (i.e., waste) preconsumer net-import the and of unwrought scrap foreign and of new amounts production scrap the with secondary national by balancing 2010. old total scrap The (i.e., waste) postconsumer generation estimated is in Aldemand final Al flows) productsthe total final (indirect todetermine products, tradeand flows unwroughtare considered forAl, semifinished waste and management. Foreign to utilization production processing, and developed cycle, STAN. life from stages using Al of the main It all comprises 300 nearly 70% of the consumed Al adding to the buildup of stock. buildup the to adding Al consumed 70%nearly of the infrastructure buildings and sector of the sumption (2014a). Fellner con and Al example: Rechberger, Laner, Buchner, on Reading based model static the pathways in different into partitioning and sector use of each Total consumption Al FIGURE 3.35 [%] The total output 2010 production total Al The ofin domestic secondary is 100 buildings and infrastructure and buildings 60 80 20 40 0 02 Buildings andInfra St Ex Re L andfill /losses oc po cy 55 k gr cling rt ow Au th 0 str strian Alconsumption(inputtouse pha ucture 75 , transport Tr 100 anspo Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook , and packaging, and is around 70,000 metric tons/year, metric 70,000 with around is rt 125 150 se) [Gg/a] Pack −1 year (see 3.35). Figure ag ing 175 −1 in 2010. in The

200 Consumer goods Machinery Electrical - -

- equipment Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 S year 0 in stock (from initial for the periods accounting 1to and T) time vious tion tion input the func done is year. by arespective combining obsolete in ing This former inputs becom of all by fraction of accumulation the calculated being sectors, end-use defined for with specific are outputs Such functions tions. func lifetime sector-specific using calculated obsolete products typically is rarely available, are sectors toric outputs data use output on the from the of 2013; Müller, Hilty, Widmer, Schluep, Faulstich, 2014). and However, his as (e.g., availability resource secondary on future Pauliuk, Wang, Müller, and data, projections production to consumption make on historic and and based stocks flow in-use metal material to of derivemodeling estimates dynamic in types of statistical distribution functions, such as normal, lognormal, beta, or beta, lognormal, normal, as such functions, distribution of statistical types several functions, to steps lifetime of years. With single respect time crete convolutionsolve for performed dis this are analytically, calculations the not possible to it typically Because is used. been has material the years in duration the dis and output year forthe determined where the which is Tis Hilty, Widmer, Schluep, Faulstich, 2014) and Equation 3.10, in described as scrap generation 7kg capita is Old buildings. in growth stock Al strong particularly stock, with Al in-use percent of input accounted of Austrian the is forForty-three growth as Studies Case output output the by subtracting is determined t year aspecific in stock of in-use growth approach following a top-down for sectors (seesix culated Equation 3.9). The (cf. Buchner, Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2014a). cal are stocks Al In-use flowscale notlarge on a material possible studies fortypically dynamic is which estimates, other model with outcomes comparison on the based in confidence the of increasing system providesnational opportunity the scrap generation Al on the over in focus The trends opments time. the and devel stock investigationmodel, in-use enables Al of adetailed which the static MFAThe provides for flow basis developing the material adynamic 3.2.5.2 0% 66%.production and between to evaluate,hard national apossible with in range of old scrap utilization old not scrap is is possible, Al of demand national qualitative the resource new and between of scrap, foreign share high for adistinction which to this 40% production of around the constitute input. which on net imports, Due dependent highly is Austria production Al in perspective,tion secondary outside use old of From Austria. in for vehicles a produc further exported to management waste but directed are not sector transport flowsthe from of EOL share largest Al The processes. waste treatment thermal during or oxidized either landfilled wastes is where in roughly 30% Al of the waste, packaging for in Al occur losses highest The processes. management (0) results in the total stock at the time T S at(0) time stock the total the in results I ( t ) with the lifetime function f function lifetime the ) with O Dynamic Flow Al Model ( t ) from the input the I ) from ( t ). Summing up the change of over stock pre change up all the ). Summing −1 year lt ( −1 t ) in aconvolution) in operation (Müller, , of which 80% is recovered waste 80%, of is which in ( T ). This is awidely approach is used ). This 301 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 in-use Al stocks over time. It is apparent that Al consumption has been on over been It stocks has Al apparent time. consumption is Al in-use that the and developmentthe useandoutflowphase the to inflow from total of levels (in 2012). current from starting consumption rate growth of annual acertain by assuming culated cal is development sectors Therefore, these future the in consumption of Al machinery sectors for and the stocks, in oftor, accumulation Al no substantial is there sec packaging of the case the In sectors. not applied be in-use other to the inflow can it projections, a long-termto more be robust in than perspective scrap flows. Al approachis calculate considered and this Althoughsumption equipment),cal con Al future astock-driven to determine approach used is electri and infrastructure, and (transport, sectors buildings in-use six the year 2050the (Buchner, Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2015b). of For three until Austria in availability enable evaluations resource stocks Al of the use scrap availability. and use resource Al future and current, historical, more reliable for basis assessing plausibility. validation and steps calibration a creates Implementing these data to evaluate or statistical studies their other from results with checked sector-split ratios. modelrespective the outcomes Furthermore, cross- be can sectors, where possible it packaging to then adjust and is the transport the inputthe established forbe flow flowsmaterial can to model.estimates Such dynamic to calibrate the mates, used independent are bottom-up estimates esti over parameter order In to improve time. varying initial potentially the and haveuncertain inputs are consideredmodelThese be to defined. to be ters, model (e.g., other many parameters rates) sector-split ratios, recycling Rechberger, Fellner, and 2015a). productsto Al model behavior (cf. obsolescence of the in-use Buchner, Laner, parameters (i.e., sector-specific different average have chosen lifetimes) been (Melo, stock in-use the 1999).in present study, the In with Weibull functions of material residence available the are time forWeibull describing functions, 302 and the output the determined. and is where The results of the dynamic Al flow Al in the3.36 Figure for are shown model dynamic of the results The Projections on the future consumption of Al and the development the and of Al consumption of future in- on the Projections Apart from the choice of lifetime functions and corresponding parame corresponding and functions choice of the lifetime Apart from is the time for which the stock stock input, forthe stock, Iis which S is output, Ois time the T is and and consumer and goods OT () ST () =⋅ () , bottom-up stock estimates are not available. are , bottom-up estimates stock If =+ SI lt () 0 =− ∑ d ∑ ∞ = t T = 1 1 IT Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook () () tO − df ⋅ () t lt (3.9) () d

(3.10) ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Laner, Rechberger, (2015b). Fellner and Buchner, on based Austria in 2050 1964 until from period development the for stock in-use as asphase) well use Al and EOLflowsfrom phase) use (output to (input Al demand Total final FIGURE 3.36 Therefore, the results of the dynamic model projections for the development for the model projections dynamic ofTherefore, the results the interest. of particular is domestic demand Al for basis vide satisfying the pro can resources of question perspective, whether domestic the secondary national Fromresources. Al a anthropogenic of efficientlycance managing the signifi highlights flows and resource of Al stocks ongoing growth The 3.2.5.3 ofstock 1% next 40 years. the during 2050, Al average rate to an in-use corresponds growth of which the annual to 3.9to increase Tg (440 kg/cap) 2030 to 5Tg and until (530 kg/cap) until (Tg) tons metric 3.0 ofstock around million (360 kg/cap) 2012 in projected is sector. in-use total The infrastructure and building the and sector transport old for the in scrap generation expected are increases most substantial The capita) 2050 (cf. year per in Buchner, Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and 2015b). capita) year per to 210 Gg (24 kg/capita) 2030 290 and year Gg per in (31 kg/ level 130 of acurrent around from Gg (14 increase and future the kg/in 3.36) even Figure consumption at grow in rate aslightly will higher than generation The ofdue cars. of old to lightweight scrap construction (output sector transport rate the high in to at grow aparticularly expected usage is Al future. the in also to continue increasing model) the expected in is and now model of the period) (2012 mid-1960s the until since rise the (beginning Studies Case Al flows [Tg yr –1] 180 240 300 360 120 60 0 Potential of Anthropogenic Stock to Satisfy Demand 1970 Historical 1980 (d at a-driven) mo 1990 2000 de lP Ye 2010 ar ro jection (s 2020 cena 2030 rio-driven) mode In-u Ou Input tput se st 2040 oc k 2050 l 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 303

- - Al stock [Tg] Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 composition. alloy of scrapthe in terms and generation pattern pattern demand final the national misfitflows to between thecompensate formay required be or trade foreign 2040. new technologies Afterward, until demand Al cast scrap final compared Al to national prevent of surplus mixed asubstantial of applied advancedintroduction separation to technologies old scrap could The progress. technological for future out points applied. directions is This alloys wrought cast and no separation between if future, near the in occur flow to Al modelscrapis expected dynamic shows mixed that a surplus of (Buchner, demand Al cast 2015). the using of scenarios various analysis The scrap generation final mixed to national and cast future and current paring system (self-supply national aclosed in investigated scenario) are by com recycling Al quality.scrap of regarding different Possible constraints quality alloys.cast Consequently, for cast-alloy Al the production asink represents to produceused wrought alloys, to produce but used be wrought alloys can major groups ofbe alloys. to product Due alloys cannot cast specifications, twoflow these the to model,supplyand respect with scrapis Al projected of Al dynamic the alloys in cast from ation, wrought distinguished alloys are evalu screening afirst In raw utilization. material secondary and recycling self-supply for Al Al by qualitative limitations future may jeopardized be production. of old Thus, increasing use secondary to the scrap in constraint concentrations, may which acritical be different alloy elementsvarious in of applications oldloop. different contains mix scraps of from Al, the case In recycling to the introduced of materials quality the is of materials, recycled developments. given historic unlikely rather seems which consumption, in a decrease through reached be only available on domestically raw could based demand materials secondary Laner, Rechberger, Fellner, and (2015b)]. Thus, Al domestic final satisfying completelydemand 2050 [self-supply in wouldto 83%; rise Buchner, see would resources not Al satisfy suffice to available the anthropogenic still to exceed 75% 2050 R [cf. scenario in of 2%),losses self-supply is final not expected the Al forof consumption waste­ management (i.e., end-of-life recovery and rates vehicles) collection in Al higher and of EOL Al-rich products on exports a ban well scrap of as as Al exports no scraps and Al of and unwrought no Al imports Assuming Austria. in Al consumption self-supply the to final for rate increasing respect with “self-supply Al. to secondary respect with potential” scrapof generation Al (cf. 3.36) Austrian to Figure evaluate used future are the 304 remained constant at level constant the of 2012remained (approximately 23 kg capita positive efficiency.with suppositions on recycling capitaper If consumption tion, complete self-supply not even foreseeable is achievable the future, in Fellner, (2015b)]. for Hence, consump rates Al assumed growth given the A major issue with respect to a , to acircular respect quantity A major with the issue apart from The doublingThe of scrap generation 2010 from opportunity to 2050 an is (sector-specific collection rates (sector-specific collection of 90–95%, processing high in Buchner, in Laner, Rechberger, and Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook −1 year −1 ), ), - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 PROBLEMS—SECTION 3.2 economy. acircular in metals, other all Al, butment also regarding MFA develop tool policy apowerful for represents supporting Dynamic products. metal of factor secondary properties for the adetermining are composition and scraps of metal raw quality because materials, secondary development technology implies appropriate and for markets commodity scrap. of This andsorting recycling intensified recoveryof requires metal Consequently,rather similar. economy terms in toward moving acircular are patterns consumption Union, Al European because the as such markets developed highly other and metals transferable to be other may essentially country, arather and small metal they Austria, asingle and to aluminum relate findings to. aspired these Though are cycles rates closed and recycling domestic on the market, high if scrap lead qualities Al to unsuitable will tice Case Studies Case The MFA modeling results indicate clearly that the current recycling prac MFA recycling The current indicate clearly the results that modeling Problem 3.6: Problem 3.5: from Zn or Zn alloy rolled into thin sheets suitable sheets for forming alloy thin rolled into or Zn Zn from produced is sheet on. Zn so and extrusions, tubes, sheets, wire, as (Cu) content Zn up The ranges Zn. to ca. and 40%. used Brass is automotive the in used industry). on copper alloy based an Brass is (mainly by molten die asteel into forcing alloy pressure under Zn quantities large to produce aprocess in is accurateing strong parts order or in to steel avoid on iron of Zn a coating corrosion. cast Die t/ t/year), million (1.5 semiproducts (0.6 other and sheet Zn million products (3.3 t/year), million (1.3 t/year), castings die million brass five into roughly grouped be can that categories: ucts galvanized prod into manufactured notwastes considered. further are is Zn Zn a flow flowmaterial of representing millionca. 0.7 t/year.Mining 14 t/year million about of with slag smelting 5% from of each Zn, acontent with of about 0.3% milling and from Zn year of tailings approximately t/ in resulted processing 230 million year of Ore Zn. t/ 1996,In about 8.1 t/year million (Zn) of zinc 2.9 and ores million afterward. to complete listed exercises four following information Use the the 3.15Figures 3.16 and for your discussion. nourish to activity the from losses and ent (N, P) requirements nutri total regarding major change the be production. will What for plant soil replacedbe do that by not “hydrocultures” require can production the agriculture that of by food traditional Assume year), as well as chemicals and other uses (1.4­year), uses other and t/year). chemicals well as as million order in to produce processed ­year scrap of are 9.6 Zn t/ million Galvanizing here stands for all kinds of technologies producing of technologies kinds for all here stands Galvanizing ? Use 305 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 306

Note: Landfilled wastes Wastes (dissipative loss) Flow intostock Chemicals andothers Zn sheetandsemiproducts Brass Die castings Galvanized products Products Zn scrap Production waste Metal Slag Tailings Zn ore Goods for the World Economy Flows Content, Zn Related Zn and Their Materials, Flows of Zn-Containing TABLE 3.30 and the resulting Zn flowsgiven Zn in are resulting the Tableand 3.30. flows Mass aroughZn content, as estimate. regarded their of goods, sludge, (0.8million landfilled t/year). is only be can latter figure This der residues, wastes, sewage wastes, and hazardous industrial equipment, electronic automotive and electrical wastes from shred demolition and solid waste, debris, municipal as such construction concentrationa mean of about 0.1% waste comprises categories and (Zn scrap). waste stream the from of Zn remainder, has The which 2.2 8.1 million­ residues. t/year),ca. 1.5 million galvanizing of form and brass the in mainly production waste in (Zn results content, also etc. Manufacturing additives, food and feed cosmetics, pharmaceuticals, cides, animal formetal, example, paints, automotivepesti in brake linings, tires, atrace as dissipative the where occurs uses, Zn mainly comprises and other applications.category cladding andThelast roofing into The total amount of Zn in products entering the use phase is is phase use the products entering in of amount Zn total The Values rounded totwosignificantdigits. million t/year.­million Waste separates management 1.4 t/year million t/year. at about estimated is discarded of amount Zn The Million t/Year Million Mass Flow, Mass (1700) 2200 1400 1500 800 810 230 160 0.6 4.3 1.3 3.0 9.6 83 17 14 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Zn Content, % Content, Zn (0.007) 0.27 0.27 0.54 100 0.1 0.1 0.3 99 35 99 50 11 4 5 5 Million t/Year Zn Flow, Zn (1.3) 1.4 0.8 2.2 5.9 1.4 0.6 1.5 1.3 3.3 8.1 1.5 9.6 0.7 0.7 8.1 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 -handbook.info. followingfor reasons: the MFA waste excellent management tool an to regarding is support decisions Management Waste 3.3 Case Studies Case The solutions problemsThe website given to the on the are http://www.MFA​ Problem 3.7: 2. 1.

d. b. b. Figure 3.37). region afictitious (see within materials of construction stocks Consider following quantitative the flowcharttheand for fluxes ment plant for its achieves agiven objectives input. transfer Often, giventreat a whether assess known, onecan are fer coefficients by MFA. linked be trans can Thus, if of processes waste treatment paragraph first the mentionedChapterAs in of inputsand 1, outputs cost-efficientand comparatively analysis. accurate waste of process waste Thus, treatment. the MFA awell-suited tool is for of process waste generation the position of or wastes by balancing com MFA not and amount welloften the known. allows calculating waste management,In waste and waste compositions amounts are a. a. c. c. stocks (which is the fourth stock)? (which fourth the stocks is four the do in you quality expect material in differences Which underground)? and buildings (both materials construction supply contribution to the a substantial to of make materials tion of order construc in for recycling required are conditions Which assumed)? management (constantyears materials gravel 100 and for sand most after be important will stock Which soil.) the in flow (assume Zn is evenlydispersed the environment that stock, but to the the escapes in to waste nor remains transformed 15% whatCalculate if happens of consumed/used neither is Zn sustainable? trend system. for the entropy Is the trend statistical the Calculate 3.2.2. 3.23 Section to according Figure in diagram flows material the the drawstages and of toflowchart Assign a Zn system. the flow described of the diagram Establish 307 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 308

Cement, bitumen, water Sand and gravel 1 1 Building Concrete con- +4 Demolition debris struction Geogenic gravel Geogenic Sand and gravel 4 1 Processing Stock: 180 gravel 0.01 –8 8 of sand and Concrete and asphalt Demolition debris reservoir Landfill gravel 1 Under- 2 Stock: 1000 ground +2 Flows [t/(c.yr)] Sand and gravel

work Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Stocks [t/c] 3 Stock: 160

System boundary Flows and stocks of construction materials

FIGURE 3.37 Fluxes and stocks of construction materials. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 groups: divided three into (1986). Ernst and apaper in presented by Brunner originally approaches were These discussed. and presented MSW are of characterizing chapter, methods for selected waste this management. In essential is trends of waste compositionroutine, of cost-effective determination and time market. Thus, to the introduced being are goods when new consumer true especially periodically. is them constantly, to analyze This it necessary is following for objectives: the cial on waste compositionReliable waste information and generation rate cru is 3.3.1 waste management. regarding decisions policy sis, upporting and of waste treatment, waste analy for policy waste optimization analysis, used Studies Case The parameters that are used to characterize waste materials can be be can waste materials to characterize used are that parameters The composition generation the the and rateBecause changing of wastes are how to presented exemplify MFA are studies following case be The can 2. 2. 4. 3. 3. 3. 1. 1. Substance concentrations (e.g.,Substance mercury, carbon, hexachlorobenzene) biodegradability) value, (e.g., parameters Physical, or biochemical chemical, density, heating of MSW (e.g., or fractions Materials paper, metals) glass, waste stream on the measures of legislative,To effects the technical logistic, and examine facilities To disposal and waste treatment from emissions predict landfilling) water and incineration, pollution (recycling, air control technologies of plants, waste treatment including maintenance For and design the etc.) (biomass, paper,To for recycling potentials plastics, metals, identify improved? and measured be cost-effectiveness goals?system the orientation howgoal well to reach as And as can of awaste cost-effectiveness management the set? is goals What the deficits the givenare of a regard managementto with system waste What directions: future for advice a need policy is regarding There of stakeholders. interests differing amounts, and new technologies, economy.the rapid is There development, waste driven by rising Advanced a comparatively waste is management of young branch by MFAdetermined even some inputs or if outputs not known. are in management, waste knownbe they butare can not coefficients Use ofUse MFA for Waste Analysis 309 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 3 Analysisofproductswastetreatment 2 Marketproductanalysis 1 Directanalysis 1986. With permission.) 1986. With P. W. Brunner, (From Ernst, 4, 147, Res., H. R., and analysis. Waste Manage. MSW for Methods FIGURE 3.38 principle. on MFA based methods mass-balance the and indirect are third 3.38).Figure involves MSW,analysis of first The and direct secondthe while known. be Torequired. composition elemental the to of emissions, predict MSW needs paper is as MSW such or glass in fractions contentmation on the of certain For parameters. example, all studies, infor to analyze for recycling essary 310 Production Generally, there are three main methods for solid-waste methods (see main analysis Generally, three are there To problem solve of waste management, not aparticular nec it usually is 2. 1. these goods. Variousthese made adjustments and for are exports, imports, average for spans or assuming life by measuring calculated MSW is flowsThe generationare that producedand consumed. of of goods to or estimate government used agencies organizations, sional are key corporations, as such profes sources industrial from collected Data consumption. and use aboutand during fate goods the of these about production the of information goods approach requires This of MSW composition analysis by market-productIndirect analysis. (Yusis 1995). Maclaren, and how have to conduct published describing manuals been analy such 1980; Goessele, and BUWAL, 1984; Viret, Maystre and 1995). Several States, Eder, Europe, Dobberstein, elsewhere (Barghoorn, and Fuchs, United the in studies waste-characterization many in used been has method MSW generated. total the compared with This small usually is analyzed sampleThethatis for analyzed substances. finally and for waste goods, pulverized, analyzed dried, screened, taken, are amountSamples is collected. MSWof planned statistically specified, “sample the as A known method. sort” also analysis, and Direct Products Consumption 2 use 1 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook MSW treatment 3 Waste (WT) treatment products Waste - ­ - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 A monitoring study on annual changes of MSW is estimated to consume to consume of estimated MSW is changes studyA monitoring on annual a day. at least half takes available, are of one truckload sonnel analysis the equipment. equipmentper sufficient and Provided adequate that technical disadvantages. and First, expensive tions it labor-intensive is requires and analysis. (dried, prepared sieved) pulverized, and further samples are for laboratory These material. representative each fraction, from each drawn samples are physical and of parameters chemical the order In to determine sizes. ticle intopar different severalof fractions material additional unidentified ing to sieve and remain metals the to separate magnetic used commonly is (paper, of number fractions a selected etc.). glass, equipment Mechanical into of 50 kg uphand by to several classified Samples tons. are minimum a between varies evaluations. sample usually The size on statistical based or regions position. communities Waste different from collected samples are waste com to first approachused wasdetermine the waste analysis Direct Analysis Direct 3.3.1.1 (Morf Brunner, 1998). and methods waste composition bydetermine indirect Studies Case However, the direct method of waste analysis also has a number ofHowever, anumber limita has also of waste method analysis direct the for useful is method direct The for long-termEspecially it more monitoring, accurate is cost-effective and to 2. 4. 3. 3. 5. 1. collection systems (e.g., systems collection of waste size containers) contentposition as such of paper impact of or the different or glass on wasteEvaluating com impact of measures the separate collection of waste composition time changes with Assessing MSW in some parameters concentration and factors on the ofsonal materials influence of geographic,Investigating the demographic,andsea water and energy content of its MSW fractions and Determining MSW concentration in the of most materials Measuring input the waste. erogeneous than het less outputs usually the of that are waste is treatment method MSW composition. to calculate advantagetreatment The of this about products the of information waste using analysis Indirect approach MSW generationapplies to estimate (US EPA, this 2002). Agency (EPA) U.S. Protection The studies. analysis Environmental waste- direct with and combusted, recycled or landfilled, are that have evolved. about wastes information compared with are Results early 1970s. improved, has data collection then, Since databases and product each category. in stocks was developed method the in This - - - 311 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 often excluded from the chemical–physical analysis. However, excluded analysis. often chemical–physical the from fraction this is fraction metal the reasons, economic and for technical Fourth, stances. sub contentunknown the of actual reflect that toneeded achieve results sample Sufficientlysamples are large sizes. smaller with increases of results probably will low. too be analysis of result the the small, possible The range up to 30% for Zn/Hg batteries). samples one randomly (Hg of up selected the content in turns battery single high concentrationif a a or of at batteries finding from all no mercury ing of find MSW samples either chance of a great is 2to 20 collected, there kg are of MSW. kilogram per of mercury However,milligrams one only or two if average1 ton of an MSW. in results sample concentration This of one to a few in batteries one may a few analyzed, small find MSW are in to heavy metals problematic. is tions contribution If, for their and example, batteries mercury of concentra trace-element determination the Third, potentials. of recycling questioned, be forvalue can example, results other of assessment the the the unknown, remains fraction composition long As the as ofanalyzed. this MSW total of the up much 40–50% as as quite large, making usually often is glass, as paper, such fractions to defined notetc., is assigned separation that labor.15 person-months unhealthy of and residue unpleasant Second, the of 312 CRC Press, Boca Raton, FL, 1989, FL, Raton, Practice, Boca CRC Press, p. 159. permission.) With Sampling and Vol. Sampling Practice, and II,Sampling Correctness Gy’s Sampling Theory Pierre F. Pitard, (From F., small. very becomes size sample the as result probable most of the Drift FIGURE 3.39 This challenge is illustrated in Figure 3.39. Figure too in is sample illustrated size is chosen the If challenge This

0 Substance content Ra nge ofresult Sam ple weight(logscale) s Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Mo st probableresult Tr ue unknowna Low back gr ound conten verage conten t t - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 capita/year) (43.8 recycled glass and kg/capita/year). residence with Glass capita/year) (46.6 consumed glass between kg/ difference the as calculated is age etc.) containers, MSW (2.8 Swiss in considered. kg/ of amount is glass The 3.41 Figure given in is bever (Kampel, 2002). (bottles, glass packaging Only analysis. direct by confirmed been has 160 forin average calculated be kg of can MSW) MSW. figure Austrian This a paper figures, resident. content on these Based of 30% (48 kg of wastepaper t/year,1.3 million to 160 translates which kg/capita/year of MSW for each MSW generation and to amounted 8.1 inhabitants, was around million wastepaperrecycled (131 kg/capita/year). 1996 population in Austrian The paper (179total consumption kg/capita/year) separately and and collected paper MSW (48 in kg/capita/year) between difference the as calculated is of amount available The other information. against checked and ufacturers economy. Austrian the through paper pulp and from man collected Data are of amount paper MSW. the to know in 3.40 Figure shows flux the of paper of paper.constituent following examples for paper, content MSW. in chlorine and glass, composition, elemental by the the contents illustrated and is the of materials both to analyze accuracy. used be procedure, high with can and which This composition possible the often to of calculate is MSW without fieldanalysis pathways production, the since their and it well known, are of goods many have branches about accurate wastes. figures most as Since carded industrial or either dis recycled are use, they produced After are consumed. and Goods 3.3.1.2.1 analysis. of MFA use the topresented illustrate indirect in of manpower costs. Two and terms in effort less with are results studies case developmentto the of complementary yield more which methods, accurate led waste analysis of direct aforementioned problemsThe limitations and 3.3.1.2 composition elemental the of MSW. value analyzing in of limited it seems MSW, in of materials approach well suited determination for is but the direct costs. The high extremely in resulting undertaken, are campaigns sampling field only concentrations large when actual the represents of waste materials analysis chemical direct indicate that They of substances. trace particularly parameters, of chemical determination to the of regard MSW with analysis pulverization equipment. and grinding from sion contamination and problem values.is ero Afifth may minimal represent waste analysis direct considerablemay contain Therefore, of of heavy amounts results metals. Studies Case Glass waste wellFor as as treatment, it of paper considerable is recycling interest Paper direct of the limitations some distinct of the problems highlight These : A simple balance for the per capita glass flux in Switzerland in 2000 in in : Asimple capita per 2000 for flux the Switzerland balance glass : The most abundant single substance in MSW is cellulose, the main main cellulose, MSW the is in substance most single abundant : The Indirect Analysis:Indirect Case Studies 11 12 and Case StudyCase 10: Waste Analysis Analysis Market by 313 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4

314 Recycling of packaging glass in Switzerland in 2000, kg/capita/year. 2000, in Switzerland in glass of packaging Recycling FIGURE 3.41 1996.) munication, (1996),in Paper flowsAustria kg/capita/year. com Industry, Paper Personal (From Austrian FIGURE 3.40

I

m

p

o

r

t

7 3 [kg/(c.yr)] Waste paper 190 Production I m

Waste paperrecycling120 p 450

o

r

Glass recycled(94%) t

9

3 43.8 kg/(c.yr) 86 Consump-

Consumption (100 %) tion 180 2.8 kg(c.yr),8gglass/kgwaste Glass dicarded(6%)

46.6 kg/(c.yr) Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook

E

x

p

o r t Industry 81 MSW 48 3 HH 50 7 0 Waste paper 130 archives, etc.? Libraries, Export 13 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 to predict trends in waste composition. in today’s Because trends to predict products determine potential the waste enters is cycle. the that advantage method Another of this ­ consumption tothe have moreproduction/ on important usually reliableis figures However, It differences. not regional is well suited to method identify the give on anationwide results good can level. rough such estimates cases, most In effort. little with quickly needed. MSW composition assessed be can are no fact of that measurements products market the balance is a material kgper MSW. of product 7 to from 12 analysis compares values g Cl well with resulting order (5 the ofassumptions, magnitude to 10 gCl/kg Table in MSW) 3.31 on several based ages are of PVC. estimates Despite chlorine fact that the percent PVC-derived to according varying calculated MSW is in chlorine ucts, PVC Therefore, of amount anthroposphere. the the in accumulated is rate input on the side. long of of the some residence Because prod time not is yet asteadythere state for PVC flows. large is a There yearlygrowth goods. Note consumer that and short-residence-time material packaging 50 ±20% for of PVC long-life used in is products, part used other is the and that PVCestimated is assess. It to difficult of are containing goods times leaves chloride cases, both household sewage.food; the in via Residence wastewater with Most either eaten salt preparing is or while discarded MSW. with 10% not discarded that more is than NaCl of the purchased mainly. It assumed purposes is forprivate dietary households utilized is e.g., in chloride Sodium operators plastics manufacturers. and salt mine branch, industrial specific of the reports annual published in usually are Data use. about and NaCl as such consumption PVC goods and after and PVC fate products on the during of table these and by salt and assumptions of on consumption figures by the roughly estimated be MSW can of Clin products. other and plastic content materials, Thus, other materials, the (NaCl). chloride plant sodium in and contained of Clare amounts Minor ment Switzerland Austria, among and Australia, (Kampel, 2002). manage waste-glass in differences approach to determine this used Kampel USthe EPA successful. is method on MSW generation studies show this that (e.g., materials), more building wood are difficult. in attempts to balance Yet, period. For residence products longer other times with or even unknown outputs inputs over equal that it reasonable to balancing assume is the calculated. average MSW of 8gglass/kg in concentration glass of packaging MSW is capitaper of 350 kg/capita/year. MSW is allocation data, an on these Based tof MSW generated annually, million of 2.54 7.2 and the inhabitants million hold house not stock 1year is considered. the Accumulation in than greater time Studies Case Advantages and drawbacks Advantages and to PVC be assumed MSW are in of chlorine sources main : The Chlorine 1year.Paper of than Therefore, products less have glass and a short lifetime is assumed to be less than 1% than to less be With of population assumed consumption. aSwiss is side to proportion of have of the aproduct estimates exact than : The main advantage of MSW by main analysis of: The the 315 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 for combustion is calculated based on a final mass balance and data about balance mass on afinal based calculated for is combustion tinuously recorded by control incinerator devices. volume The used of air incinerator. con to fed the is material of water Consumption chemicals and to hours several days. A (crane) weight the waste of measures the balance period. Typical several from last given measuring campaigns measurement a input flowsduring and mass are output all total determined of The goods Brunner, 1997;and Mönch, and 2000; Belevi Morf, Spaun, Brunner, and 2000). Belevi, 1995; Schachermayer, Bauer, Ritter, Brunner, 1995; and Morf, Ritter, Mönch, and 1986; 1989;several (Brunner incinerators Reimann, Vehlow, 1993; applied successfully tocomposition been waste of has input. the method The chemical the calculate and MSW incinerator an elements through selected flows the it possible makes of to determine This calculated. be plantthe can over composition agiven of the period determined time, input of the into input output flows total and the mass are and analyzed are incinerator the MSW. residues initial all the of If composition than of more are that uniform products digester,” releasing and mal other each from substances separating “ther a large as acts incinerator The for analysis. chosen is incineration if true particularly is This processes. of treatment effect homogenizing the tage is 1986). Ernst, and MSW (Brunner advan main tool to The characterize erful apow is products waste-treatment processes of the of different analysis The 3.3.1.2.2 (e.g., size). particle and density aphysical MSW method from point of by view possible this to characterize elements. and Itavailable of amount not materials is yet for only alimited level on anational only, known usually data, are which (2) and data that are waste composition. future to predict tomorrow’s used be can one only that the is method waste composition, this Waste Solid Analysis by Market Municipal Swiss in of Chlorine Determination TABLE 3.31 316 Product analysis,gCl/kgMSW Direct analysis,gCl/kgMSW Total ClinMSW(marketanalysis),gCl/kg Contribution toClinMSW, gCl/kgMSW Mass ofCl,kgCl/capita/year Cl content,g/kg Mass inMSW, kg/capita/year Fraction discarded, % Consumption/use, kg/capita/year Procedure Drawbacks of the method are (1) are Drawbacks method of the dependency on production/consumption the Case StudyCase 11: Analysis Products of ofWaste Treatment : The procedure employed in a full-scale incinerator is as follows. as is incinerator procedure employed : The afull-scale in Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook NaCl 0.31 610 0.9 0.5 10 5 3.4–4.2 Min. PVC PVC 580 3.8 1.4 2.4 30 8 PVC 7–12 5–10 580 6.3 2.3 50 4 8 Max. PVC PVC 580 8.8 3.2 5.6 70 8 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 purified wastewater,purified precipitator the and electrostatic from ash (ESPfly ash) compositions,To samples chemical of ash, filter the bottom cake, determine intomass flows. translated and flowmeters routinely by online measured separatelycollected weighed and received. as Wastewater off-gas and are blower. air of the consumption energy the products are Solid incineration Studies Case Locations of sampling and mass flow metering for indirect waste analysis in an MSW incinerator. MSW an in analysis waste indirect for flowmetering mass and of sampling Locations FIGURE 3.42 plant. MSW incineration an in measurements SpaunBrunner, and (2000) Morf, and (1997). Ritter, Brunner and by presented preparation Morf, are the of of samples, analysis methods and plans, procedures, of sampling effective heavy metals). descriptions Detailed continuously flows are that not the measured of mine substances (mainly products,of to incineration liquid deter solid and off-gas taken samples are homogeneous products, sampling the sampled, with are too. coordination In to laboratorypulverized sample Wastewater size. two filtercake, and rather possible as filter to close the device as taken are ash (to avoidlag) andtime account. into Composite taken are ash bottom of samples the of flyfractions all to of For be calculations, iron. balance assumed is oversizethe material Again, weight amill. a constant achieved)24 is in pulverized and huntil ash, several bottom pretreated composite (at dried samples are 105°C for ca. incinerator). for not every (an of is justified that iron assumption the From mainly to consist weighed It is not but assumed analyzed. is rial usually sieved. and pieces of large crushed, separated oversize iron, from The mate First, before extensive it analysis. processing is productneous requires and most heteroge the is ash bottom The for prepared analysis. and taken are Metal scrap Figure 3.42Figure example gives an of appropriate and for locations sampling Bottom ash MS Measurement ofmassflow Measurement ofmassflow Fresh wate Acidic processwate Alkaline processwate W H 2 O r Boiler ash r r ESP-ash s s [k and con g/ h] or[m ce ntrations [mg/kg 3 /h ] ] H 2 O Wastewater Filter cake Flue ga 317 s - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 (see Equation 3.11). water, flowinputthe mass by air, the waste of dividing or chemicals) and input as such other goods products inputs in (minus substance incineration flowsthe mass the in elementeach of by summarizing indirectly culated mentioned As before,paign. input composition but cal not is is measured elements concentrations of for the respective by cam of every the period the analysis. If waste composition were measured in the same way same waste If composition the on severalanalysis. in were measured waste applied normally direct the compared with data quality regarding advantages residues significant incineration has single sition by analyzing 318 determining MSW composition. determining random that moment emphasizes of not investigations asufficient are means of a period a few up days. and to a factor of This four within substantial vary. elements Hg Cland also quite selected two are For variations Hg, these valuesmean by of Hg Cland up vary to afactor flows two. daily The the of 3.43 Figures 3.44in and (Brunner, Morf, Rechberger, and 2004). monthly The composition of MSW chemical routinely. how the and to measure residue, the for analyzing frequency minimum lyzed, the how to determine examples of appropriate how the to select residue incineration to ana be productsingle presentand procedures substance. per They of incineration of a measurement only allows MSW composition routine that by analyzing approach. on MFA Based coefficients,they developed transfer and a method (1998) at reasonable costs. Morf Brunner obtained and be can extended this (below ±20%)intervals sufficiently small with with a confidence of 95% established. Results be ties). can accuracy cost and between Arelationship sizes) sampling yield larger moretime, (smaller reliable results uncertain waste for composition. the dence (more interval efforts Higher samples per a given confi to obtain necessary is that effort the it possible is to determine Thus, waste analysis. of indirect such uncertainty statistical the quantifying control. Bauer of quality (1995) aspects to assess and developed for amethod Switzerland. and Austria in incinerators Table method. of by five studies this six from results determined 3.32 the lists where The element balances are calculated by multiplying the mass flow by multiplying mass calculated the of are elementgoods The balances The proposed MFA-based proposed The of for monitoring waste routine method compo Results to consider wastes, uncertainty important it highly analyzing is When Concentrations of C, Cl, F, MSW have S, in several been and heavy metals k = j = substance products ofnumber incineration : Results of: Results investigations such MSW into concentration shown are c MS Wj , = ∑ m i k  = Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 1 MS cm ij W ⋅  i (3.11) ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case

TABLE 3.32 Results of Different Indirect Waste-Analysis Campaigns, g/kg Müllheim (CH) St. Gallen (CH) Biel (CH) 1981 1984 1991 Vienna (A) 1993 Wels (A) 1996 Wels (A) 1996 C 275 ± 55 n.d. 370 ± 40 190 ± 10 252 ± 25 265 ± 28 Cl 6.9 ± 1.7 n.d. 6.9 ± 1.0 6.4 12.2 ± 1.8 10.3 ± 1.2 S 2.7 ± 0.5 n.d. 1.3 ± 0.2 2.9 ± 0.2 4.2 ± 0.14 4.1 ± 0.17 F 0.14 ± 0.06 n.d. 0.19 ± 0.03 1.2 ± 0.1 0.054 ± 0.007 0.060 ± 0.002 Fe 67 ± 35 n.d. 29 ± 5 42 ± 1 37 ± 0.25 43 ± 0.2 Pb 0.43 ± 0.13 0.57 ± 0.43 0.70 ± 0.10 0.60 ± 0.10 0.40 ± 0.079 0.49 ± 0.088 Zn 2.01 ± 1.51 1.1 ± 0.5 1.4 ± 0.2 0.83 ± 0.07 1.2 ± 0.069 1.3 ± 0.14 Cu 0.27 ± 0.07 0.46 ± 0.19 0.70 ± 0.20 0.36 ± 0.03 0.59 ± 0.13 0.52 ± 0.076 Cd 0.0087 ± 0.0019 0.012 ± 0.0056 0.011 ± 0.002 0.008 ± 0.001 0.0107 ± 0.0028 0.0084 ± 0.0026 Hg 0.00083 ± 0.00081 0.002 0.003 ± 0.001 0.0013 ± 0.0002 0.0019 ± 0.00039 n.d. Source: Morf, L. S. et al., Güter- und Stoffbilanz der MVA Wels: Institut für Wassergüte und Abfallwirtschaft, TU Wien, 1997. Note: n.d. = not determined. 319 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 permission from Elsevier.) from permission A. A. F., Lacy, and W. J., P. Eds., Brunner, H., 2003, H., with Morf, Rechberger, Copyright L., and from from 320 tor (Spittelau) in Vienna, Austria, between September 1 and September 30, 2000. September 1and September between Austria, (Spittelau) Vienna, tor in (kg/day) flowsCl of daily for trends andTime (g/day)Hg incinera MSW the through FIGURE 3.44 Elsevier.) from permission 2003, with Copyright A. A. H. F., E., Kettrup, Allen, Lacy, and W. J., P. Eds., Brunner, H., H., Morf, Rechberger, L., and Twardowsky, I., Remediation, and Monitoring, Waste: Assessment, Solid from (Reprinted interval. 95%confidence an approximately for limits and upper the lower as as well shows means figure The 30, 2000. September 1and February between Austria, (Spittelau) Vienna, in incinerator an for determined as mercury and of chlorine concentrations MSW mean monthly for trends Time FIGURE 3.43 Cl concentration in MSW [g/kg] 10 15 20

Daily substance flow [g Hg/day] and [kg Cl/day] 0 5 Solid Waste: Assessment, Monitoring, and Remediation, Twardowsky, Remediation, H. and E., Monitoring, Kettrup, L., Allen, Waste: Assessment, Solid 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000

01.09.00 Feb 00 0 Mar 00

T Apr 00 ime [month

May 00 08.09.00 Jun 00 ] Jul 00

Aug 00 Cl

15.09.00 Sep 00 Ti Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook me Hg concentration in MSW [mg/kg] 0 1 2 3 4 Feb 00

Mar 00 22.09.00

Ti Apr 00 me [month May 00

Jun 00 ] Hg Cl 29.09.00 Jul 00 (Reprinted

Aug 00 Hg

- Sep 00 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 properly. addition, produced In heavy acids are may organic that mobilize treated and if not collected that contribute global to gas warming landfill in dioxide andleachates,carbon and methane to landfill may transferred be compounds that metabolic products organic The are by microorganisms. transformed is carbon that is organic landfills in carbon organic banning of landfill (e.g., waste, construction etc.). for landfill monofill, reason for The TOCtype percentageThe<2–5%the exact on depends may landfilled. be 2004, a wastes with only in beginning that mandates 1996). ordinance The in Ordinance, effective 1996that became Landfill (Austrian landfilling on 1997). study anew federal ordinance is Austrian incentive for The this (Fehringer, Rechberger, “aftercare-free landfills” and and Brunner, Pesonen, of “environmental goals management protection,” “resource conservation,” waste- the ment of view of reaching combustible compared in wastes are Austria”), treat for for in waste the treatment scenarios scenarios selected study (a acronym for ASTRA case “evaluation the In German of different 3.3.2.1 3.3.2 of analysis wastes. in elemental trends time efficientfor method determining but composition. of it material not does It superior, analysis allow the is cost- element MSW, concentrations in well suited for is product determining analysis MFA-based more are known. or less stocks in where and waste residence times available is producing industries the from where information materials those appliedbe favor However, in waste analysis. of to direct limited is method the composition elemental can and of of analysis MSW. method this cases, many In fraction-based the sufficient with accuracy sive to determine method quick and Market-product method. MFA with combined by inexpen this analysis an is reliably labor-intensive expensive and concentrations elemental is to determine MSW, in on some fractions results good yields waste butanalysis iteral, direct most appropriate problem to solve of waste gen management. In aparticular matter. organic and ganic content, energy like waterparameters content, content the and inor of total of composition elemental analysis and to the product limited is the method of most paper, that, cases, in means plastic, This fraction. or single any other e.g., determined, be cannot tions it not contents is possible the to calculate when compared with the costs and accuracy of traditional approaches. of traditional accuracy and costs when the compared with on investment large return the and additional would costs sis. The small be to apply software and hardware MFAplied with routine for waste analy should for MSW sup incinerators designed be and Future waste analysis. present practice the of waya more direct objective cost-effective and than would of waste comparison allow MSW incinerators, compositions this in Studies Case Conclusion The main disadvantage waste that waste of frac is product the main The analysis MFA to Support Decisions in WasteMFA Decisions Management to Support Case Study 12: ASTRA : It is highly important to choose the method of analysis that is is that of analysis method the to choose important : It highly is 321 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 following steps: of the consists project ASTRA The 3.3.2.1.1 the andtheof goals of ManagementWaste Act. Ordinance new Landfill the of developedbustible wastes are requirements of view the compared in and 1990). of management for com the study ASTRA, scenarios various case the In Waste Austrian of the Management waste Act stated as (AWG, management in goals to the contributions different and impacts have environmental different options of biological these and digestion. All wastes),and sorting, mechanical (using conventional both fuels furnaces industrial eration, in cocombustion ute to global warming. do they notmade because contrib up attractive of fuels biogenic are carbon of,theymaydispose to even difficult create revenue. otherwise Also, wastes (e.g., contaminated wastes are the If fuel. cheaper than PCBs)usually with or helps to reduce of costs This production, fuels. for wastestute are since fossil decisions. Both limits prevent direct landfilling of untreated MSW after 2004. after untreatedMSW of landfilling prevent limits direct Both decisions. Rather, or for reduce need on political aftercare. exemption the based the is value heating practice ofment, not the does improve limitation the landfilling of themanage objectives thus waste supportsand body landfill the in tions reac below kJ/kg.is 6000 for TOC, minimizes limit which contrast to the In the value heating if it fraction: may landfilled be stipulatedexception for is this Thus, an by months microorganisms. within decomposed be cannot lignin aTOC <5%,with plastics and compounds as such persistent organic because biological provide digestion. The logical degradation cannot aresidue process recovery (2) and appropriate energy for further aproduct derived bio from (1) fractions: two separated and mechanically is that a combustible fraction plants produce These facilities. treatment of mechanical–biological material the foroutput limit the allowsan exemptionfromTOC legislation landfill choice the ofdioxide. waste-treatment technologies, free order In to ensure carbon to carbon organic transforming of efficient an means Combustion is datory for MSW, most as wastes such sewage sludge, debris. construction and related problems to future generations (aftercare-free landfills). generationsrelated (aftercare-free problems to future of waste- waste to objectives avoid management, is which Austrian shifting ment leachate of over the long (>100 periods years) one contradicts of and the treat requires pollutants. This abroad inorganic with and array of organic are contaminated Therefore, landfills leachatesmetals. of reactor-type such 322 The following treatment options are available are options for following treatment combustibleThe wastes: incin Some industry branches are eager combustible asubsti are wastes to as use branches Some industry Because of the limit for organic carbon, treatment before landfilling is man is before landfilling treatment carbon, for organic limit of the Because 2. 1. Selection of substances Selection scenarios ment and systems manage waste defining and of waste processes treatment Selection Procedures Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 understanding of the results and implications of the case study. case implicationsof and the results of the understanding relevant to the those are discussed are steps that only The detail. here in Studies Case Quality, Resource and Waste Management, Technische Universität Wien, 1997.) Wien, Universität Technische Waste Management, and Resource Quality, Water for Institute Austria: Vienna, ASTRA). (Project Österreich in Abfällen Verwertung von thermischen der Szenarien 1000 t/year. unterschiedlicher al., et Auswirkungen R. Fehringer, (From (1995),in Austria management waste system the through wastes flowscombustible of Mass FIGURE 3.45 For brevity, comprehensive steps of the not all presented study ASTRA are 1 3 2 4. 6. 8. 3. 5. 24 77 7. 400 400 600 0 0 Comparison between actual system and optimized scenario optimized system and actual between Comparison scenario optimized the for balances substance well as as balance mass of total Establishment processes) of combustible of wastes (optimum wastes to treatment assignment for improved scenario management Development optimized of an Development to evaluate of criteria scenarios selection the and system actual for the ances (see 3.45) Figure balances of mass bal Establishment substance and of wastes Selection System Mechanical treatmen biol boundaryManage ogical combustion standard t - Low- 57 R landfill and eactor- monofil 16 me 0 ty nt of l pe 14 co 0 mb usti standard High- bl WTE e wastes inAustri Undergroun disposal facility 21 Feed recy d clin stoc a g k 1300 3400 60 28 13 79 0 0 0 - 323 EconomyHydrosphereAnthroposphere Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 3.3.2.1.3 statements “scenario as such yielding Y Xis scenarios, various situation do with they allowrelative actual of the comparison of waste goals have management extent the to reached. which However, been the quantify not or indicators absolute are metrics cannot they since measures, protected? are environment the and health human if indicators what to focus: decide the are require therefore quite and abstract are by goals today’s general, these In immobilization. and waste treatment have emissions be to preventedfuture known, is not behavior of landfills Act: Management Waste the in of waste listed goals as management the point is starting The 3.3.2.1.2 Act Management Waste Austrian in the Stated as Management Waste of Goals Methods of Assessment Assignment of Waste and Goals Management TABLE 3.33 324

4. 3. 2. 1. Table have that chosen applied The ASTRA. criteria been the in 3.33 lists principle. long-term precautionary of the the Since part is goal latter The 2. 3. 1. 1. Aftercare-free landfill Conservation oflandfillspace Conservation ofenergy andresources environment Protection ofhumanhealthandthe Eco-points approach.Eco-points Ittheequations: defined following by is adapted Swiss is the ASTRA from volume in air used as critical The generations future theyTo thatrisk to a so do not pose wastes landfilled treat To energy, space conserve landfill and resources, To environment the and health protect human Selection and Development of Criteria to Criteria of EvaluateSelection and Development Balances Assessment Methods and Criteria Methods Assessment VV cr V it ic = , ri ∑ t i = n = 1 4a. 4b. E L 3. 2. 1. Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook i i ic % better than the actual situation.” actual the than % better , sinks” Fate ofsubstancesontheirwayto“final Total organic carboninlandfilledwastes Volume reduction through treatment content ofwastes Efficiency ofutilizationtheenergy Critical airvolume (3.12) ri Assessment Methods and Criteria and Methods Assessment t (3.13) Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case

4b. 4a.

where

2. 3. E V L assessment indicator ( assessment must defined. be For example,amounts cadmium of minor only very over very For long of substance, time. periods each asuitable sink is thatleaching is a sink 5 and sink sink; afinal as designed 4 is 2. are sinks These B sinks. final Aand to intermediate ferred trans be finally will “Fate substance each that of means substances” balances. and substance mass on based assessed is wastes TOC of final scenarios. the for various spacerequired landfill in Volume difference the as reduction by expressed is waste treatment fuels. of amount replaces equivalent fossil energy the erator. unit of wastes thatof efficiency energy one An 100% means would without that MSW incin fuel the havefossil required been and/orto produce electricity heat anetwork, into to feed conserving incinerator an in given when is used substitution wastes are Indirect 20%). than (difference smaller similar are fuels of fossil wastes and values heating when the true only is this speaking, Strictly fuels. sil of wastes replace fos that It energy-equivalent units assumed is kiln. e.g., fuels, sil replaced when is by coal plastic waste a cement to fire place when takes substitution wastes replace fos combustion. Direct follows: as contentof energy calculated is waste ofefficiency The utilization 4. 3. 5. 1. i i i,crit in ambient air ambient =concentration iin of substance air the iinto of substance =emission

The substance-specific critical critical are volumes added final up to a substance-specific The Sinks 1, 2, and 3 are intermediate sinks for most substances; sink for most substances; sink 1, sinks intermediate 2, 3are Sinks and by waste indirectly and directly substituted be can fuels Fossil (A gray +B) boxes in (see 3.45) alandfill lithosphereFigure as The facility disposal (B) underground an lithosphere as The (A) hydrosphere The (A) atmosphere The cement, bricks) (A) products products (e.g., new or secondary other Recycling = hypothetical air volume to needed dilute air E is that =hypothetical concentration i for substance E ffici en cy = en V su ergy crit bs ), which has its optimum at small volumes. at), its small optimum has which titu c oon te te df nt ossi in lf wast ue l[ e[ Jy ⋅ Jy ⋅ r] − r] 1 − 1 ⋅ 100 i to ambient air air ambient to (3.14) - - - - 325 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 326 3.3.2.1.4 Approximately 40% (3400 kt/year) This can recycling. for feedstock used is visible consumer. for the not is directly ture) and elsewhere (industry, accrues amount of this infrastruc year. Three-quarters average about ton of combustible Austrian, produced 1metric wastes is per available are wastes.tics for Generally, hazardous say for one that can every statis comparatively Better is fraction compositionThe of unknown. this wastes. of industrial sorts wastes all comprise nonhazardous plants. Other sewer wastewater the and from sludge treatment industrial screenings and and of andconsist municipal wastewaterpurification treatmentmainly bark, sawdust, Wastes fractions. of water wood, from chips minor other and (26%). institutions private households similar and Waste wood comprises waste wood are wastes. most (41%) relevant The fractions wastes from and bustible (2%). Altogether, about t/year 22% or 8.5 million combustible are excavation. category com soil is including of this fraction But asmall only t/year. 39is million demolition and debris, It by construction dominated is Table possible. given is tion in is result The of amount 3.34. wastes total The value >5000 kJ/kg range where the autarkic is combus substance. This dry a heating having as combustible defined hypothesis, wastes wastes are ing authorities awork As Austria. responsible for in waste-management issues by the were that commissioned studies and statistics by analyzing assessed flows are generation The actual in and of combustible Austria wastes Figure 3.45Figure shows flowsin the in 1995.of combustible Austria wastes

sinks. Most other fates such as nitrate in groundwater Most fates nitrate in other as such or NOsinks. (not nitrogen oxide)molecular nitrogen positive are pathways and storage most solution. preferred the is underground the for sink cadmium, an appropriate final of finding pollution.low Hence, of point of environmental risk view the from (e.g., along-term salt mines) represents solution extremely an with of hydrosphere years have the contact with in not for been millions storage that underground designed facilities specially in disposal Thelong-term risk. a small poses landfill in cycles. Cadmium life all of at end of the to disposed be products has and these in required or cement goods not recycled into is desirable, not is cadmium since hydrosphere. atmosphereshould the the and reach transfer Also, the the substance in combustible wastes. in substance the appropriate (100%) reference The compartments. flow total the is of into transferred percentage is the that of as asubstance expressed flowsand is small (e.g., <1%).criterionThe for is fate of substances concentrations to geogenic ratio longas the of as anthropogenic acceptable are solutions towater oceans large as tems such bodies considered negativeare river in sys paths. For chloride, transport For nitrogen, recycling as a nutrient and emission into the air as as air the into anutrient emission as and For recycling nitrogen, Total for the Balance Actual Situation Mass (1995) Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook x in air air in ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Total Austria Waste in Generation TABLE 3.34 a Waste Category of national NOof national (2.5%) sources single nutrient cement for are and the industry. Cement kilns 2004. Nitrogen relevant in is a potential as apply will that beginning TOC limit mercury, of the cadmium, because sulfur, selected lead, is Carbon zinc. and indicators: as chlorine, nitrogen, carbon, selected are following substances The 3.3.2.1.5 facilities. mechanical–biological Finally, regulations. emission some 3%stringent (240 kt/year) in treated is pollutionadvanced most control air the (APC) surpass easily and systems with equipped plants are These facilities. high-standard in incinerated is for as MSW About incinerators. not stringent 9% as are (770 kt/year)limits is fuel oil, coal, or andbiomass, emission or The baghouse filters.standard chambers, multicyclones,precipitators baffle and electrostatic (ESPs),tling combustible recovery. wastes for energy set with equipped plants are These aboutout 17% advanced utilize (1400 air-pollution standards kt/year) of the were needed. with Simple boilers and disposal incinerators and treatment of 1996. didamount notordinance comply of New landfill methods the with 30% (2600 kt/ sawdustbe production for or chipboard wastepaper About recycling. Studies Case Total Hazardous wastes Other nonhazardous wastes Waste wood Residues from wastewater Construction anddemolition Wastes from privatehouseholds in Tablein of extremes 3.35. both broad show are are and ranges there that The combustible given wastes is in content of substances view the selected of the over An resources. as potential of for interest their also are heavy metals The pollutants. major air are heavy metals and Compounds sulfur, of chlorine, Ritter, load. emission 2002). this may Wastes nitrogen increase in rich home (10%) heating 1997; Mauschitz, and (Hackl Gangl, Gugele, Lichtblau, and treatment excavation debris includingsoil and similarsources 8.1 millioninhabitants. Selection ofSubstances Wastes of and Characterization year) is directly landfilled. After 2004, the disposal of this latter this of disposal the 2004,After landfilled. ​year) directly is x emissions, along with traffic traffic along with emissions, (62%), industries (17%),other and 39,100,000 22,000,000 1,000,000 7,800,000 3,500,000 2,300,000 2,500,000 Wastes, Wastes, Year a e Y / t Total Total a and Combustible Fractions Combustible and 100 22 22 14 41 87 % 2 Combustible Portion of Wastes of Portion Combustible 8,500,000 1,130,000 3,500,000 2,170,000 220,000 940,000 500,000 t/Year Combustible Combustible % of Total Total % of Fractions 100 13 41 26 11 3 6 327 - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Fuel oil Coal MSW Maximum Minimum Mean stances into the air are known from several from investigations. Also, average known are air the into stances following equation: by the expressed be can This MSW incineration. the-art state-of- from emissions must not exceed typical facility waste-combustion any from patible says areference. criterion as emissions The that serves and proved com has Thus,demands. MSW incineration to environmentally be pollution regulation air modern orders smaller, ofsubstances magnitude than smaller, are of MSW for incinerators state-of-the-art some Emissions bustion. by waste com quality impact considers on air criterion second the The again. recovered be products, such into cannot they transferred are once substances that is argument Asecond of products banned. is contamination rion, and crite principle applied precautionary is Thus, the environment. bythe this elevated concrete, asphalt, bricks, concentrations in etc. have impact on an for example, asink, It for whether becoming not heavy metals. from is clear it that is prevents criterion rationale products for The this waste utilization. replace 1ton of Rather, coal. by substituted are amounts equivalent energy (e.g., fuel of the mg/kJ). 1 ton ofthat waste is not does reason necessarily The but content energy mass works. per per not Concentrations determined are or brick appropriateare cement for as such kilns production processes were developed criteria lowing to decide upon waste treatment. fol of to reached. The be waste goals are management any the wastetreat if to qualified is Notcombustible processes. wastes every to treatment facility of tailor-made assignment composition requires chemical in variance The 3.3.2.1.6 higher level MSW. show that of pollution asignificantly than wastes: “clean” wastes and oil fuel have wastes that lower than contamination Fuels, mg/kg Matter Dry Other with Wastes Comparison of Combustible and Concentrations Substance TABLE 3.35 328 First, wastes having lower contaminant concentrations than average concentrations than First, lower wastes having coal contaminant Transfer ( incineration coefficients of state-of-the-art Criteria for Optimized Assignment ofWastes for Optimized Criteria to Treatment Processes 850,000 850,000 240,000 900,000 100,000 450,000 C 670,000 12,000 3000 7000 9100 200 N 15,000 10,000 17,000 c 4000 2300 ma 60 S x =⋅ TC TC 480,000 1500 8700 4300 CP Cl I 10 10 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook c MS W 0.01 (3.15) 500 Cd 5.7 <1 11 1 0.001 TC 0.01 Hg 0.5 0.8 10 2 I ) for relevant sub 4000 810 230 Pb <1 10 80 16,000 1100 520 Zn 20 85 1 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 concentrations in MSW ( concentrations in Studies Case stance in a waste to be burned in a specific combustion process is then c then is combustion process aspecific in awaste to burned be in stance MFA. by allowable an determined concentrationbe maximum of The a sub 3.35. ( Transfer combustion process the specific coefficients of 3.46). (Figure balances applied are materials to criteria the aforementionedwhen assessment the financing, planning, and engineering. process, permitting up may the to 5 years, take including This erected. be t/year capacity atotal of and 2.8 million advanced APC technology have to out comparatively quickly. plants with new hand, incineration other the On carried be can or adaptation. no process changes little wastes with These (cement, paper, pulp and etc.). assigned Most the could of manage them 2.1from t/year. to 5.0 million plants exist already required Some of the doubled capacity to The more be for listed. has than combustion is cesses Table of In nario. wastes to pro combustion assignment 3.36, optimized the sce situation anew yields optimized actual to the criteria Applying these 3.3.2.1.7 The improvement between actual and optimized situations can be seen seen be can situations optimized and improvementThe actual between 1. Total Cement industry Pulp andpaperindustry Biomass cogenerationpowerstation Wood industry Hazardous wastecombustion High-standard industrialcombustion MSW incineration Compared with the Actual Situation Actual the with Compared Changes and Scenario Optimized an Wastes of Combustible in Assignment TABLE 3.36 The critical air volume for air NO calculated critical The treated in well-equipped combustion plants. combustion well-equipped in treated are wastes “Dirty” (but sufficient)in cleaning. flue-gas standard have that alower furnaces in utilized wastes are Noncontaminated wastes to appropriate all plants. assigns newAPC. scenario The adequate lack that simple of in combusted furnaces wastes is tity situation, acomparatively actual paradox the quan in that is small by 140%. of increased for wastes combusted is this tity reason The quan the because surprising reduced is is by Zn 43%.and This and Comparison with the Actual Situation Results Scenario ofthe Optimized c MSW ) are common. Typical) are Table values given in are Optimized Optimized Scenario 5,000,000 2,000,000 1,500,000 170,000 550,000 585,000 110,000 70,000 x , SO Compared with Actual Actual with Compared 2 , HCl, Cd, Hg, Pb, +2,900,000 +1,800,000 +1,000,000 Situation +77,000 +31,000 +10,000 –30,000 ±0 TC CP ) have to max - - 329 . - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 330 sink.” “final and management stance efficiency, volume,and (b) (a) (c) air energy (d) subreduction, criteria. volume Critical selected on based scenario optimized the and management waste quo status between Comparison FIGURE 3.46 (c) (a) The percentage of substances that are transferred into appropriate into 4b. transferred percentage are that The of substances 4a. 3 3 15 3 2. 3. [10 m /yr] [10 m ] 0. 1. 1. 2. 2. 12 5 0 5 0 5 0 0 4 8 ment in substance management. substance ment in indicates relevantby a improve increased This is 180%. sinks final no aftercare. require to that storage”step awaylandfills “final landfills reactor-type from important an belowis is residues TOCThis ofThe 3%. all landfilled content ash the waste. specific of the Combustion reduces volume the of wastes by on 80–98%, depending waste treatment. abandonment of the mechanical–biological and of wastes landfilling improvement of direct ban for the this reason is spacereducedis main the of80%.by landfill Consumption Again, plant treatment anymore. a mechanical–biological withoutin recovery; energy longer is no landfilled processed waste no wastes are that completely. is progress for this reason main The almost waste fuel replaces energy-equivalent of amount fossil the of unit one scenario, energy improved by 150%. optimized the In contentenergy the is of of wastes of efficiency The utilization Actual si Actual si tuatio tuatio n nO Optimi landfill Reacto Monofill disp U ptimized scenario nder osal facility Me Ma Minimum gr ze r- an ximum ound d scenario ty pe (b) (d)

[–] [%] Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 100 0. 0. 0. 0. 1. 20 40 60 80 2 4 6 8 0 0 0 Actual si Actual si tuatio tuatio nO nO ptimized scenario ptimized scenario - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 share of total production of total costs. Forshare example, Cement European Association the asignificant represents and production quite high is for clinker consumption wastes cover about cement of 27% demand the industry. energy of the Energy average of an wastes tons some with 400,000 value heating of 25 MJ/kg. Today, to corresponds of amount energy cement. into This processed further is ker that aboutof GJ/year 10 cement requires million t/ year to produce 3million of clin (Fehringer,Austria Rechberger, Brunner, 1999). and country, this production In investigated is for of cement combustible recovery wastes kilns for in energy approaches”), and methods cementresidues the industry: utilization in the acronym for (German study of “positive PRIZMA case the In for utilizing list 3.3.2.2 landfilling. endangering strategic changes to postpone means economic everyand possibleuse operatorslegal will landfill that clear It also time. is ashort in pushed through be cannot change astern years, such that it clear is 50 and 25 between times are long-term filling investmentswith landfills that Considering business. lose will landfills the situationeconomic because andmay operators, severe cause a owners this For landfill future. the ated in inciner be will at present landfilled are proportion wastes of A large that the to accomplished, be along following: time the take is will scenario why this reason main the also and scenario, drawbacking). optimized of the main The (collection, for separation, costs disposal landfill treatment, total and raising without significantly realized be can scenario optimized the that is result The ASTRA. done in also is fact, In this scenarios. for the uncertainties) ing (includ costs to assess Anext step is engineering. and for abasis planning as prehensive evaluation. MFA at several study: used levels the is in for com or two methods morewaste assessment may management require a way to achieved. be Note of outlines goal a single ASTRA for that this with appropriate well-defined,into assessment procedures criteria.concrete translated be can “Kreislaufwirtschaftsgesetz”) Management, German and (e.g.,acts Waste European Framework for Waste Guidelines Swiss Directive, level, waste-management various stated hierarchic as in on ahigh goals General study shows case MFA that This waste goal-oriented facilitates management. 3.3.2.1.8 Studies Case The findings of the thestudycapacities revealof forandmay findings new serve The plants 2. 4. 3. 1. mized situation mized opti the and actual To the between demonstrate differences the To scenario compile optimized the To reveal deficitsand develop forcriteria assignment waste tible wastes situation systemTo of management the actual the describe of combus Conclusions Case Study 13: PRIZMA - - 331 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 of the raw material. This process takes place in the cyclones, place the where in takes process raw rawof the This material. cooling. and clinkering, calcining, ration preheating, and stages: four evapo through a storage raw runs the silo. material Afterwards, a subsequent and ESP. conveyed and raw collected There, is the material into predeposition (baffle) amechanical into where boosted it pneumatically is from amill, quality. in raw ground is The of be material auniform ker will properlythe proportioned components clin raw ofthe that the so material of even an distribution to ensure process the step in important an is Mixing mixture. govern correct the clinker of the properties desired the and rials (e.g.,tive materials mate of these materials). properties ferrous chemical The marl, correc and limestone, chalk, are kiln of the raw forfeed the materials (3 to 4°) slowly and main minute. per rotates The at about one to four turns horizontal to the diameter. up and to It 8min slightly is inclined length 3.47. up of amassive cement to 100 each is factory tube steel heart The min displayed Figure is in of afacility cyclone such Ascheme preheater type. the is Austria in for cement manufacturing technology prevailing The 3.3.2.2.1 develop alist. such to establish criteria to is of objective PRIZMA appropriate The are for cement recovery kilns. in that types waste characterizes and positive positive specifies The list. list to generate is aso-called instrument an such for establishing possibility One appropriate of wastes are kinds recovery. for which energy specifying tions concrete). Hence, operators authorities well as as want to have regula clear apolluted incompatible and productronmentally emissions (cement, finally may of lead heavy metals to envi process. Wastes contamination high with appropriate wastes are not hand, other all the cement for On the treatment. capacities for provision supported the required of cement the the industry wastes forbiddenof was in organic Austria, 2004 after landfilling direct Since branch. by reduction dioxide of the to the carbon tributes emissions con goal cost relief, this afew years. expected Besides the wastes within to cover aims 75% cement by demand of industry its Austrian energy The alternative. considered afuel as also of MSW are fractions Sorted others. encephalopathy spongiform by (BSE)], caused bovine crisis disposal and plastics, waste and wood meat well as [as as bone meal and of aresult the solvents.oil, and out Test sewage have with carried sludge, been runs mixed waste wastes. recovery tires, from Traditionalenergy used are waste fuels and technologies. rawdifferent materials use or efficiency to ways expensive. less Other are coal, they to to reduce improve are costs energy gas, oil, or natural as such fuels Compared alternative standard fuels. are with is reduce to fuel consumption. for costs One possibility Wastes costs. specific (CEMBUREAU, 1999). energy- Hence, strivesto minimize cement the industry production of the cost of cement accounts for energy 30–40% that estimates 332 Evaporation temperature the remove raise preheating and and moisture with of experience along has history cement industry Austrian The The Cement Manufacturing Cement Process The Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case

Corrective materials Marl ESP Stack

Limestone Clinker Gypsum Auxiliary Storage materials silo

Clinkerclinker Preheater silosilo cyclons Bagging Wastes Primary fuel wastes

Cement mill Mill Rotary kiln Shipment

FIGURE 3.47 Scheme of a cement kiln (cyclone preheater type). 333 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 process via fuels and Y and fuels via process X that be will by result measurement. The determined be can fuels raw and for Abetween materials any substance partitioning The off-gas product. exit via or and the process: raw or enter fuels the via materials astack. via emitted and cyclones)the in theto flue ESP raw(heat transfer by cleaned material is gas cooled The product the of for cement preparing transportation. and ging combustion) coal from to producegray powder. afine Thelast is stagebag (e.g., materials other and gypsum blending with and flyashes clinker the asilo. of stored in is Cement produced is by grinding cooled clinker The a temperature of has 2000°C. 1450°C. flame around zone are primary The burning the process.energy-intensive Product in temperatures calcination the maintains kiln the endtheupperat of firing back end.the Secondary fromplace.and exit continue to Hot flowkiln gases combustion the up raw the takes material in of chemicals fusion and highest is heat intensity zone, the where the burning to kiln drawnthe is up flame The kiln. the end of at same burnt the and introduced is fuel it cooled. primary is The (thefront grate, onto lower areciprocating where falls and kiln) end of the at the leaves kiln gray the pebbles. clinker small The nodules resembling raw hard into material calcined the stage fuses and pletes calcination the com 40% by weight process. Clinkering raw lost of by is the this material oxide dioxide. downcarbonate calcium carbon into and Approximately calcium place the at takes breaks to and 900°C 600 Calcining age kiln. of the to avoid bricks refractory with heat lined dam is zone. tube The burning the ratethrough uniform at a to flowkiln the mix the allow down kiln of the at back (the the rotation upper kiln the and kiln), endthe of gravity the and The entersraw material counterflowskiln. material thethe hotfrom off-gas 334 possible to say that It not is determined. be product, the Acan ofand substance amounts total only the clinker (again, clinker the (i.e.,stances fuel) process. behave via the process enter that the in substances it how to sub know mandatory is fuel-borne cement kilns, in combustion process. However,ker manufacturing given for problem, the waste is which available is aclin aboutqualitative information in behavior of the substances Generally, ways two only for any are substance, there to enter to leave and A special characteristic of the process is that two kinds of evolve: cycles kinds two that is process of the characteristic A special 1. ing the cyclones. the ing (theoretically).lished by cycles such to bypass break Operators try estab is of equilibrium some kind up built until and closed cycle is where The it itravels again. substance vaporizes hot back to kiln, the imay So at of surface condense stance raw the particles. material cyclone, the in to where cooler sub parts transferred It then is kiln. the in ivaporizes when asubstance cycle arises inner so-called The X  X  + of A stems from fuels and and fuels from of Astems % via raw X % via with materials, Y  =

100%). applies same off-gas. some The to the Only Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Y  stems from raw material in raw from in stems material +Y =100%. For off-gas the % of A enters the % of Aenters the ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 sation processes imply that there is a different ratio adifferent imply is sation there processes that borne substances. borne fuel- coefficients for transfer the to know of waste combustion, it crucial is coefficients. However, have therefore transfer and different the forproblem raw-material-borne process and the behavior show in substances different raw (see with pared Table materials 3.37). conclusion fuel-borne that The is com heavy metals with cement enriched from plants are emitted ticulates ESP. the pass also will par that fraction is process Evidencea small of this in the cyclone the with in fuel and raw X and is fuel material of a substance raw partitioning the that material). assume us Let (fuel or origin of their rate regardless at metals, same happens for the all (raw surfaces on particle of ashes) material, process metals place. takes This flueis the cooledcyclones), the gas When down material. (in condensation raw from descending for substances than substances for fuel-borne higher is phase gaseous the to reach for words,tering). other ametal In possibility the (sin process clinkering the contribute in and solid phase the in remain will vaporize. Aportion will 1450°C, metals not that all assumed be it and can The is heatedraw material up matrix. to mineral in a fixed raw are material the in to extent. heavy fuels, metals Contrary vaporize to ahigh will stances volatile inorganic, sub that fuel-borne means 2000°C. This around peratures with tem area an is flame, the destroyed are which in substances Organic (e.g., matrix. organic an embedded in heavy metals) predominantly are put be can forward: following Fuel-borne workingthe substances hypothesis process. However, the in behavior of the to predict substances and process Studies Case These cycles make it difficult to establish closed substance balances for the for balances substance closed establish to it difficult make cycles These 2. Emission, mg/kg Enrichment Raw material,mg/kg a Particulates Raw Emitted Concentrations and Substance Material in Mean TABLE 3.37 is closed, and substance built up. built substance closed,and is cyclones, the reenter where are, not loop they again, intercepted. The removed high efficiency flue are withthey the from gas (>99%) and flue bythe ESP. the to gas carried are particles Fine clinker. There as leave and process the site to kiln enter for the raw particles material particles fine (<5 μ outer cycle develops intercept so-called cyclonesThe cannot because Gaseous andsolid emissionsare related tothetotal massofemittedparticulates. XY // m). aprerequi cyclones is But the in interception < : Y XY . Then the mentioned vaporization conden the and . Then 46,000  300 150 Cl  . Fine particles will pass the cyclones, the pass and will particles . Fine a 0.15 Cd 50 8 13,000 2000 0.15 Hg XY a  /  in particles particles χin of 400 Pb 27 15 between χ between 150 Zn 37 4 335 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Substances in fuels Substances in rawmaterials cyclones. Therefore, positive of heavy metals the it to part The be list. has product of the may and the blockage cause quality for the in alimit poses not of a result are waste combustion. Chlorine emissions of these nitrogen, case of the raw in As material. kinds dioxide certain stem from of sulfur into Recordedclinker. emissions efficiently wastes is from contained Sulfur content of oxide. wastes formation of plays nitrogen the role in aminor only compounds,bon responsible oxide for are nitrogen nitrogen formation. The car of formineralization efficient essential are process, which the in gases do waste recovery. with of long and residence temperatures times high The to little has but oxide this nitrogen a problem is of cement manufacturing, of emission The dioxide, very small. compounds of are carbon emissions the exception With carbon of mostkiln. the efficiently cementin destroyed compounds are carbon because for shortened be cement manufacturing can to list waste regard combustion. The with of substances selection the 3.3.2.1, Section In wastes suited for cement kilns? for presented are criteria should incorporated a“positive into be substances defines that Which list” 3.3.2.2.3 one order of magnitude), to apply it safe is upper i.e., the limit, value. higher the (e.g., large where range is the cases In extremes. these somewherebe between to has coefficient transfer are not possible. coefficients Thereal transfer higher areliable upper is since limit, this hand, other the On for emissions. of fuels influence overestimates the certainly assertion This substances. fuel-borne contains only emission the that given assumption by is the uppergas. The limit off- the into substances of fuel-borne transfer the underestimate will ations, this product. aforementioned off-gas consider the on the the and Based in same the raw-material-borne and fuel-borne is substances between partitioning the that values (see extreme 3.48). Figure hypothetical For lower the it assumed limit, is established by is approach:determining coefficients ing Arange for transfer the fuels followleads to coefficients for transfer concerning uncertainty The 3.3.2.2.2 336 substances into the atmosphere. the into substances fuel-borne of coefficient lower/upper the transfer the for yields left/right limit assumption The process. manufacturing clinker the in metals heavy fate of fuel-borne the for Assumptions FIGURE 3.48 Assessment of Transfer of Assessment Coefficients Criteria for WasteCriteria Fuels manufacturing Clinke Em r ission Clin ke r Substances in fuels Substances in rawmaterials Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook manufacturing Clinke Em r ission Clinke r - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Also, the averageAlso, the MSW ( concentrations in by Equation 3.16:expressed be can This incineration. state-of-the-art from emissions not exceed typical must 3.3.2.1. manufacturing clinker from says criterion emissions The that positivethe list: criteria—A, B, Therefore, developed C—are clinker. three and and gas for too. resources, important are toxic but, potentially are, hand, on one other also hand, zinc on the Lead and volatility. toxicity and of their because chosen are mercury and cadmium Studies Case Table ( 3.38).manufacturing Transfer coefficients clinker for 10:1.and from raw materials Transfer stemming coefficients for substances ca. (F) is fuels and raw (RM) ratio between materials mass The assumptions: following equivalents). the energy of Brequires criterion calculation The (6%),tires plastics (5%), waste (9%), oil (percentages on others based and are of (52%), coal averagean consisting mix fuel (21%), oil (3%), gas natural used produced is with 2, 1and clinker Forlated scenarios variance. geogenic both concentration by caused waste recovery must calcu notclinker exceed the (2) maximal in raw concentrations. Criterion material Bsayschanges the that for (1) composition assessed is apply clinker criterion, the the average and composition. To chemical in variance raw showmaterial, acertain materials flow. ageogenic now as considers raw chemically material anynatural As of fluctuations geogenic flows2.5.8).Chapter Section (see 2, criterion The flows material natural the principlemust not anthropogenic exceed that allowable a waste. concentration in of asubstance range for transfer coefficients. The criterionresult coefficients.of A, c range for transfer to according aforementioned considerations about determined be a reliable TC TC c Transfer Coefficients for Off-Gas of a Cement-Manufacturing Process of a Cement-Manufacturing Off-Gas for Transfer Coefficients Waste Reference (MSW), Extreme the and Typical in Incineration, Concentrations the Reference of A: TransferData forTechnology Coefficients Criterion TABLE 3.38 TC MSW Criterion A deals with the off-gas and has been described in Section Section in described been off-gas has the and with Criterion Adeals input as as off- influences well manufacturing Waste for afuel clinker as Criterion B controls the quality of the product clinker. It is based on the product of Iton the the based clinker. is Criterion quality Bcontrols the TC CM,max CM,min I I is the transfer coefficient of state-of-the-art incineration (known). incineration coefficient of state-of-the-art transfer the is 10,000 0.0005 0.02 0.01 Cl c ma 0.0004 0.0002 0.0005 x Cd 10 =⋅ TC TC CM I c MS c MSW W 0.02 Hg (3.16) 0.8 0.4 ) are commonly known (see known commonly ) are 2 max 0.0008 0.0002 0.0001 , is the maximal maximal the , is 500 Pb TC CM ) have to 0.0001 0.0001 0.0002 1000 Zn 337 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Maximum loadthrough wasterecovery, t/year Maximum loadthrough wasterecovery, mg/kg Maximum concentrationinclinker, mg/kg Mean concentrationinclinker, mg/kg TC intoclinker Maximum concentrationinrawmaterial, mg/kg Mean concentrationinrawmaterial,mg/kg Mean concentrationinfuelmix,mg/kg (Cl) concentration the of clinker is Then considered to negligible is be (usually fuel the ca. 1% of raw mass). material identical. dioxide of loss carbon are 40%, The content ash is the fuels and of 338 Calculation of Maximum Allowable Load on Clinker through Waste Recovery through Allowable Clinker on Load of Maximum Calculation TABLE 3.39 3.49). Figure wastes (see the concentration of substance in wastes and mass total between dependency tible the showing wastes. for As B, criterion a curve is result the over combus take in 15% contained cement manufacturers metals of the of Table wastes. amounts large In that 3.40, assuming presented are results use over waste-derived and competitors inexpensive fuel by their using for advantage economic achance see manufacturers Other afuel. wastes as contaminated cautious using are in thus and materials ated hazardous with do products not associ want their question. Some cement manufacturers this answer to the productin end cement?uniform up is no There finally and processes enter the shall substances of these share is, Which industry cement for question the consequential of The severalturnover heavy metals. whyreason waste role plays management total for important the an such one is of This some heavy metals. carriers important bustible wastes are (see Table mercury roughly and 40% ofcontain cadmium 3.40). Hence, com avalue assigned of 100%, is consumption national combustible wastes then (see 3.49). Figure a curve waste. is the result concentrationrecovered The substance in the wastes and of mass total the dependence gives ton per of the between clinker) stance bysibly waste recovery. added be clinker to the load The (e.g., mg of asub pos load can that of asubstance maximum of the result Byields criterion Criterion C considers the input into cement manufacturing. If the total total the If Criterion input Cconsiders cement the into manufacturing. Table in 3.39. summarized Bare criterion data to needed calculate The The Based onaclinker production of 3 milliont/year. C Cl = () cc FR ⋅⋅ 11 10 + ⋅ () 10 MC − Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 1200 1100 0.99 410 840 430 400 150 Cl 0 . 4 ⋅ TC 0.99 0.15 l Cd 1.7 0.6 1.0 0.4 0.5 0.9 (3.17) 0.35 0.54 0.19 0.15 Hg 1.1 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.99 130 Pb 45 79 35 42 15 60 0.99 360 120 190 110 Zn 72 37 65 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ity of clinker. Self-restriction of the cement industry (criterion allows cement of the industry C) Self-restriction still ofity clinker. qual for the alimit not does practice, pose that, in mercury means year. This concentration of 2mg/kg. Criterion Ballows waste recovery of t/ 500,000 3.49, given for is result mercury. the Consider awaste ( Figure considerably may In results vary as technologies. among different for cement each plant separately, should They determined be clinker. the intointotheand off-gas substances coefficients of waste-borne transfer are for parameters calculation Required clinker. into transferred be can that of substances amounts concentrations for wastes or maximum maximum provide and substances either selected for the calculated AtoCriteria Care 3.3.2.2.4 Studies Case criterion B, product quality; criterion C, dilution of metals. C, dilution criterion B, quality; product criterion 1999). A, Brunner, emissions; and Criterion Rechberger, (Fehringer, kilns cement in wastes of utilization the regarding decisions support to A, B, Hg Cfor serve and of criteria Results FIGURE 3.49 Mercury concentration [mg/kg] 0.01 100 0.1 Input intocement,t/year Input intocement,% In combustiblewastes,% Combustible wastes,t/year National consumption,t/year in Combustible Wastes, and Maximum Flow into Cement Manufacturing Flow into Wastes, Maximum and in Combustible Substances, Content National of Consumption Selected Estimated TABLE 3.40 10 α 1 0 Results 100,000 Wa stes utilize d bythe 200,000 450,000 30,000 4500 6.6 Cl 15 Au strian cementindust Cd 300,0004 5.4 15 45 36 80 Hg 0.6 3.9 15 39 10 ry α [t/yr] ) having a mercury amercury ) having 00,00 32,000 1600 240 Pb 15 Criterion Criterion Criterion 5 05 43,000 3900 C B A 590 Zn 15 9 00,00 339 0 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 regulatory pressure to reduce or even eliminate the use of cadmium. This This of cadmium. use the to reduce pressure or evenregulatory eliminate due most trend, likely production to increasing not does show increasing an to about amounts of 20,000tion contrast cadmium to most metals, In tons. other Mohlander, 2001; US Survey, Geological 2001b). Currently, consump annual 16 5and between g/capita/year (Llewellyn, 1994; and Bergbäck, Johansson, Survey, 2001b). at developed estimated is in of countries cadmium Utilization products,thetic 4%; 1% uses, other alloys and nonferrous and (U.S. Geological ments, syn 12%; 8%; plating, for similar and plastics and coatings stabilizers 2001: in for end various uses consumption batteries,of cadmium 75%; pig was about 2000 in 19,300 oftion cadmium (US Survey, tons Geological 2001a). products. of cadmium Total recycling the world and industry ing produc (EAFs) steelmak the in furnaces used arc baghouse dust as electric such from aboutcadmium, 10% sources produced of are secondary consumption, from amounts produced is of 3 kg of for cadmium everyzinc. Small ton of refined process. About extraction zinc recovered the is ores in zinc present in mium thecad 90–98% of sulfide from ore estimated concentrates.An metal zinc ing (>80%)Most cadmium produced is aby-product as andrefin of beneficiating leadand producers have no produce choice, too. usually they cadmium, and Hence, lead, complex zinc and zinc, sometimes mixtures. copper–lead–zinc (CdS), Greenockite contains of importance, metals. mineral cadmium only the other with associated value, usually of ores is commercial cadmium mineral In 3.3.2.3 management. waste resource goal-oriented and a valuable be can contribution to cement of kilns wastes in utilization the compatible. A, considered environmentally B, be criteria as Ccan Thus, and fulfill fore that reasonable. Waste cement state-of-the-art kilns recovery in there is of sink kind for this lost Alimit for are recoveryand recycling. and cement in (criterion not C). required are substances selected Note the that cement into concrete and transferred is of amount resources alimited only that extended approach systems The or lower of assures clinker. quality the not does pollute atmosphere the (and cement kilns in soil) subsequently the that waste guarantee utilization and B A Criteria plant-specific constraints. as as consider well system-specific criteria proposed The regulations. mental exemplifies study PRIZMA Case howMFA environ establish to used be can 3.3.2.2.5 due savings by to the acheaper waste fuel. acceptable frame an time paid back are within APC technology improving to mercury,respect it should evaluated be investment for costs whether the available reduces of amount potentially the wastes considerably.This With Hg concentrationshaving lower 0.1 than fuel.as a mg/kg waste qualified are t/year300,000 of waste α 340 The International Cadmium Association has made the following estimates made following estimates the has Association Cadmium International The Conclusion Case Study 14: Recycling of by Cadmium WTE . A really severe limit poses criterion A: criterion wastes only poses severe limit . Areally Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 tioned before, cadmium is transferred to the flue gas during incineration and incineration flue to the gas during transferred before,tioned is cadmium quantity is lost to the environment via emissions and fugitive losses. and emissions via lost environment to is the quantity demolition and waste), of combustible construction fraction the asmall and wastes and industrial in wastes (estimated other contained 20%,in mainly expected is of cadmium part Asmaller future. the waste in management enter will that long75% with residence goods mostly times is incorporated in averageof the remaining capita per The of national cadmium. consumption about g/capita/year 2.5 MSW. via about is collected is 25% of cadmium This consumer.of the At average an MSW generation rate of 250 kg/capita/year, householdand size, packed versus food, food open etc.) power purchasing and (e.g., lifestyle in differences are or family large reasons small fourth and Third etc. may metals, glass, reduce weight the MSW of up as waste to 50%. collected of extent Separate paper, of collection the recycling. is for differences biowaste, compiled. data are how for reason and Asecond collection, statistical tainers or con frequency, collector accepts,wastes the collection bins of the the size the shops Decisive companies. factors and for waste of generation kind include the small and sector service include the households may wastes from and also private wastes from wastes. MSW includes mixed bulky with MSW together of allow collection and large are waste MSW areas, data. containers other in In separately collected not therefore wastes included and are some bulky areas, in at curbside on adaily, collected the are weekly, or biweekly basis. For example, MSW First, term quantities. the in differences the to explain several reasons are There year. United the States, about In 700 currently kg/capita/year collected. is chamber.the combustion fluefrom the via gas escape and to volatilize tend substances these processes, combustion Hg, Se. In and Tl, Zn, ments like CdCl have (Cd,its chlorides compounds as temperatures such low boiling 765°C; groundwater. the reach acids by and some organic periods of and Cadmium aerobic during mobilized but be anaerobic phase the can during immobile Earth’s the (0.2in crust mg/kg). is quite cadmium landfilled, MSW is When Hotz, and Lison, 2002). average the about is 50 times concentration This found Bauer, Ritter, Brunner, 1995; and Morf, Spaun, Brunner, and 2000; Verougstraete, 12 8and mg/kg Mönch, and 1986; between is mium (Brunner Schachermayer, (osteomalacia osteoporosis) and (Verougstraete, Hotz, and Lison, 2002). 1988; (Heinrich, lung cancer ages as such Waalkes, 2000) bone diseases and der, even and addition, death. pain, In of it severe may dam avariety cause severe causing metabolism, disor protein liver and affects and kidneys the in It accumulates biological functions. useful biosphere no known the has and (e.g., heavy metals other Unlike to zinc, selenium), not is essential cadmium environment. the by presented its in accumulation risks of and the humans toxic to potentially being awareness of cadmium growing of a result the is Studies Case Modern WTE plants are equipped with advanced with equipped APC devices. plants men are As Modern WTE averageThe 150 kg/capita/ generation 400 between and Europe is of MSW in In the input of waste to energy (WTE) plants, the typical concentration of input cad plants, the of (WTE) typical wasteIn to the energy 2 is defined operationally. MSW usually designates all mixed wastes that defined operationally. mixed wastes is all designates usually MSW , 970°C). belongs group ele Therefore, of to the atmophilic cadmium 341 ------­ Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 accessible for efficientrecovery. from efficiencies recycling Forcadmium, products: three in results ash for recovery. For example, of bottom incinerator treatment adequate thermal recovery.cadmium Lothongkum, 2002). shows flyfor incinerator used ash that could be This and Pickles, 2000; Youcai 2000; Pimtong, Jarupisitthorn, and Stanforth, and mg/kg Pickles,1996; Cd and (Donald Caldwell, 1997; Stegemann, Shi, and Xia to kg. 500 1000 filtercontains comparison, fromrecycled is that EAFs In dust incinerator.MSW in a state-of-the-art coefficients forcadmium transfer (<0.01%). stack the via emitted Very are amounts small 3.50 Figure shows (venturi drops scrubbers) filters. or high-pressure adsorption with scrubbers wet removed are in upstream quantities Remaining particles. small capture as ESPs filters such filters ticle these to been filtersdesigned if or fabrichave face Consequently, area. 99.9% more than removed be can by of cadmium par sur offer alarge that particles on very small condensed volatile is cadmium heat the exchanger, in off-gasremoved cooling APC devices. by the During 342 Bundesministerium für Umwelt, Vienna, Austria, 1995. Umwelt, permission.) Austria, With für Vienna, Bundesministerium 56, Bd. Monographien Müllverbrennungsanlage, einer Stoffbilanz Güter- und der al., Messung et E. Schachermayer, (From plant. WTE state-of-the-art in a cadmium for coefficients Transfer FIGURE 3.50 Applying such technologies to ashes makes cadmium and other metals metals other and cadmium makes to ashes Applying technologies such and/or of ash bottom treatment Thermal improve flycan ash the potential Typicalfrom fly mg/ incinerator to ash600 Cd200 range concentrations in 2. 3. 1. A concentrate metals of atmophilic points) boiling (metals of high metals copper, iron, lithophilic other mainly and meltA metal containing purposes for construction utilized Earth’s be to the can that crust A silicate product, average an with concentration similar cadmium

100% MSW

Cadmium <0.01% Off-gas 8% Bottomas h

Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook <0.01% Wastewater <0.01% Filtercake 92% Flyash

- - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Cadmium suppl ties that impede polymer impede that recycling. ties proper hazardous plastic of waste their because management in challenge polybrominated diphenyl 3.52). called (Figure pounds ethers a pose They study PBDEs, is case of investigationobject of com this a group of chemical toward “cleanment directed strategy cycles” “safe and Thesinks.” final level. awaste on acity manage todecisions second, explain And it used is MFA to support waste used level be management on the can of substances study of 15 case twofold: is purpose The demonstrate First, results how the Introduction 3.3.2.4.1 3.3.2.4 achieve concentrations. such proven can that are processes technologies mal sphere. Note options, for aconcentration that ther both indispensable; step is anthropo the long-living where aform into safely stored goods be it within can and infrastructure stored in is that cadmium transform and collect continually to is new task The anthroposphere. the in already amounts large of the dispose to safely required are cadmium Technologies resource. to immobilize of this control and management reduced,the is facilitating anthroposphere enters the that of reduced. cadmium is quantity Thus, cadmium the ofsumption primary for con generations. the advantage that The is hazard potential of recycling storage (Baccini, 1989). to final quality close (vitrification). matrix or vitreous aceramic in residues Such maymetals come not processes, to producemal aconcentrate for recovery but to immobilize 3.51). (Figure MSW up to realistic 90% ther are to use is possibility Another Studies Case the rest may vary according to technological and economic situation. economic and technological to according may vary rest the of MSW. by WTE andMSW, in of flows Percentage of Cd wastes, of cadmium other Recycling FIGURE 3.51 F low PBDEs consist of two benzene rings linked by an oxygen by an bridge ( linked PBDEs rings of benzene two consist Today,a where entersremains it landfills, most obsolete of cadmium the s [%] 100 Case Study 15: Cycles Sinks—The and Case of PBDEs wastes Other System boundarynationaleconomy y Consumption 20 use Incineration 25 MSW Ashes 25 Recycling or safe storage Treatment of ashes 2 0–25 immobilized residues Secondary cadmiumor to landfill Residues <5 Landfill diphenyl ether diphenyl Losses ? 343 ): ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 level was chosen for analysis because of the following: of the because level for analysis was chosen levelon acity Austria) (Vienna, Brunner, 2013). and (Vyzinkarova city The diphenyl (cPentaBDE,octabrominated ether cOctaBDE) have studied been environment. to the metabolism anthropogenic the flows about and individualfrom stocks information congenersof such link MFA must waste and known. treatment be supply recycling can during and wastes, end-of-life and vehicles). fate Also, the wastes of PBDE-containing (separatetem wastes, construction plastic of materials, electronic collection sys waste reach bycollection management which congeners will hazardous present, which and still which are past and the have in accumulated been of know PBDEsstocks to which is necessary it instrumental: is landfilling) (thermal destruction, of PBDEs synthesis) (industrial to sinks sources from (2) and aboutenvironment pathways the information conservation, resource of wastegoals management, (1) namely the and health of protection human the In orderfulfil to landfills. and incinerators of in or disposed recycled available diphenylmercially pentabrominated ether. form. Hence,pure short cPentaBDE form com the often, meaning used, is of several a not congeners and in mixtures commercial as used commonly PBDEs of management (UNEP, wastes containing the 2015b). PBDEs are PBDEs al., et (Sindiku 2014) produced well as as about recommendations pollutants (POPs),persistent organic production the of some restricted has hazardous from environment the and health to protect human objective Convention Stockholm Convention, (Stockholm called 2004), the has which so- Thus, to reproductive the risks. neurological and haveand linked been bioaccumulate, they hormone thyroid gland,because levels the in affect lower-brominatedatoms. These PBDEs more as regarded hazardous are for PBDEs case the particularly averaging is one toment. five This bromine environ the and for humans proven hazard been health aserious to pose some hand, congeners of other have the the much On and else. textiles, foams, insulation devices, thermal electronic appliances, furnishings, (cars, vehicles home materials, airplanes), transportation as construction a wide array ofpresent in products and forsuch plasticdants materials widely are applied thus and retar flame as chemicals useful are they hand, atoms,of penta-, bromine as such hexa-, hepta-, or octa-PBDE. one the On related compounds).ally the to number PBDEsrespect with classified are fivein altogether possible yielding positions,209 congeners (i.e., structur Polybrominated diphenyl ether, PBDE diphenyl ether, [CPolybrominated FIGURE 3.52 344 In case study 15, case andIn pentabrominated flows of commercial and stocks PBDEs, either of products are containing these At lifetime end of the the to zero five with substituted be atoms can bromine ring benzene Each Br m 12 H (10− O x ) Br x Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook O ( x =1,2,…,10= Br m + n n ) ]. - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 successful they will be. will they successful how to seen be underway; are it remains mixtures commercial with goal this plastic wastes down to aconcentration of 1g/kg. to achieve efforts Industrial PBDE to remove is wastes containing other WEEE and PBDEs such from of recycling option. art for Thus, preferred the waste the plastics as recycling 1 g/kg. waste defines hierarchy European more the hand, than other the On cPentaBDE equipment (WEEE) containing electronic cOctaBDE and with and of waste for prohibit electrical They treatment. rule recycling mental 2003a, 2015). removal demand of afunda pollutants as regulations These on cPentaBDE regulation European cOctaBDE Council, and (European environment. the or anthroposphere intothe either flowsmaterials these of no further are there because sinks storage final safe and tion called without are aftercare, long-term storage safe incinera processes, two latter The without aftercare. destroyed (e.g., a of in by incineration) disposed or are destruction thermal removed completely cycle substances are the from hazardous the that and (clean very low substances cycles) of hazardous amounts containing quality of high are products waste that recycling from demands Such astrategy al., a“cleanet (Kral strategy 2013). cycles” “safeensuring and sink” final and (3) sinks, ate final to develop for managementrecommendations waste appropri or reach recycled either that are (2) fractions the to determine of cPentaBDE of sinks Austria, Vienna, and city stocks, cOctaBDE the and in are study thecase of objectives (1) specific The sources, pathways, to identify Objectives 3.3.2.4.2 Studies Case The motivation for these objectives stems from two key directives of the of the key two directives from motivation stems The objectives for these 2. 4. 3. 1. and substances within their regime. their within substances and ableoften to supply about flows information of andgoods stocks are municipalities processes, treatment from rates, emissions and MSW generation, rate, collection capacities treatment recycling and level on the data collected of acity, statistical of the Because as such boundaries. city the within materials some well beneficial waste as as hazardous all to manage means controls by law municipality the the Often, disposal. and recycling, stakeholders responsible for urban other waste and ity collection, municipal by the forStrategies determined waste are management apparent. becomes substances of hazardous for on its disposing dependency of hinterland acity Flows of PBDEs uncovered, are thus, the and hinterland to the at remote sitesthan (Oliaei, 2010). and wastewaterhighertreatment are plants, of landfills vicinities (Luo al., et 2009; Gevao al., et 2011) the in sediments and soils and adjacent soil the roads as sources, such to urban to emission close major ofCities hotspots are PBDE Concentrations on sites emissions. 345 - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Vehicles cPentaBDE Construction municipality of Vienna, and the boundary in time was the year 2010. was the time in boundary The the of and Vienna, municipality of the area space borderhave administrative the in was selected: the been uncertainties. large data and of missing issues was applied analysis for the account. into addressing Scenario uncertainties STANformed.taking For flows software the used modeling and stocks, was al.,et 2003; Tasaki al., et 2004). No were additional laboratory per analyses published data about flows cPentaBDEof and stocks andcOctaBDE (Morf To flow objectives,analysis substance was the applied reach to previously 3.3.2.4.3 346 and Sector and Compound of PentaBDE Various in cOctaBDE Sectors and Mixtures of Commercial Uses Former TABLE 3.41 EEE Construction Vehicles cOctaBDE Other Note: Source: For MFA of cPentaBDE cOctaBDE, and following system boundaries the and are therefore only indicative. chloride. Massflow estimatesvaryindifferent sources, especially incaseofcOctaBDE PBT, polybutylene terephthalate; PE, polyethylene; PUR, polyurethane; PVC, polyvinyl ABS, acrylonitrilebutadiene-styrene; HIPS,high-impact polystyrene; PA, polyamide; Denmark: TheDanishEnvironmental Protection Agency, 1999. Flame Retardants—SubstanceFlow AnalysisandAssessmentofAlternatives.Copenhagen, Dessau, Germany:Umweltbundesamt, 2000;Lassen,C.,andLøkke,S.,Brominated Produkte—anwendungsbezogene Betrachtung:StandderTechnik, Trend, Alternativen. umweltrelevanter FlammschutzmittelBandII:Flammhemmende Ausrüstungausgewählter Leisewitz, A., andSchwarz, W., Erarbeitung von Bewertungsgrundlagen zurSubstitution Swiss FederalOffice fortheEnvironment, 2003;flame retardants, PBDEsandTBBPA; minated flame retardants, PBDEsandTBBPA, substanceflowanalysis.Bern,Switzerland: theinventoryofPBDEs/tabid/3171/Default.aspx; Morf, L.S.etal.,Selectedpolybro­ Retrieved from http://chm.pops.int/Implementation/NIPs/Guidance/Guidancefor​ ethers (PBDEs)listedundertheStockholmConventiononPersistent Organic Pollutants. Based onUNEP. (2015a).Draftguidancefortheinventoryofpolybrominated diphenyl

Methods and Data Polymer Various HIPS PUR PUR PVC ABS PBT PA PE Dashboard andsteeringwheel cable sheets, conveyor belts, etc. WEEE categories3and4,with Textiles, printedcircuit boards, headrest, textileback-coating Upholstery ofseats,ceiling, focus onCRT computer Thermoplastic sheeting Duroplastic sheeting monitors andTVs Insulation foam Application Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook of totalcOctaBDEuseintheEU Other applicationslessthan5% Major use,estimatedupto95% 90–95% oftotalcPentaBDEuse Estimates rangefrom minorto PUR foaminvehiclesand construction accountsfor Mass Flow Estimates of totaluse Minor use Minor use Major use major use - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 emissions in Vienna, see Vyzinkarova and Brunner, 2013. and Vyzinkarova see Vienna, in emissions subsystem environmentthe cesses hydrosphere, flows,two minor major other the and only pro sedimentation, contribution of the small factors. of the Because emission tiplied by these al.,et 2003; UNEP, 2015a). study, PBDE this were In mul stocks existing the 0.054%range from for stock of cOctaBDE the to 0.39% for cPentaBDE (Morf and available literature the are in Literature values emissions for consumer hydrosphere, and deposition soil to the wastewater. municipal including wet and by dry air, subsequently where the into transferred are from they subsystem waste the not included are in they boundaries, management beyond but systems exported the Vienna are not within treated are vehicles study,case categories account. into EOL 4have 3and Because taken been POP-PBDEs (Wäger, Schluep, Müller, Gloor, and 2011; UNEP, 2015a). For this equipmentsumer photovoltaic and to panels) relevant respect being with equipment) telecommunication and category and technology 4(contion to WEEE,regard 10 categories havecategory defined,with been 3 (informa polyvinylchloride, polyethylene), and end-of-life and (EOL) vehicles. With monitors), CRT-TVs (televisions)]; wastes (polyurethane, plastic construction Table (see Vienna also in treated part 3.41):in WEEE [CRT-PCs (computer have they long abandoned. after been substances hazardous to these exposed or EEEs, materials, is consumer vehicles, the construction in contained are authorities to out-phase POP-PBDEs, PBDEs recycled the if regardless and Thus, despite it ofbecause intention prolongs the concern the lifetime. their sumption of PBDEs recycled allocation the processes, subsystem to con the main three to to today, decreasing are either With stocks exports, only imports. transfers with construction the processes retardants, flame brominated too. ofit out-phasing emissions, Because includes consumer of some of the equipment (EEE), electronic and vehicles, and materials, electrical tion and flows and stocks of POP-PBDEsuse,as construc in such are that in goods consumption process The processes. further toward toward directed ity,being probably mayfractions with different, be this significant 3.53b, flows EEE all of recycled of PBDEsinputs use the are process to In Figure flowsdirected. products are these recycling which into well known flow.smaller Somethe of PBDEs recycled are by management. waste is not It consumption model: Table in PBDEs 3.41. summarized are containing Goods andlevelsfor both of substances. flows of assessed goods and were stocks Studies Case Imports into the “environment” consist mainly of consumer emissions emissions of consumer “environment” the into mainly Imports consist and collected are that of waste materials avariety PBDEs in contained are Each of these main processes acts as a subsystem and is subdivided asubsystem is into as and acts processes main ofEach these The following three main processes have been included in the STAN have the included processes in been main following three The waste management atmosphere constructions is sufficient and correct. The flowand recycledcorrect. sufficient of is PBDEs isparticular of and soil and , waste management , which is the biggest the flow, is , which the environment or to and vehicles and have been taken into account quantitatively within account into have quantitatively taken been within . For more information about the calculations of about. For calculations more the information . Nevertheless, of overall the for picture an , and environment, and serves to quantify anthropogenic anthropogenic to quantify serves (see 3.53). Figure have no no vehicles have and , amuch . In real . In . 347 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 348 plant. treatment (“rest”); waste devices WWTP: screen 4excluding category WEEE 4; WEEE-4r: ­category WEEE (“rest”); devices WEEE-4: screen 3excluding category 3; WEEE WEEE-3r: category WEEE-3: WEEE equipment; electronic and electrical WEEE: waste PVC: chloride; polyvinyl PE: polyurethane; polyethylene; PUR: equipment; electronic and EEE: electrical televisions; CRT-PCs: CRT-TVs: monitors; computer ray tube cathode consumption. tem ­ 2010. of Vienna, city the (b) subsys ofin PBDEs(a)and andstocks of flowssystem, Model Total FIGURE 3.53 (b) (a) Consumption System WWW-recycling WEEE-4 reuse WEEE-3 reuse + ∆Stock Σ Stock boun System dary Vienna,2010 Emissions-EEE Emissions-vehicles Emissions-construction CRT PCs WEEE-4r WEEE-3r CRT TVs PUR (constr.) PVC (constr.) PE (constr.) boun dary Consumption,2010 WEEE-recycling WEEE-3 reuse WEEE-4 reuse Construction Use ofEEE Vehicles Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Environment management + ∆Stock + ∆Stock Σ Stock Σ Stock Waste Emissions-construction Rainfall Emissions-vehicles Emissions-EEE PUR (constr.) PVC (constr.) PE (constr.) CRT PCs WEEE-4r WEEE-3r CRT TVs Vehicles Purified water WEEE-export Vehicles cathode ray tube ray tube cathode ( Continued ­water ) - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 screen devices (“rest”); WWTP: wastewater treatment plant. (“rest”); treatment wastewater devices WWTP: screen 4excluding category WEEE 4; (“rest”); WEEE-4r: category WEEE devices WEEE-4: screen ing exclud 3 category WEEE WEEE-3r: category 3; WEEE WEEE-3: equipment; electronic and trical equipment; WEEE: PVC: chloride; polyvinyl wastePE: polyurethane; polyethylene; PUR: elec electronic and CRT-TVs: monitors; computer EEE:tube electrical televisions; ray tube cathode CRT-PCs: ray (d) cathode environment. and subsystem Hinterland) Vienna (including ment 2010. of Vienna, city the manage in of (c)PBDEswaste Subsystem stocks and of flowsModel (CONTINUED)FIGURE 3.53 Case Studies Case risks. A large share of PBDEs share Alarge plasticrisks. additives other and have entered waste of these care next generation to the take that so has substances hazardous cycle concepts that no recycling and for decades to centuries aftercare ing requir no landfills waste practice. management means latter care-free” The “after and conservation, environment, resource the and health human The three key Austrian goals for of protection waste goals are management key Austrian three The Emissions-construction (d) (c) PUR (constr.) PVC (constr.) Emissions-vehicles PE (constr.) CRT PCs WEEE-4r WEEE-3r CRT TVs Emissions-EEE Rainfall System boun collection of construc- Separate tion WWTP System dary Wastemanagement,2010 WEEE boun Landfilled Atmosphere dary Environment,2010 (Hinterland) System recovery Metal boun Landfill dary ViennaHinterlandfortheflowWEEE Shredder residue Deposition Incinerated to soil Residues separation and (Hinterland) treatment Plastics I ncineration incineration Sludge For Soil (Hinterland) Incineration WEEE-recycling WEEE-4 reuse WEEE-3 reuse Purified water WEEE export Rainfall 349 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 tem tem water. and to air 2010,emissions In subsys the into major two imports the for and very low for designed complete are they because mineralization for most POPs for also and PBDEssinks (Vehlow final as andMark, 1997) act plants can plants. These WTE municipal one state-of-the-art of the in tion incinera is aforementionedthe objectives path for POP fulfilling substances major subsystem the as (UNEP,management 2015b). correct the Vienna, In on waste past;to focus the therefore, in management significance it of high is 350 tribution is assumed for data with mean value for mean data μ with assumed is tribution STAN. account into software by taken the dis are Normal Data uncertainties 3.3.2.4.4 (2015a). previously factors from were emission published literature. taken The concentrations of POP-PBDEs mean The UNEP from were some goods taken in Switzerland and (construction). previouslyand Germany in published literature of “new” devices), Austria, distribution of WEEE “historical” collection in and GmbH Austria (EAK-Austria)Elektroaltgeräte Koordinierungsstelle (annual character, sewage accumulate lipophilic in and sludge.solubility wastewatermunicipal plant, treatment where PBDEs, low of aresult their as to the sewer by the collected transferred system and are They import. minor in third, PBDEs a atmospheric are deposition landfilling. contained and tion incinera divided between wastes are eration, Construction recycling. and for abroad, treatment reuse, export divided incin between and collected is analysis, see Vyzinkarova and Brunner (2013). Brunner and Vyzinkarova see analysis, 1a 1b. and scenario data the and of about For these sources more the details MFA awhole system as follows: as was evaluated. are cases The at one parameter to vary atime) on the continuing and assumptions realistic most with (starting tigated, scenarios impact for of case, and the selected each were inves cases introduced. Three been has analysis data, scenario uncertain Sörme, 2000). highly and To information overcome of missing challenge the become (Hedbrant and intervals error the symmetric less the uncertainties, propagationerror reality, In data and reconciliation. however, the higher the approximation not appropriate, often is This to use but it possibility the offers The data on the level of goods were collected from Statistik Austria (vehicles), Austria level data on the The Statistik of were from goods collected Table 3.42 summarizes the outcomes of the scenario analysis for scenarios for scenarios Table analysis outcomes the scenario of the 3.42 summarizes 2. 3. 1. waste management can vary between 4:1 between vary 1:4. and can about or landfilling path to the incineration where uncertainty the wastes, Flows construction of waste PBDE plastics in containing to source. source from literature, deviations large the with poorly vehicles, is in which in documented cOctaBDE occurrence devices. For (a), for (b). concentrations of PBDEs than higher expected are (a) CRT-PC monitors TVs, and (b) and products other excluding screen splitThe WEEE categories of in 4 between cOctaBDE 3 and contained netit Treatment Uncertainty of Vienna were WEEE and construction wastes. WEEE were of construction Vienna WEEE and Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook and standard deviation σ standard and ------. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case

TABLE 3.42 Overview of Measured cOctaBDE Concentrations in Polymers of CRT-PCs, CRT-TVs, and WEEE Categories 3 and 4 without Screens (Wäger et al., 2010); in Housing Shredder Residues from CRT- (Schlummer et al., 2007); and in CRT-PCs and -TVs Polymers (Single Housing Samples) of European Origin Imported to Nigeria (Sindiku et al., 2012) Schlummer Wäger et al. (2010) et al. (2007) Sindiku et al. (2012) Data Set Mixed- Good CRT-TVs CRT-PCs WEEE-3r WEEE-4r 3r&4r HSR (CRT) CRT-TVs CRT-PCs cOctaBDE P41a 1.03 P31a 0.51 C3a 0.4 C4a 0.15 M3a 0.19 HSR1 0.00 S1–32 0.00 S1–22 0.00 concentration P41b 0.05 P31b 0.14 C3b 0.05 C4b 0.15 M3b 1.56 HSR2 0.00 S33 6.60 in sample, P41c 0.67 P31c 0.66 C3c 0.1 M3c 0.38 HSR3 6.39 S34 59.30 g/kg P41d 0.05 P31d 10.6 HSR4 8.10 S35 64.10 P41e 3.54 P31e 0.79 HSR5 2.88 S36 290.00 P41f 0.66 HSR6 13.84 P41g 0.1 HSR7 6.35 Mean μ 0.87 2.54 0.18 0.15 0.71 5.37 11.67 0.00 Median 0.66 0.66 0.1 0.15 0.38 6.35 0.00 0.00 Standard 1.14 4.04 0.15 0.00 0.61 4.55 49.12 0.00 deviation σ Coefficient of 131% 159% 84% 0% 85% 85% 421% 0% variation 351 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 flowsfrom subsystem consumption conservation protection human objectives of healththe and the environment resource well as as example, residues of monitoring WTE emissions. and as, for manner same control, the for in quality required is emissions and products of monitoring plastic cycles, recycling thus of and clean objectives the to reach (3) needs. crucial plants are research Recycling to future ing high, point (2)theis sink. data of final to the and Uncertainty consumer the cycle of PBDEs life playsrolethe it in path because controls to the a crucial outcomes (1) were main obtained: following three The Waste management 3.3.2.4.5 352 analysis of case 1 shows that varying input concentrations of cOctaBDE 1shows of case in varying that analysis should direct POPsshould the into direct 24 for 7years, cOctaBDE. and respectively,within uncertainties high with of cPentaBDE stocks two the depleted future, be the into cOctaBDE and will −3 +/– way 5t/yr linear astatic and in continues trend for cOctaBDE. this If approximately velocities: +/– –3 same is the dStock 0.4 t/yr for cPentaBDE and 20 tfor cPentaBDE 20 and +/– at decrease 40 tfor cOctaBDE. stocks Both of cPentaBDE at +/– 80 stock, estimated consumption cOctaBDE the and in depleted. is stock 3.54 shows consumption Figure the amounts as the decline (<10 kg year per [kg/yr]) nor cOctaBDE (<20 kg/yr). continue to will They no longer and playment small role, are a significant neither forcPentaBDE environ to the ders outside emissions Consumer exported. of partly Vienna, shred car Austrian in treated part in are and Vienna not within treated are to to back 17%By recycling, of cOctaBDE waste returns management entering of 1.2 +/–uncertainty 5t/yr. Five 5% and landfilled. exported, percent is is plants, ahigh WTE cOctaBDE waste with up ends management in entering According to STAN to a supranational challenge. ing 73% modeling, of possibly, EOL (2 vehicles +/– 0.9 t/yr), leave which for export, point Vienna forreached cPentaBDE. been has sink of objective final the if of lack data,the it unknown basically is end waste up.plastics Thus, construction these where dueunidentified to foam). study,waste plastics (PUR case of insulation the At time the it was wastelargest flow cPentaBDEof (2 +/– 0.4 t/yr)in construction is contained management. of objectives The waste the fulfilling thus sink, toward afinal of cOctaBDE fraction cPentaBDE which and directed is allows determining forsink PBDEs.final is not a Thus, of alandfill period severalMFA centuries. amounts of POPsmay small release over a time duction, long very landfilling or cement WTE pro during destruction complete contrast to the in thermal for POPs. sinks also However,are Landfills plants or cement WTE kilns. art The MFAThe shows clearly key role the waste plays management to regard with Taking account into aforementioned objectives, waste the management The main flows of cOctaBDE are contained in WEEE flowsin main cOctaBDEof The are contained (1.3 +/– 3 t/yr)and, consumption Results (Figure 3.54): (Figure of amount largest OctaBDE The PentaBDE and . However, this flow is highly uncertain . However,uncertain (+/–highly flowis this 6 t/yr). Scenario final sink final to subsystem waste management thermal treatment, either state-of-the- thermal Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook . Vehicles - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ment; WEEE = waste electrical and electronic equipment. electronic and electrical = waste ment; WEEE equip electronic and electrical EEE = known. not are (landfill) management waste in (soil) and environment of the PBDEs in stocks the that “?” designates mixtures. commercial as given are substances both for digit. Numbers 1 significant to rounded resp. tonnes, year per tonnes flows of 2010, and in (a) (b)Vienna, by in STANcPentaBDEStocks as modeled and cOctaBDE FIGURE 3.54 Case Studies Case (a) (b) Σimport =0kg/yr Σimport =0kg/yr 80,000 +20,000 20,000 +40,000 Consumption Consumption System System –3000 +5000 −3000 +400 boun boun dary Vienna,2010 dary Vienna,2010 Emissions-EEE vehicles Emissions- construction Emissions- Emissions-EEE vehicles Emissions- construction Emissions- CRT TVs CRT PCs PVC (constr.) PE (constr.) CRT TVs CRT PCs PVC (constr.) PE (constr.) WEEE-4r WEEE-3r PUR (constr.) WEEE-4r WEEE-3r PUR (constr.) 300 +6000 ∆stock =−2000+1000kg/yr 0.4 +1 2 +7 0 + 0 + 0 + ∆stock =–600+200kg/yr WEEE-3 reuse WEEE-4 reuse WEEE-3 reuse WEEE-4 reuse WEEE-recycling WEEE-recycling 2000 +400 500 +1000 800 +2000 200 +30 10 +100 60 +500 400 +60 0.2 +3 2 +20 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 0 + 9 +50 2 +20 7 +50 0 + 0 + 0 +

Environment Environment management management +1000 +5000 +3000 +400 +20 +30 +2 + 0.2 +2 Waste Waste 2 +3 ? ? ? ? Σexport =2000+1000kg/yr Rainfall Rainfall

20 Σexport =600+200kg/yr Purified water Purified water WEEE-export WEEE-export 2000 +900 0.02 +0.2 600 +200 Vehicles Vehicles 0.2 +0.3 80 +300 0 + 353 - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 The data, which are further evaluated and discussed in Vyzinkarova and and Vyzinkarova in evaluated discussed and further data, are The which CRT-PCs TVs and to Nigeria al., et imported (Sindiku 2012) (see Table 3.43). der residues (Schlummer, Gruber, Mäurer, Wolz, Van and Eldik, 2007), and (Wäger, Schluep, Müller, Gloor, and 2011), WEEE shred mixed and housing, concentration was reviewed. flows References include European WEEEof about available small, cOctaBDE information still is mentioned parameters three parameters. three additive from is originates and polymer. the in uncertainty total Thus, the multipliedgoods by (2) (3) and polymer fractions concentrations substance flows. about as recycling calculated estimates flowsSubstance are (1) flow of CRT-TVsand influences changes stock in uncertainty high The Vienna. in of (Switzerland) CRT-PCs stocks regions other to determine had to used be of capita per households. old Viennese Thus, EEE data statistical from in EEE of use process of the clearly data. shows for need Part uncertainty ofbetter the the of CRT-PC monitors WEEE-3r. and (Tableresults 3.42). concentration biggest the have The impacts in variations polymers of CRT-PCs, TVs, the largely WEEE-3r affect and WEEE-4r and 354 1a and 1b 1a Scenario -4r and of Polymer (1a) in Fractions Concentrations CRT-PCs -TVs, and of (1b) and WEEE-3r Input cOctaBDE 1, Different of Case with Analysis Scenario of the Results TABLE 3.43 1b To support the hypothesis that the current knowledge afore To current about the three that the support hypothesis the of cOctaBDE cPentaBDE cases and MFABoth show uncertainties. high WEEE-4r WEEE-3r CRT-TVs CRT-PCs is caused by the fact that there is no information about stock the no information is there fact by that caused the is Treated Fraction (%) Fraction Treated Average cOctaBDE of Polymer (t/yr), (t/yr), of Polymer Average Flow Average Flow 1741, 30 325, 24 808, 42 994, 30 in the Fraction (g/kg) in the Fraction Median c=0.38 Median c=0.38 Median c=0.66 Median c=0.66 Concentration Concentration Mean c=0.15 Mean c=0.18 Mean c=0.87 Mean c=2.54 Max. c=1.56 Max. c=1.56 Max. c=3.54 Max. c=10.6 Min. c=0.15 Min. c=0.05 Min. c=0.05 Min. c=0.14 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook cOctaBDE cOctaBDE Impact on the System: System: the on Impact cOctaBDE Recycling Recycling cOctaBDE Flow Estimate (t/yr) Estimate Flow 0.29 ±6.06 0.24 ±6.04 0.32 ±6.06 0.46 ±6.10 0.39 ±6.07 0.96 ±6.23 0.29 ±6.06 0.29 ±6.06 0.23 ±6.17 0.19 ±6.36 0.28 ±6.08 0.52 ±6.24 0.20 ±6.29 0.68 ±6.63 0.29 ±6.06 0.29 ±6.06 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 usually will be high. With increasing research, analysis, and expenditure, expenditure, and analysis, research, With increasing high. be will usually data, MFA/SFAvery little an uncertainty established, be although the can even that with to realize It on these. important is toparameters, focus and crucial It the to identify allows us useful. is analysis uncertainty, scenario order goods. In to reduce corresponding the in chemicals ofcentrations these POP-PBDEs aboutset flows containing of andgoods stocks and about con data MFA an establish level. substance aminimum on the are Preconditions possible coefficients, to about and is ofstill transfer itsubstances stocks individually. substance each balance and to analyze necessary be properties, it of will different stances sub also comprises mixture the case one substance. In as mixture the treat to justified be it can characteristics, physical–chemical ether) similar with of cOctaBDE, case (in hexabromodiphenyl the from to decabromodiphenyl congeners similar contains mixture not identical. commercial long As the as but quite blends similar are that ofcommercial several substances individual STAN, investigated e.g., too. balanced, substances and The cOctaBDE, a are investigatedbe can MFAby substances and of similar mixtures defined that hand. other oftion MFA (2) and on one hand on the waste making decision management to (1) study respect conclusions allows with case drawing The applica the 3.3.2.4.6 a theof thatgoals follow and POP-PBDEsensure to sinks to final sources from today. plants fulfill wouldenableThis WTE us to that standards high same the could reach introduced, of plants recycling is PBDEsemissions recycling in POP-PBDEsselected of plants. monitoring products If and recycling through (AWG, 2002). couldto legislation flows include expanded be the of This of every 5years waste atto control hazardous treat aminimum plants that 2003; Morf, Tremp, Gloor, Huber, Stengele, 2005). Zennegg, and Switzerland, study in (Morf, too by a similar Taverna, Smutny, and Daxbeck, observed been has products. consumer into This directed cOctaBDE partly is 3.54 clearly indicates Figure Vienna, by that WEEEin in management about of lack sufficient data, the MFAthe discussion Despite this displayed techniques. recycling the havefor various coefficients be to determined reproducibleand way. asystematic in wastes must assessed be vehicles, WEEE, construction and PBDEagement EOL as wastes various such recycling, and concentrations in for waste goal-oriented particular, man In analysis. and found sampling to by amended be need more and reliable, large, pro making decision and (2013),Brunner for advanced insufficient are data sets show existing the that Studies Case clean cycles clean The case study about proves case flowsThe information and even that little with 1a. Hence, there is need for action. Austrian legislation requires federal states requires legislation Hence, for need Austrian action. is there transfer processes: about for recycling aneed information is Also, there Regarding MFA, the case study focuses on the substance level MFA, substance shows on Regarding the and study focuses case the Conclusions strategy can be reached by reached waste be management. safe final can sink strategy and 355 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 be selected with data collection in mind. mind. in data collection with selected be space in should general, system boundary the In crucial. is boundaries tem project. of the objectives the ing to draw conclusions regard necessary much is as as only reduce uncertainty MFA acost-effective way an data in to is designing collecting system and input, of resource lower the the art higher The uncertainty. the the tainty: uncer and costs between reduced. atrade-off be is can There uncertainty 356 WTE plants fulfills the objectives of thecomplete objectives destruction. plants fulfills WTE management, namely, protection human of health and environment viewtheof In waste goals of sinks. advanced final APC, safe represent which approximately modeling, the 73% of plants with cOctaBDE WTE up ends in According to alocal, challenge. rather than acontinental, pose and Vienna possibly, flows.from main the Most are vehicles EOL exported are vehicles wastes, EOL and WEEE, vehicles. For construction cOctaBDE, WEEE and, environment. or the health for human hazards possible comprising of and substances potential arecycling of having goods show it level because can the both dilemma this for resolving instrumental is MFA hand. other on the for unsuitable recycling, wastes, them in rendering enclosed are substances hazardous sometimes, fact that the on one and hand, designed with confidence. with designed SFA,be tocan flows control the measures regulations withfor compliance data. on this Thus, on rather based limited based reliably be estimated can of result polluted incomplete and cycles sinks main flows the that final to to note It hand. other interesting is on the plants,ucts, emissions WTE and prod recycling and on one hand goods consumer PBDE case containing this in sinks, and sources legislation. MFA offending are that stocks links and MFAthe of PBDEs, of hotspots it PBDE not is possible those to identify flows substances. pletely organic destroying sink compliance. ageneral level,reach On PBDE the study supports afinal case not, would if and what to means most be federal regulations, effective the waste practice management fulfills waste their want management if to know city. by the managed be responsible for can that municipalities For instance, available. is information where missing the regions data, urban national other data orfrom from from flows and have stocks sources: urban reconstructed be to information ous vari flowslink to Thus,of andmanaged. PBDE is necessary it are collected tunately, any city, hardly for In substances. case rarely the data about the for but, goods case the unfor sometimes is level. data on acity collects This or by by abody amunicipality that administered data are the if boundary 1b. 2c. 2b. 2a. To choose a system boundary on an urban level makes sense for subjects for subjects level sense urban To makes on an asystem boundary choose strategy of a municipality operating a WTE plant that is capable plant is that aWTE operating of of strategy amunicipality com In Vienna, the largest flows largest the Vienna, In of POP-PBDEs wastes: three in are contained For designing the MFA the For designing for choice system of and data the sys collection, A dilemma of modern waste management is the need for closing cycles, for need closing of the waste modern is management Adilemma Regarding waste management decision making, it is clear that without that it clear is waste making, decision management Regarding Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook City is an appropriate an is system , cOctaBDE in ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 because of the legacies of past. of the because the more inputs of POP-PBDEs regulations—no ful stock alarge has but still to success for has—due key that process aregion the waste is management because required is particularly information Dependable sufficient and not possible. be plants waste will treatment wastes to different containing mation that, for of example, PBDE allocation effective plants disclose, WTE plants. Without of infor set ment recycling same plants, the particularly of POP-PBDEsand coefficients,emissions abouttreat transfer in existing plasticabout compositions, data waste measured recycling constituents, nated diphenyl to established. It be needs information must ethers contain of flows balance of polybromiand stocks mass and datagoal-oriented set required. is processes recycling waste about management, in more the information making decision and ing monitors fortube computers For television sets. and adequate understand WEEE categories European cathode 4, ray 3and concentrations in including of lack cOctaBDE reliable the major values is cause the regarding analysis, of cOctaBDE; however, According to uncertainty high. are uncertainties amounts plastics, made significant WEEE, from Secondary may contain thus about its preparation fate information recovery. little and during tion, with cOctaBDE waste back management, to entering consump 17% directed is PROBLEMS—SECTION 3.3 MFA cycle to support aclean plant. example WTE The of astate-of-the-art PBDEsin shows power well the of properly wastes and treated,must for construction separated be from example, may which account for PEand cOctaBDE roof sheeting, flowsintolandfills, POP-PBDEs,ing PVC insulation, PUR foam duroplastic sheeting, especially made of contain plasticlegislation. materials Therefore, and EOL construction landfills aftercare-free goals management of PBDEs amounts minor releasing waste of over view the In periods. long time representThey a long-term stock landfills. waste in construction landfilled are Case Studies Case 2e. orderIn to protect workers, environment, anew, the and health, human 2d. Problem 3.8: The main flows of cPentaBDE are contained in construction materials and and flowsmaterials main cPentaBDEof The in construction are contained Aconsiderable of POP-PBDEs fraction recycled. waste For is containing cess for Using chlorides. cess Table 3.29, evaluate whether nonpackaging capacity exceed the pro of they the because cement kilns in a fuel as content, wastes unsuitable these have chlorine rendering ahigh about (containing 10% longer-lasting plastic materials from PVC) not altered significantly. are not emissions does and change; Wastes of cement reduced; production are quality costs the cement kilns: erators. in incinerated plastics have Packaging successfully been incin municipal and blast furnaces, for fuel cement kilns, potential wastes havethemPlastic a calorific value, ahigh makes which strategy in waste management. safe final in sink strategy and , this practice not does yet comply, this with - - 357 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 358 Problem 3.13: 3.12: Problem Problem 3.11: Problem 3.10: Problem 3.9: of metals concentrate.of Cu (ca. metals The fraction content 50%) of this be can approximately fraction small the 60% Cu of separated be in the can of ash, bottom processing Investigations show by that mechanical residues off-gas, as such scrap, iron etc.<1% is neglected. be can and 10% and ash eration bottom via The fly ash. via Cu other viaflow water. of scrubber treatment the About 90% Cu of the leaves incin of flyash,scrap, iron 3 kg of andsludge 3 kg of neutralization from 0.1%] following solid residues: the yields 250 kg of ash, 25 kg bottom of 1 ton of incineration MSW [copper that Assume (Cu) content, ca. 15% with of heavy metals. consumption national of the kilns into flow cement of annual heavy metals the decidemight to limit association why reasons acement the manufacturer Summarize loadings. environmental dangerous 3.3.2.1, 3.45. Figure potentially and Consider potentials resource forSection given combustiblein balance wasteas flows in Austria mass the total with flowchart the together Discuss Austria. wastes in 3.55 of management forFigure combustible Cd the gives balance the literature.Comparethe Cd values with in you for cereals find (cereals) composition the output from of the (different fractions). ash 3.3.1.2, Section in described composition the input of calculate the paper. the given in information approach Using on the the based als (1997). Riedl and Widmann, Cd cere concentration the Calculate in Obernberger, in Biedermann, of described combustion biomass is The your result. calculate and MSW generationout national rate the (e.g., EPA contact the website) find Third, system.your within and flows the through determine and country selected of the paper pulp of and the report industry annual for the boundaries). search out Internet an Second, carry appropriate the systemdetermine (processes, flows, system paper the of content your MSW of choice. a country Assess in First, World or the library the for in data Wide about blast Web. furnaces incineration, handbook forMSW this Tablein ficients 3.38,and look aspects. Discuss sinks final (pretreatment,or adaptation technological etc.) or of furnace, feed doand not consider (additional economic investments, savings) fuel considerationsTake resource only, and account into environmental or for MSW incinerators. suited for blast better furnaces plastics are for heavy metals. Use the transfer coef transfer Use for the heavy metals. Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the production of chemical substances,MFA productionthe of introduced chemical just recently been has for decades state many in art of been the has this While processes. chemical control of quality and of design, optimization, reaction for reasons methods products by-products and resulting by have stoichiometric balanced been Educts and engineering. MFA chemical in tradition along-standing has 3.4 -handbook.info. (1995), Austria in t/year. wastes of combustible management by the induced of cadmium Flows FIGURE 3.55 Case Studies Case Σimport =36 The solutions problemsThe website given to the on the are http://www.MFA​ nutil Applications Industrial 2.8 4.0 1.7 1.5 decision maker,decision would you support atechnology, such why? and incineration, processing, mechanical chain mill and metal cess efficiency concentrating (SCE) substance the the forpro Calculate processing MSW and mechanical process bottom of combined ash (a) mill. the recovery recovered ametal for efficiency the is in What 26 System Mechanical treatmen biol boundaryManage ogical combustion standard t Low- - 0.54 Reactor-t landfill and monofill 1.7 me yp nt of Stock =?+31.5 0.32 e co mb usti standard High- WTE bl Undergroun e wastes inAustri disposal 3.7 facility Feed recy d clin stoc g a k Σexport =4. . (c) a As 0.01 0.67 0.71 0.29 2.8 ? (b) 5 - 359 EconomyHydrosphere Atmosphere Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ronmental loadings. The allocation of revenue to the individual farming of revenue allocation loadings. The farming individual toronmental the envi to decrease time at same and farmers, rice the nomic situation of small in orderimprove toeconomic to parameters ecothe flowsfarms Thai on substance and of material straw. rice author burning on open links This revenuesto allocate cost various units. to the a in is such modelhow of revenue. cost consist and resources difficulty The her study, In stock. one model building residential of the flowsfinancial of into flows resources authorenergy, materials, of linked financial This and ductivity. attempted approach before by been Kytzia has (1989). Asimilar more and pro idle less time with production of the lines optimization economic an working with hours, enabling thus associated are materials flows to the parallel depicted Also, is ues in of goods. of flows and stocks MFA flow between The analysis. economic of and val link study the is case (Müller, presented is for 2013). airplanes panels this of feature specific The challenge. areal becomes complex ablast as such furnace processing not available, in are of substances methods analysis balancing and sampling of production MFA on the level:limitation decisions adequate supporting if in example shows procedures. power This well the analysis and and sampling current question into product, metal the calling in distributed unequally be addition, concentrations. Pb In proves different Pb in result to methods sis produced. analy metal content of the the Different of analysis in Pb the is MFA an for ablast performing of lead furnace major challenge through the case, their In difficult. subsequent representative analysis and ing sampling heterogeneous, often mak is composition materials The ofmaterials. these input output and different concentrations in present at small sometimes are However, heavy metals because particularly face they challenges, various order to in to products follow source path emissions. cess from and their pro a blast furnace in heavyauthors metals different attempt to balance conductedbeen by Trinkel, Kienberger, Rechberger, (2015). Fellner and These reduced. are costs smoothened, and are port reduced, operations is supply material of number transport trans the and plant, manufacturing of the reorganization of aresult As the arrangement. working stands the to optimize and program transport internal to create an a systematicplant way. in Particularly, point out they how MFA used be can a through production flowsproduced materials of and bystocks analyzing advantage comprehensive is the that main in the picture see They industries. composite elements for automotive,manufactures agricultural and electric, company that industrial an tool in for costs reducing optimization and sis al., (Krolczyk et 2015). chains process MFA use al. Krolczyk et an analy as and processes whentage of optimizing applying MFA recognized been has advan the manufacturing, in Particularly engineering. motive or airplane fields, and other productionas in metal auto such processes to industrial 360 The same problem same MFA by encountered The the is work (2015) of Eisingerich interior following chapter, the In MFA an manufacturing industry of an exampleAnother of application has of MFA industry processing the in Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------­ - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 tion steps with the highest potential for improvement. potential highest the steps with showtion They flowsand produc of the ofrepresentation production systems, allow discerning and of MFA feasibility the test for identification, and analysis, quantification, (Müller, 2013). uncertainties duction including time, models should These flows and relevant account into stocks and materials, all costs,of take pro (secondary objective).use to produce is goal The one or several models that resource objective) production wastes, (primary and costs optimize and mize comprehensible and way order atransparent in in to mini systems turing StudyCase 16 at developing aims for mapping amethod complex manufac 3.4.1.1 processes. powerthe of MFA manufacturing to support optimize and cence. conclusions well serve to Nevertheless, and demonstrate results the forreti of changed flows,numbers are economicand parameters stocks, All undisclosed. are processes of and goods company names the well as as company. entire oftion the of confidentiality, Forthe reasons name of the frac on asmall only of production segment focuses and aparticular ers composites. and MFA The laminates, materials, producer cov of insulating methodological development beyond MFA traditional STAN. and new of MFA required study also case parameters, economic the with linking (Müller, was performed industry 2013).aircraft novelty of the Because of the system advanced for an product of the manufacturing on astate-of-the-art study questions, To acase results. on the universal these answer uncertainty methodology to apply, of how effects data, the to get the how and to assess which are Key questions optimization. economic protection, and ronmental envi conservation, for resource have potential that highest processes the benefits. economic optimizing and use resource applied company on the level for minimizing of produced. good study demonstrates present case how The MFA be can wastes, cost unit emissions, per and consumption, resource to minimize ety development.tainable soci and companies Hence, of interest both the it in is of objective acompany; economic of an only sus one goals of the it also is To withoutdegradationand efficientlyis not environmental resources use 3.4.1 by optimization. process increased be cannot and cesses revenue,not to increase revenue because independent is of production pro cost of production, and to minimize is of optimization goal process the that revenue the (Müller, neglecting and 2013). approach is rationale for The this 16 on production only costs byby Müller avoidsfocusing difficulties these could not accomplished be processes flowsStudy Case forand all processes. Studies Case The company involved in this case study is an internationally leading leading internationally company study an The is case involved this in production those to identify is entrepreneur for an challenge main The Case Study 16: Study Case MFA aTool as to Optimize Manufacturing Objectives 361 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 too. aplausibility check, as serves parison company. the in (EPR) com installed This system is planning that resource enterprise of models the have those compared with been three of the results input the values. in The impact of the uncertainties well as as optimization enable and identification process for the potential of manufacturing of the models facilitate comprehensive detailed understanding three period. These model following of allows asemiproduct the over time third The adefined of input flowsinvestigated.is of model, uncertainties second effect the the In of output one unit whole described. is production system for manufacturing Basically, (MFA) three created (Müller, models are 2013). model, first the the In Procedures 3.4.1.2 difficulties. methodological without investigation pollution could added be were substances to addressed, be for hazardous study.of this However, or protection environmental health as such issues if cost, time. and efficiency, of resource terms in point for optimization starting the represents step. original new and important an represents time and costs as such eters MFA ofor STAN waste. param economic and possibility Also, the linking product to produceated working a particular costs,required the hours and of educts,stocks of associ process, products, each the emissions wastes and 362 The entire manufacturing system is modeled in STAN modeled system is in steps: following these manufacturing entire The study: case the in addressed are questions following research The option of STANThe to level include objective not the is an of substances and process manufacturing entire of the understanding the facilitates This 2. 2. 4. 4. 3. 3. 5. 1. 1.

this, all input goods are put of relation input output to are one unit goods in all product.this, STAN the into model. information working hours, For input and of this ofCollection production data economic about and flows, and stocks, Implementation STAN. of 2in steps 1and cost flowsand associated and stocks, hours. and working flows system material processes, into manufacturing the Structuring and periods,costs. units, balancing of systemboundaries, Definition physicallyproduction processes economically? and How STAN can mappingof improved be purpose specific for the of production systems? for optimization byHow entrepreneurs STAN used be can diagrams account into assessment? for taken risk be How uncertainties can advantage STAN main of combination? the using is What for this by STAN? processes facturing itIs possible to jointly depict flowsand money material manu of of Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Process cost Expenditure oftime Semifinished product1 Feedstock 1 Semifinished product1 Feedstock 1 F F diagram. The numerical values for expenditure of time are given in Figures 3.58 and 3.62. 3.58 and Figures in given are of time expenditure for values numerical The diagram. STAN a virtual in as expressed is 1. process production through of flowmaterials of Example FIGURE 3.56 can be treated the same way as mass flows. This offers the advantage way flows. same offers that the mass a This treated as be can 3.58.3.56 principle, through show They in that money working and hours STAN same the Figures with of process model in presented hours asingle are Studies Case educts such as feedstock and semifinished products. Labor cost is included in the process cost. the process in included is cost Labor products. semifinished and feedstock as such educts for except production from emerging costs flow, all include amaterial and with associated not are costs Process product. of the cost the equals costs plus process educts of individual costs the of sum The 1. process production with associated flows of money STAN representation FIGURE 3.57 low low Simple examples for balancing mass flows,Simple mass examples formoney balancing flows, and working 6. 8. 5. 7. s [K s [Mg/w Applying the results for optimizing the manufacturing process. manufacturing the forApplying optimizing results the company.implemented this in system control ERP system, the as or such quality planning another of STAN for results plausibility the by comparing with Checking errors. MFAthe correcting and periods system for all Validation STAN of the model money on the flow level by balancing errors. MFAthe correcting and periods system for all Validation STAN of the flow model mass on the level by balancing Eu ro/w Σimport =0.808 Σimport =7.042 ] ] 0.500 0.308 0.000 1.500 4.000 1.542 material flow and thus is represented as 0 in the mass flow mass the in as 0 represented is thus and flow material Change instock=0.000 Change instock=0.000 Production Production process 1 process 1 System System Expenditure of time of Expenditure Evaporated solvent Semifinished product2 Semifinished product2 boun boun dar dar Σexport =0.808 Σexport =7.042 y y 0.493 0.315 7.042 ( working hours 363 ) Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 F Semifinished product1 Expenditure oftime numbers are chosen for this case study: case for this chosen are numbers of outside operating and sets following two The enterprise. of the within units of different performance for comparing instrumental are and tem sys manufacturing on the of measures effect of the assessment allow They subsystems. underlying of the understanding facilitates preventsmended to ablack-box split subsystems. into This them and effect by-productsand complex, are considered well. processes as are If it recom is account. into Wastes, taken are unit emissions, of this manufacturing the to contributing enterprise the within flows and performed are that of goods for flows. simultaneously mapping energy a money flow system. However,as of now, used be levelenergy the cannot viewed be aphysical either as can system of material flowsandas or stocks, 3.56 3.57). system STAN and depicted in By asimple amanufacturing click, levels two the (cf. complete given that between is and consistency Figures STAN two the possible between to money switch levels and flows of mass joule (J). it advantage that easily procedure is unit The is energy the of this was “abused” for money exchanged and flows, theeuro with (€) replacing toaccording MFA Müller (2013). see standards; for more information, balanced and analyzed are of materials Flows stocks balanced. and and study, case this 10 of 1-month periods duration have each investigated been situation. economic production In dependent system, is external which of the of the rhythm to according the change time in boundaries The transport. duction product, of the machinery, equipment, including space for stock, and mented by default STAN, in money was replaced unit by the values, and required working time. In this case study, case energy this In unit working the time. values, required and of monetary mass, aspects STANsingle three of all model allows combining 364 output yields the total working hours to produce a unit of output. aunit produce to hours working total the yields output process the producing for expenditure time plus the educts the produce to used hours working of the sum The process. aproduction with associated hours of working STAN representation FIGURE 3.58 low In orderIn to evaluate results, operating the numbers (key figures) are defined. of aproduct. study one processes unit is case All of this unit functional The order STAN,In to include in costs level energy bysoftware the offered the System boundaries in space comprise the area that is required for the pro for the required is that space area System the in comprise boundaries s [ h/w ] Σimport =82 50 32 Change instock=0 Production process 1 Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook System Semifinished product2 boun dar Σexport =82 y . 82 , imple , - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 flow in scenario 1 yields only 3.7% uncertainty on the final productfinal the on flow.yields only 1 3.7%uncertainty flowscenario in mass import of conditions. Ten the percent uncertainty manufacturing and Table in variations market The to according actual 3.44facturing. chosen are market product. market have they final because least impact on the the materials ofcosts auxiliary of 241difference €/P cost]. operating the is the It to decrease recommended is (235 import material €/P)total product cost of exported (476 minus €/P); the study, case nearlythis [cf. are costs equal both 3.60: Figure of cost forsum In optimization. priorities in to set us costs, allowing versus thus material ratio the yields of costs process numbers operating of the calculation The these flows. handling flows,the these processes of the losses of respective for improvement economic focus the put be detected, and be easily can on product.flows forunit semifinished of oneproducing to produce of product, one required unit 3.62 Figure time and ing mass the product, 3.60 Figure money product, flowsfinal unit of per 3.61Figure work 3.62.through flows 3.59 Figure mass depictsto all final produce unit of one 3.59 productionfor of the Figures of product one in unit presented are solvents,materials, flows and and processes educts, of The wastes auxiliary Results 3.4.1.3 application, practical and Müller (2013). see For results. on the more information of uncertainties effect the to analyze flowsmass as as money inwell orderflows. calculated are scenarios Various implemented STAN are in input flows for all the forlevel on uncertainty of values reason, For processes. this tolerances for manufacturing individual substitutes, sound of or to cheaper or define moreselection environmentally allows us, for example, to support This the priorities for to set purchasing, to produce costs oftotal product. aunit (5) for costs waste management: ratio of for costs waste versus management costs; versus costs total and material costs: ratiomaterial of solid auxiliary (3) solvent costs: ratio of solvent costs; versus costs total (4) solid auxiliary of product;a unit (2) costs: ratio costs; processing versus of costs total process (1) costs: ratio material of to of produce costs costs raw versus total materials produced of product. unit per of solvent of product; unit per (4) used and waste generation: ratio of waste of input product; unit per material (3)solid auxiliary solvent ratio utilization: of product;ratiounit of (2)material utilization: solidof efficiency auxiliary company:of the (1)input efficiency: ratiomaterial per material of total total concern environmental main the are issues three these wastes because and Studies Case The scenario analysis allows checking of the effect of variations in manu in of variations effect of the allows checking analysis scenario The 3.59 of basis Figures flows 3.60, and the material On can cost driving the assessed. be can production risks account into uncertainties, By taking are following five numbers, the operating defined: economic As key figures efficiency, on resource focus numbers Ecological operating solvent use, 365 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 366 Σimport = 55 ∆stock = 25.1 Σexport = 29.9

Aux. material 5 4 Aux. material 4 3 Aux. material 3 1 Aux. material 2 2 Feedstock 1 8 Evaporated solvent a Feedstock 2 ermal 4 6 post- Solvent 1 Subsystem combustion 2 production- 6.1 Solvent 2a process +12.1 4 Evaporated solvent b Semi-finished semi-finished Solvent 3a product 2.1 product 11 4 Subsystem 5 Feedstock 3 production- 2 process Feedstock 4 semi-finished 4 product 2 Semi-finished product 1.1 Product Feedstock 5 17 Production- Production- Production- 0.5 Feedstock 6 process process process 29.9 1 semi-finished 39.9 semi-finished 39.9 semi-finished Feedstock 7 Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 0.4 12.9 product 12 product 13 product 14 Feedstock 8 0.3 Subsystem Feedstock 9 Semi-finished 0.3 production- Feedstock 10 process product 5 0.5 Solvent 3b semi-finished Semi-finished 0.5 product 2.2 Solvent 2b product 1 1.5 5 Waste auxiliary material Feedstock 11 1 10 Feedstock 12 7 Subsystem 1 Semi-finished production- Waste semi- Feedstock 13 product 1 process finished product 5 Waste 5 semi-finished Aux. material 1 3 management 3 product 5 Solvent 2c 2 +13 Flows [kg/P] Stocks [kg] System boundary

FIGURE 3.59 STAN mass flow diagram of the entire production from feedstock to product, including all imports, exports, semifinished products and products, and wastes. Exports such as off-gas from thermal post combustion and residues from waste treatment are not considered. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case Σimport = 450 ∆stock = −26 Σexport = 476 12 12 98 12 16 Semi-finished Processing cost SFP 2 acb Processing cost SFP 11 Processing Processing product 12 cost SFP 13 cost SFP 14 10 Aux. material 5 16 Aux. material 4 21 Aux. material 3 6 Aux. material 2 8 Feedstock 1 48 Evaporated solvent a Feedstock 2 ermal 20 7 post- Solvent 1 Subsystem 6 production- combustion Solvent 2a 7 28 process Evaporated solvent b +14 Semi-finished semi-finished Solvent 3a product 2.1 product 11 8 Subsystem 25 Feedstock 3 production- 6 process Feedstock 4 24 semi-finished product 2 Semi-finished product 1.1 Product Feedstock 5 163 Production- Production- Production- 1 Feedstock 6 process 438 process 450 process 476 3 semi-finished Feedstock 7 semi-finished semi-finished 3.2 214 product 12 product 13 product 14 Feedstock 8 3 Subsystem Feedstock 9 production- Semi-finished 1.2 Feedstock 10 process product 5 1 Solvent 3b semi-finished Semi-finished 3 product 2.2 Solvent 2b product 1 10.5 25 Waste auxiliary material Feedstock 11 5 10 Feedstock 12 79.9 Subsystem 4 production- Semi-finished Waste semi- Feedstock 13 product 1 process 40 semi-finished finished product 5 Waste Aux. material 1 2 management 6 product 5 Solvent 2c 14 +12 abc Processing Flows [€/P] cost SFP 1 ab cdProcessing cost SFP 5 15 20 10 10 815 7 Stocks [€] System boundary

FIGURE 3.60 367 STAN money flow diagram of the entire production, including all material and operational costs, per unit of product. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 368 Σimport = 2049 ∆stock = +9.3 Σexport = 2039

Exp. of Time SF 3 106 Exp. of Time SF 8 116

FS 13 463 Evaporated solvent a ermal Solv. 2 11 post- 172 Subsystem combustion production- 40 –40 process Evaporated solvent b Solv. 3a 24 SFP 2.2 semi-finished FS 3 Subsystem SFP 2.1 product 3 18 production- Stock SF 2 289 FS 4 process 150 72 semi-finished Exp. of 167 SFP 3.1 36 product 2 Stock SF 3 Time SF 2 1156 SFP 3.2 SFP 5.1 92 1079 SFP 5.2 FS 5 9.3 FS 6 Semi-finished Stock SF 5 28 2308 2039

product 5 Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook FS 7 30 SFP 4.1 FS 8 1132 19 28 Subsystem 1051 Stock SF 4 FS 9 11 production- SFP 4.2 FS 10 process 202 9.3 semi-finished Solv. 3b 28 Solv. 2b product 1 SFP 1.1 SFP 1.2 98 Stock SF 1 FS 11 746 800 Subsystem 47 production- FS 12 61 process Waste auxiliary material 11 47 semi-finished Waste Aux. mat. 1 product 4 management 60 –22

Flows [K€/mo] System boundary Stocks [€]

FIGURE 3.61 STAN cost-per-time-flow diagram (K€/month) to produce one unit of semifinished product during a period of 1 month. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case Σimport = 208 ∆stock = +85 Σexport = 123

Exp. of Time SF 3 0 Exp. of Time SF 8 0 FS 13 58 Evaporated solvent a ermal Solv. 2 Subsystem 48 post- 25 production- combustion process 21 37 Solv. 3a semi-finished Evaporated solvent b 12 SFP 2.2 FS 3 Subsystem SFP 2.1 product 3 6 production- Stock SF 2 58 FS 4 process 30 12 semi-finished Exp. of product 2 33 SFP 3.1 0 Stock SF 3 Time SF 2 93 SFP 3.2 SFP 5.1 7.4 86 SFP 5.2 FS 5 4.7 FS 6 Semi-finished Stock SF 5 9.3 product 5 139123 FS 7 3.7 SFP 4.1 FS 8 85 1.1 2.8 Subsystem 79 Stock SF 4 FS 9 2.8 production- SFP 4.2 FS 10 4.7 process 15 Solv. 3b 4.7 semi-finished SFP 1.1 Solv. 2b product 1 SFP 1.2 14 Stock SF 1 FS 11 65 65 Subsystem 9.3 production- FS 12 5.4 9.3 process Waste auxiliary material 32 Waste Aux. mat. 1 semi-finished management 30 product 4 16

Flows [Mg/mo] System boundary Stocks [Mg]

FIGURE 3.62 369 STAN mass-per-time-flow diagram for product manufacturing during a time period of 1 month. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 4 3 2 1 ufacturing process is not is ajust-in-time operation process yet but showsufacturing fluctuations. andovertime, changes showsman the that their and flows andmass stocks overview whole aboutof the operation. useful 3.64 Figure ahighly presents planning for careful production instrumental for is their required time and about 3.64) process, available information (Figure stocks manufacturing the the company to supplymade within especially are products semifinished productsomethe calculated. or a ofSince be productcan a semifinished to produce required time total workingof the hand, places. the other the On workloads individual the product allows, 5. on one identifying hand, This for semifinished summarized system are manufacturing of the periods the STAN figure, 3.63. Figure results of in this In balancing 10 consecutive production. of the priorities for stabilization economic for setting displayed Table relevant.less in scenarios To the 3.44 summarize, well serve supplier. asingle moment, from purchased Variations are costs operating in are, raw that at the materials crucial two cost ofdeveloped the the to stabilize risk, strategies be must number.Thus,nificant reduceto entrepreneurial the process, 6.4% plus or minus productis a sig manufacturing final cost of the revenue productfinal 3. thescenario forthe final For of on the whole effect shows largest analysis the by 20%. to scenario differ The assumed are costs product results final the on the (scenario 3).process 4, scenario effect est In raw fluctuates price most two forby 45%, important materials the thelarg volatility, market future ing e.g., the If markets. or energy resource the in anticipat enables strategy aproactive business This calculated. be cost can total on the to much effects be larger, assumed be corresponding the and can markets, of uncertainties unstable importance the orderuct. In to assess of 1.8% prod final cost for of uncertainty the the arather small in results the output on side.performance allowthatbetter a defined be can materials production,import for new specifications high-quality orderIn to maintain of Production Optimization for Economic Analysis Scenarios on Based Assessment Uncertainty TABLE 3.44 370 Scenario The time required for the production of semifinished products is displayed is products production for the of semifinished required time The (scenario price 2) for imports purchasing the in Ten percent uncertainty Variation inproduction: 20%uncertaintyinprocessing Dependence from suppliers:45%uncertaintyincostfor 10% uncertaintyinthepurchase priceofallinputflows 10% uncertaintyinallinputmassflows cost raw materials Scenario Specification Scenario Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Goods, % Goods, Uncertainty of Final Final of Uncertainty Level of of Level 3.7 0 0 0 Product Level of of Level Cost, % Cost, 1.9 6.4 1.8 1 - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 periods. over product 10 balancing asemifinished produce to money and of mass stocks and Flows FIGURE 3.63 three levels mass flows, money flows, and time are summarized in flows, levels mass Tablethree summarized money are time flows,3.47. and application on the conclusions regarding The of MFA manufacturing in Conclusions 3.4.1.4 well suited toare effectively support production cost reduction processes. in for cost saving. example potential largest The shows numbers operating that theyhave and because the 3 products 2 for conditions semifinished chasing pur to well negotiate1, advised is better department 4, 5. and purchasing The products production on the of should costs semifinished focus manufacturing production awhole. as whenpriority optimizing first is thusof and highest operating numbers theyields product 4 finished of generated. wastes is 0.5 kg Table 3.45 shows production the that of semi product the output. than Per larger inputs are 1kg of product,auxiliary product output. useful (solvents) Also, liquid solid and than higher 2.8 times input about is material process. Overall improvement manufacturing of the study.case show numbers operating ecological considerable The for promise labor force employment. to optimize used be can Also, they wastes small. the andlow the in stocks floworder for and stock issues to keep personnel the awareness among to raise 3.64 means Figure STAN as serve and diagrams Studies Case

Economic operating numbers in Table in numbers Economic operating 3.46 to show minimize efforts that this in Tables determined numbers operating the 3.45 3.46 and summarize Material flows and stocks in [Mg/period] 100 120 140 160 20 40 60 80 Period 0

1 Period

2 Material supply Period

3 Period

4 Period

5

Material withdr Period

6 Period

7 aw Period al

8 Period St

oc 9

k Period 10 0 500 1.000 1.500 2.000 2.500 371

- - Material flows and stocks in [KEuro/period] Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 372 Σimport = 937 ∆stock = −260 Σexport = 1197

Exp. of Time SF 5 80 Exp. of Time SF 8 52 Exp. of Time SF 3 28 ermal Subsystem post- production- combustion process 0 SFP 2.2 semi-finished Exp. of Subsystem product 3 Time SF 2 SFP 2.1 production- Stock SF 2 925 480 process 480 semi-finished SFP 3.1 product 2 534 Stock SF 3 1005 SFP 3.2 SFP 5.1 80 938 SFP 5.2 Stock SF 5 Semi-finished 1354 1197 Exp. of SFP 4.2 product 5 Time SF 1 10 115 SFP 4.1 336 Stock SF 4 Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Exp. of Subsystem 313 Time SF 7 production- 84 process 60 Exp. of semi-finished Time SF 6 product 1 SFP1.1 SFP 1.2 19 Stock SF 1 217 233 Subsystem production- 18 process semi-finished Waste Exp. of product 4 management Time SF 4 80 0

Flows [h/mo] System boundary Stocks [h]

FIGURE 3.64 STAN diagram presenting the time required to produce semifinished product 5. The change in stock of minus 260 h signifies that during this period, more time was consumed for the production of the feed and semifinished products than was supplied and accomplished during that period. This can be due to a decrease in stock when material has been produced in a former period. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Note: Waste disposalcost Waste generationperproduct Auxiliary materialcost Solvent utilizationperproduct Processing cost Solid auxiliarymaterialperproduct Semifinished Uncertainty Entire Note: Case Studies Case Total materialinputperproduct Ecological Number Operating Product (FP) Products (SFPs)the Final and Semifinished of the Numbers Operating Ecological TABLE 3.45 Model Flows),(Mass (Money Cost Flows), Time and of Goods Levels Three the on of Outcome Application MFA and Manufacturing in TABLE 3.47 Material cost Number Operating Economic Product (FP) Products (SFPs)the Final and Semifinished of the Numbers Operating Economic TABLE 3.46 a product production No wastegenerated. Solid auxiliarymaterialcost Solvent cost are givenin%. The numbersstandfor, e.g.,materialcostpertotalcoststoproduce aunitofproduct, and The numbersstandformaterialflowsperunitofproduct andare givenin%. Goods Goods Goods Level Time Cost Cost Cost Depicts capitalrequired foreachworkingplace Depicts actualmoneyflowsthrough the manufacturing system Shows thedemandformaterialstock foreachmanufacturingstep Delivers actualmaterialflowsthrough theproduction system Exposes theeffect offluctuationsprocess costonofendproduct Exposes theeffect offluctuationscostmaterialandlaboron Reveals theeffect ofinaccuraciesmanufacturingonthefinal Points outprocesses andmaterialflowsofhighcosts Supports thedesignofoptimalmaterialflows Facilitates understandingofproduction system Demonstrates minimum processing timeofasemifinished product Demonstrates workloadofeachworking place and process cost ofendproduct products SFP 1 SFP SFP1 140 17 17 40 56 40 27 0 0 0 a SFP 2 SFP SFP 2 SFP 167 16 16 67 24 67 60 0 0 0 a Outcome SFP 3 SFP SFP 3 SFP 150 18 18 50 24 50 55 0 3 0 a SFP 4 SFP SFP 4 SFP 100 200 13 19 40 57 20 0 4 6 a SFP 5 SFP SFP 5 SFP 125 15 18 43 25 36 0 4 3 0 a 125 276 FP FP 12 15 28 60 34 33 50 373 5 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 3.4.1.1, “Objectives”) follows: as are oftion production STAN systems, that and well suited for is support. decision representa and for analysis method The outcomes of this show feasibility the 374 The answers for the five questions addressed in the beginning (cf.Section thebeginning in five for the answers addressed The questions 2. 4. 3. 5. 1.

labor. should to present by results (b) amended be possibilities The present version additional two levels with for money, and time and the amending means This levels four rate software. the into these developmentFor further of STAN, to it incorpo recommended is flows, energy flows, time money of flows. flows,expenditure and appropriate about mass requires information a production line physicallyproduction processes economically? (a) and Managing How STAN can mappingof improved be purpose specific for the improved be idle can time. production bythe decreasing line for improvement.ties (c) working-hour The shows diagram where of priori setting the allow and point out losses economic potential productfinal use versus ofandproductresource waste versus final systems. (b) ratios The of manufacturing for and optimization ting, investments, for of strategic set future priority planning support in way.straightforward very well suited graphs for are The decision a of cost in production of of high causes allows detection cost and nomic levels included, STAN overview are the an yields diagram oftion production systems? (a) flowecoand mass both Because for optimiza byHow entrepreneurs STAN used be can diagrams account. into taken be can distribution present, standard data only with easily,changed STAN too. analysis, However, well for serves scenario at be of data can values Since uncertainties and uncertainties. on these based be can decisions entrepreneurial and assessed, be can tainties 2.4). of input data,Section output uncer uncertainty on the Thus, based (cf. Chapter well 2, data suited to uncertainty is include calculate and account into assessment? for STAN taken risk be How uncertainties can production fast comprehension facilitates system. entire of the This guaranteed. are reproducibility and easy. and quick transparency Full floweconomicand the fromlevelmass level. oneother to is Switching STAN delivers of view a production both atotal system including advantage STAN main of combination? the using is What for this provide possibilities. both for a need a next version is costs. There and ofenergy STAN will that drawback at that moment, is the it not is possible to work both with consideration allows easy (in exchange €). of money flows. This The account. However, it possible is to substitute energy into parameters economic to take allows us that afeature with by STAN? processes Formally,facturing STAN not is yet equipped itIs possible to jointly depict flowsand money material manu of of Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook (in J) for costs ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Case Studies Case ment, to conserve resources, and to minimize wastes in one combined one combined wastes in ment, to minimize and resources, to conserve environ to protect the is management materials of objective regional The 3.5 of aproduction issues health line. and to address environmental advanced further be to include level can the method of substances, too, this supportdecision for efficient the Dueproduction option systems.of to STAN step in STAN important in an represents time cost and as such parameters addition The of economic manufacturing. tool optimizing for and improving implemented by STAN, quickly excellent an as models thus, serve the and production be or in addition, system. input can In goods changes ufacturing man entire of the understanding the display greatly increases results of the considerable. models are three the However, to establish tures graphic the order In appropriate todecisions. collect data of quality, good expendi the hence subsequent of business and the results of the quality the determines efficiency, of resource terms time. cost,and for production in potentials systems of optimization cation, realization and identification, models allow the detailed quantifi highly gated. three These input flowsinvesti in is of model, data uncertainties effect the third the In solvents) and (educt, materials, imports (semiproduct). to auxiliary exports product from time flowperiod the of over a semifinished defined of a eling production system of entire for of product.hours the one unit mod is Second flows, mass the steps: modeling is First money three flows,ing and working flows the to by material andfollowSTAN stocks linked pursuing be can For acomprehensive such study, of input it key data because is quality the Study summary, Case 16In production and shows time cost analysis that Regional Materials Management Materials Regional significantly facilitated, leading to a wider and regular use use of STAN.wider and facilitated,regular to a leading significantly system, application ERP the to an of STAN linked be can would be alower for (e)(ii) uncertainty. upper and limit determining STAN If data and when inserting distributions various (i) choosing between STANdistributed. couldallows benefitthat results by a feature STAN normally data calculations, that are assumes uncertainty (d)considerably of manufacturing. At for optimization present, for value the of would STAN scenarios, or increase time, for different displayA graphical development of the over of numbers operating STAN, automatically, calculated be can they effort. and time saving of product.to one unit (c) implemented are numbers in operating If moneymanufacturing and in flows materials mentused total of the moneyallows inputs and assign flow exact mass inputs.ofThis all evaluationin terms product compositionan the showing final of the - 375 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 groundwater important. are to surface waterand of lead landfills from leaching potential well as as soil point of view, environmental From interest. of prime an on depositions the management,point of of view shredder resource residues filterare and dusts conveyorgeogenic belts (air, <1%. are and water) marginal are From the 1.4.5.4), of lead by exports and Imports region. this lead in accumulated is 60 t/year).filling regions urban (Chapterin Section materials 1, most Like landfill stock genic von (Baccini, Steiger, origin Piepke,anthropogenic and 1988). anthropo The genic landfills. The geogenic stock soil The stock geogenic landfills. to 60 t/year, amounts exports and imports in mainly accumulated is which MSW. steel, lead and in between construction difference in The tained lead cars, shredded the con from produces that for steel construction mill filterresidues are from a steel exports shredder. acar main in The crushed (see 3.1).exported Figure are that cars of used consists import main The of t/year 340 A total 280 t/year region, and the into of lead imported is is 3.5.1.1 management. materials for regional important are conclusions that and covers results those only following discussion 3.1.1),(Section The and data systemcollection. definition described which Study Case 1 example lead from drawn is of management regional This 3.5.1 reuse. forplan future economic and purpose aclear over accumulated with and periods long time notis available, out should phased material be of or the tightly controlled use sink final safe Ifa sink. final safe must a aregion find within used materials All region. place the in taking are depletions of and materials accumulations or beneficial whether harmful orderover in to examine decades to centuries long-termhave flows Material and must view taken. stocks be be to balanced not is possible. management ordermaterials In stated to achieve goals, the a regional information, Without aregion. in of this materials sinks and stocks, sources, conveyor natural well as as beltsanthropogenic paths), (transport main the to know management, it essential materials drawn. For is regional be can fields three all fields are compatible thatand conclusionsregarding different the from results the that separate ensures It studies. also three than more information in results and effort less prehensive procedure requires com This account into time. at same taken the are one topic alone, three all on solution. of optimum strives for focusing Instead and an issues three all integrated approach an links is that management materials Regional effort. 376 is not actually precise here, since a certain fraction of lead in soils is of is of soils lead fraction in here, a certain precise since not is actually Case Study 17: Study Case Lead Management Regional Overall Flows Stocks and is much larger and amounts to >600 t(>10 amounts much and larger is of years land includes about tof lead 400 (the geo term Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook - - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 ing from soils, and 0.14 and soils, from ing t/year due wastewater, to treated 1t/year not has 0.31 exit out and While region. t/year of in the point of entry due is to leach ment taken. are environ of protection for the the when set measures be Thus, priorities can (water, quantified. soil,and air),sometimes identified are sources potential compartment forgoods control management. For and environmental each showsand lead where large thus out points flows the and key are processes acceptable wastes, to lead an to reduce in level. and reuse emissions MFA of products, lead use in the to to maximize is goal management sions. The Leadinto flowsdividedbe emis can flows in in products, inwastes, and 3.5.1.3 3.5.1.4).(see Section item 2in have reuse for and to explored upgrading be apositive into ard Means asset. way, a different it a haz in from lead managed be stock this turning future, would management approach the materials tious that, dictate in to regional but likely A conscien not are known. stock this feasible. from Emissions is, of stock that at lead ores. present, Hence, of notthan this reuse economic tively low,is larger much materials heterogeneity landfilled of the the and concentration compara The use. is of no is further deposited soil and on the 10,000 erosion slowly until years leadlandfilled All removes landfill. the not does lead leavethe imported stays probably and region there the for huge the is extent accumulation. Nearly of study the special case 20% of this What yetmakes waste that no lead indications are flowsdecrease. will to t. 7000 According 600 to from Chapter 1, 1.4.5.1, Section increased there have next for 100 the same the will years, stock the remains anthroposphere lead ofthe stock ≈10 words, other regional In calculated. the be if can years The existing stock of lead in landfills totals >600 t. A ( time t. A >600 doubling totals of landfills stock lead in existing The 3.5.1.2 lead. of amount landfilled the it possible is to roughly assess smelter, by the analyzed and used fraction shredder, metal the lead the in and the in treated of number cars the and information manufacturers’ on car lead input based acertain By shredder, asimple car of the balance assuming theregion. within most that shredder of residue the it known landfilled is is is notin general available, about butents. landfills Quantitative information constitu their and about landfills without local information hypothesized the be to cannot flow hydrosphere landfills ent,fromof lead local unknown For detected. be example, can but,management large potentially the at pres resource, and hot for spots environmental, ance, future present and Case Studies Case Figure 3.1Figure by 1.4 shows lead that increases t/year the river the between in The advantage of a regional material balance is that with one single bal one single with that is advantageThe balance material of aregional Lead Stock Implications and Lead Flows Implications and waste t 2 x ) for 377 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 conclusions: three thefied following by exempli is problem lead This different into to the segregate issue areas. than For region, it more the is in a efficientcomprehensive manage lead to way 3.5.1.4 groundwaterHence, to take consideration, into it important is too. water standards. previouslyculated may enough large be to exceed drinking cal the high,lead landfills is flows from theresidencetime and flowis small not does considercalculation groundwater pollution. groundwater a local If or solidification.this that Note immobilization of as such waste treatment the as a forservedesign goal can river on the water figure concentration. This effect is be to thereno significant if landfill the of in lead may mobilized be aboutthat than 2 no to morecalculate 20 ppm onecan lead landfilled, (mass) (0.1–1% of present aquatic flow). export of stock a total Considering ≈1000 t of 0.002 0.02 range between and the source) t/year in not are relevant are they if tool. 3.1any Figure point other (and landfills from shows emissions that ash. immobilized the sewage sludgeincinerating landfilling and soil, e.g., (as leaded gasoline late was the done 1980s) in by banning or by lead waters. surface to to of reduce the step is loadings second the the The amount large a of such leaching really are shredder residuethat landfills is effluents.investigate to first step The byhypothesis the WWTP emitted is notIt efficientreduce to landfills. the comparatively amount oflead small of amount large lead leachates ofable is shredder residue of source this from or effluentWWTP.from leaching soil The measuring most in prob error an accounted forbeen by MFA.that flow likely large is so isnot it due to This 378 MFA supports environmental impact assessment and serves as a design adesign as MFA serves and impact assessment supports environmental 1. defined period during which they have to be maintained. The period Theperiod theyhave maintained. which be to period defined during for to last apre constructed and designed sites are that engineered are stocks intermediary ficationwithThe cementis notrecommended. facilitated. Hence, is reuse solidi metallurgical economic that such is form chemical the and metals, concentrated in highly are They landfills. in MSW fluff or from different distinctly are lead stocks shredder residues. car with together Intermediary materials these and back filterto residues incineration accumulate take fromMSW could well region suited for offer to are accumulation. The such als lead concentration byincrease at least afactor of 10. Many materi will pollution advanced with incinerator control. air Mineralization much possible,as as shredder residue the an should in treated be viable order for them In to reuse. economic concentratemakes lead have once they that asize stocks reached these to reuse and metals up to of build concentrated is lead other objective stocks and The of several residence decades. with times stocks safe, intermediary in should actively accumulated be use Lead not purposefully in and Regional Lead Management Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Studies Case 2. 3. d. b. monitoring points are as follows: as are points monitoring flows of lead.mulation or depletionEfficient harmful well as as allows accu one to track accounting on materials based Monitoring over long of time. periods protection environmental regional thatensure coefficients transfer flowsand in designing acceptable outputuseful is flows of processes about to considered. be needs input Information regions stream account. into of accumulation down lead Also,taken potential in lead output). any case, concentrations and In principle point of (lead view input or water tionary soil into equals value for lead content water(limiting in or soil) aprecau well as as calculated. acceptable flowsandbe forin depositions can leadwaterandsoil flows dispersion andthemodels, on and regional depositions the that emit lead. on allows identification Based those processes of lead about flows anthropogenic Information environment. to the no longer athreat and poses anthroposphere the within controlled most that lead is ensure for reuse mineralization Accumulation and recycling. for for of amount needed economic of material accumulation an divided waste by mum size generation the span rate time the yields mini This of materials. for reuse economic required size minimum applied, a is omy technology there on the of depending scale, and to according considerations. economic econ calculated to the Due is a. e. c. information is available from upstream regions. Monitoring of soil of Monitoring soil available regions. is upstream from information about load total hydrosphere, same of the the the if especially water at outflow the yields theregion adequate information of Surface waters. For surface assessment, sampling water quality eliminated. cessfully sewerthe that haveto loadings suc been sions or for confirming new emis for identifying instrumental is analysis source. This about sewage the information yields network a potential as Sewage sludge. sewage Routinely sludge sampled analyzed and MSW. in flows allowsof lead calculation coefficients transfer known with bined com information Filter residues This MSW incineration. from producers.oline is supplied figure by gas Concentration This of gasoline. lead in to expected. be is lead landfilled in indicate whether achange and cars shredded of lead in determination the allow results The control purposes. for production quality routinely and analyzed are goods two productsThe Acceptable construction steel can be defined from a toxicology defined be view point of can and filter residue and of smelterthe flows of leadhave be to . These . These ------379 Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 change rates (Figure 3.67), has undergone unexpected significant and partially and rates 3.67), partially (Figure change significant undergone has unexpected of Pbudget 122 national flows the of22 years, and Austria, consisting 8 stock fast. comparably produced accomplished, is budgets the for this adjacentdata Once sources. were years the basic identify the system to and establish had to used be Most time of the work of ascheme. Their such deliveredfeasibility findings: several important phorus (P) yearly by compiling Pbudgets 1990 from to 2011 to demonstrate the phos resource the and Austria region for the scheme accounting retrospective Zoboli, Laner, obtained. is Zessner, (2016)scheme Rechberger and a established MFA the If repeated (e.g., periodically of is a region yearly), accounting a resource region’sof a fields to detect the and optimization of fortems action metabolism. power the of MFA basis,routine increasing thereby complex to understand sys a on performed be studycan exemplifies case accounting howmaterials This 3.5.2 380 Journal of Industrial of Journal from to 2011.1990 budget phosphorus The Austrian analysis: flow material in series of time category. al., et Zoboli, each O. in (From Added values rates change stock and of flows ber not). or y The detected be actually can changes temporal whether mine deter to used thresholds (uncertainty levels tolerance different for shown are Results change. annual to according 1990; year (b) categorization reference the to respect with change the to according rates: (a)change categorization stock and 8 of 122 flows change of temporal Degree FIGURE 3.65 (a) Second, a relatively even in stable economically of short period and First, workload of number budgets and (years) not correlated. linearly are

N of flows + stock change130 rate150 s 110 30 50 70 90 10

+0% aToolas Making for Decision 18: Study Case Accounting of Phosphorus early recognition of harmful accumulations or depletions in soils. or depletions in accumulations of harmful early recognition and inefficient, expensive and is allow it not sampling bydoes soil However,soils. 3.1.1, Section mentioned in as monitoring routine overviewsamples to of get an may lead adequate be in initially +5%

+10% T olerance le

Constan +15% , 2015. doi: 10.1111/jiec.1238.) +20% ve tM l +S D

o +2*S derately chang D (b ) Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook 130 150

N of flows + stock change110 rates ingE 10 30 50 70 90

+0%

xtremely chang +5%

+10% T olerance le -axis indicates the num the indicates -axis +15% ing +20% ve l +S D +2 *S D - - - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 the Austrian waste management sector increased considerably 1990. increased waste since sector management Austrian the Pinputs into total the that see upper-left one can the diagram, In Austria. 3.66 Figure demonstrated is in for phosphorus and This making. decision monitoring. and more accounting suitable of basis materials the to constitute model the more comprehensive of helps asystem and making and standing feasible.is Additionally, multiyear the approach improves under also the updated Zoboli’s for robust making. decision work shows updating such that of asystem’s understanding common but metabolism have to regularly be 1-year classical that means MFA This help case. the studies to get a is P this tend not systems to stable be material overanthropogenic at time; least, for applied.are national that However, is analysis conclusion this from main the ranges uncertainty when changes annual smaller of detecting difficulty the outcomes sudden highlight The and also changes. ofpresence substantial level) noteworthy the recorded at variation, indicating least one extreme 24%between 33% and flows of the the considered on tolerance (depending proportion flows ofgradual the and by moderate affected changes, but were gradually or rather abruptly. reasonably alarge suggests that analysis This following one,the took to provide place overview changes of an whether the givenfrom a whatto year changed rates flows extentchange the and stock initial value. at that least others doubled and orappeared disappeared or halved their thatflows substantially, changed ratesflowschange with certain and stock 50% 5%, and respectively. of the half that reveals conclusion, In analysis the moderate and to extreme the fractions both deviation decreases standard ±20% to the range,outcomes level whereas the the very similar of twice 15%. deviation shows standard until specific rates The gradually decreases ±10%from to ±20%, flows of moderatelyand fraction the stock changing ranges variation, whereas with extreme by an were affected two-thirds and moderately, changed rates flows ofchange the and stock cates one-third that levels. tolerance If 0% ±5% levels and applied, between are 3.65 Figure indi result. Consequently, sensitive applied to partly the are tolerance results the moderate,as ±20% while ±2 and Applying tolerance levels of ±0% to 15% ± and t/year44.000 ±8%. 2003, flow In same amounted the to 32,000 t/year ±8%. in to 1990 was Austria example, fertilizer mineral import Pflowof the via tolerance years, levels different different were applied (see 3.65). Figure For considered moderate. as are flowsbetween order of In to compare uncertain flow doubledhalved than comparedmore to than or in more 1990.Changes a flow since didthatchange a 1990 not unrealistic).means (rather Extreme categories, namely, constant, moderate, that means Constant extreme. and year 1990 3.65a). shown (Figure are into Here,dividedthree are flowchanges reference to the budget of the respect of change with degree of the analysis 3.65, Figure in illustrated is where outcomes the of This the abrupt changes. Studies Case The analysis of MFA time series directly leads to relevant actions in leads to in relevant of MFA actions directly analysis The series time 3.65b), (Figure analysis component second The of this explores to instead σ would give no (significant)as a change would classify the change change the σ would classify 381 - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 382 makers where (adequate action makers policy) required. is for decision hint another is sector. This more agricultural on emphasis the conclusionthat specific effective waterto is has for The put P als. protection before, made severalbeen e.g., times by Bergbäck (1992), for some heavy met thathas a finding emissions, areal easier to control are than point sources Ageneral conclusion that now is dominant. are even and stant becoming (diffuse, nonpoint sources), soils agricultural stayedstem from rather con plants) which ter treatment reduced, emissions, could areal substantially be (here, point wastewa sources from of hydrosphere. Pto the emissions While counteraction(s). over years,input negative the rather aclear requires that increased trend ratio versus the of that reveals losses series time two the Comparing kilns. oftion sewage sludge meat (slaughter and bonemeal and waste) cement in is Thelatter in concrete.due andto cocombus landfills lostwaste in Pare 3.66 of of Figure the amounts upper-right series large that reveals the time (and hand, sector. other of importance responsibility) the the On rising the fore, adevelopment such positive, as regarded be showing can any case in of materials; there towaste collect major of is management tasks the One 2016.) Wien, Universität Technische Thesis). Vienna: (PhD study case rous phospho Austrian the to applied monitoring and management nutrients regional to enhance H., Zoboli, Novel (From approaches solutions. of technical effectiveness the cantly, showing signifi reduced be works could treatment wastewater of Pfrom Contrarily, (d) emissions the inefficient. rather have been practice farming and fertilizing optimized for efforts that cating (c) indi constant, rather remained hydrosphere the to agriculture of Pfrom losses The action. required for field clear a (b)even more,indicating increased cement and landfills of Pto losses (a) the years, past over the constantly increased management waste of P into import the While FIGURE 3.66

The other two time series of Figure 3.66 of Figure series provide on emissions time two other information The [kt P/a] [kt P/a] 25 10 10 15 20 1990 1990 0 5 0 5 (a) Imp (c) Lo 1995 1995 or t ofPintowa sses ofPf to hy Flow value 2000 2000 drosphere rom ag sS ste management 2005 2005 riculture tandard de 2010 2010 vi Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook atio 10 [kt P/a] 10 [kt P/a] 1990 1990 5 0 5 0 nT (b ) Lo 1995 1995 sses ofPtolandfillandcement (d wastewa wi ) Emi ce st ssions ofPf andard de 2000 2000 ter tre atment vi 2005 2005 atio rom n 2010 2010 ------Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 Science of the Total the of H., Environment M., Rechberger, Science and 2013 year tP/year). (unit: reference the for balance O., phosphorus Zoboli, (From Zessner, Austrian FIGURE 3.67 to applicability regard and with them of discussed Pand emissions ing lower and recycling, at increasing consumption, reducing aimed making 3.67). systemence (Figure of decision arange of measures selected they Then year for 2013, model, the national obtained adetailed used They arefer as how could to what optimized. be and Austria of management extent Pin the Studies Case Im Im Im Im Im Im Zoboli and colleagues (Zoboli, colleagues and Zoboli Zessner, Rechberger, and 2016) determined po po po po po po Im wast rt rt rt rt rt rt bodie po chemical min.fer min.fer f f

animal 18,000±14% ood eed e rt

water Marketable feed s tilizers andphosphateorefornon-domesticuse tilizers andphosphateorefordomesticus s hu Bio 860±38%

Anima Import live 5700±17% –12±16% sb 650±12%

Manure to biogas 21,000±17% animals ener 1 and 5

1000±31% 4700±34% 38±130%

bioma Crops to biofuels La l gy 1500±37% ry ndfille Export live 280±12% ss a Silage to biogas animals Bioma

sh 1200±10% d es comp Energy wood Gr Wa ss a ee ostin ste tobioga 1000±24% n w she

Biofuels by-products as feed Manure applie e g as s t Fallen stock Bioma te tobioma o

Animal industrial waste Non marketablef Bioga Animal pro s plan ss a 14,000±21% 13,000±22% 10,000±10% 4700±34% 3000±10%

Vegetal industrial waste 9300±17% 28,000±14% Com consumers she 3400±21% 4600±14% s digestates 1100±28% 250±28% 10,000±9% 560±11% 170±41% ts 350±17% 220±20% 98±34% Other industrial waste d tofield ss plan s tofield po st t duc o ts eed ts s s Min. fertilizers Tr chemical Consumption Crop farmin ade andindu

management 170±26% to consumers (ag fer 8,900,000±46%

260±18% +2300±152% 310,000±38%

Waste wood and paper +2200±20% +6300±9% Dire Wa tiliz Σ 320±25% 790±15% ri-fo 3100±13% sto 2 4 6 21,000±9% 8

Green waste Detergents ct andindi ste ck 160±54%Fe er s, Agricultural od

1200±23% 6800±11% cal s and 350±17% s) Food products to a Separate org. waste 13,000±14% , fer

960±59% stry 160±27% Mineral ludge toa Residual g gr W

1000±22% Pet food tilizer . 565, 313–323, 2016.) iculture

waste re ood andpap 440±20% to consumer

7100±5% ct r Sewa s sludge Seeds ec 2100±15% 13,000±21% gr 6000±16% 870±26% 9500±10% ycling ina ge 320±32% icultur er s e gr 2400±22% M&B meal to 42±12% icultur animal feed 250±28% Su e bstr Erosion toforest households W Re W ate landsca Ag and pap cy to indu Mu ood andpap 1600±26% emission 2000±26% emission Fe 5900±34% 2300±80% 5100±10% 1900±25% Fo Bioma cle gr 530±14% ricult cal s 0±NaN nicipal to for re oundwater d woo stry stry ludge to er ural ss as % ping estr s s ry W er he y s mi F management

Wa 430±10% orestr 7,300,000±46% –7900±453% scellane 33±54% In situ industrial WW +210±984% bodies Wa ste 2500±17% soil 1500±22% 3 9 Ex 7

Ex Ex Ex 770±8% ter wa Municipal industrial WW Import wood and paper y and po s po po po Ex Ex WW effluents 2200±21% Ex rt rt rt rt 11,000±25% ter ou po po 240±42% 42±14% mineralfer organicw s waterb po Export wood and paper rt rt ewa Stormwater overflow Pulp industry WW s rt Ex filtercakes M&Bmeal Ex chemicals ge sludge po po od rt rt f f as 383 ie tilizer ood eed s te s - - Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 384

TABLE 3.48 Relative Effect of the Fields of Action on the National P Management, Expressed through Three Indicators Scope for Scope for Reduction of Scope for Reduction of Mineral Reduction of Import Fertilizer Emissions to Field of Action Dependency Consumption Water Bodies Main Data Gaps Main Challenges Increase of P recycling from 16% 23% – P concentration Legal framework and market meat and bonemeal uncertainties for recovered fertilizers Increase of P recycling from 23% 32% – Performance and product Legal framework and market sewage sludge quality for new recovery uncertainties for recovered technologies fertilizers Increase of P recycling from 11% 15% – Current use shares; P Regulation/coordination of sales compost concentration in large number of composting plants Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook Increase of P recycling from – – – Feedstock amounts and Large number and heterogeneity digestates composition of biogas plants Increase of P recycling from 2% 3% – Current recycling rate; ash Lack of economic incentives that biomass ashes quality offset logistical costs Increase of P recycling from – – – Livestock excretion factors; Enhancement of agricultural manure use efficiency of manure advice services as fertilizer Improvement of municipal 2% 3% – P concentration in MSW; Resistance of households and and industrial organic current use of industry. similar establishments to further waste management by-products; food waste increase separate collection; prevention potential increase of logistical effort and costs for the municipalities (Continued) Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4

TABLE 3.48 (CONTINUED) Studies Case Relative Effect of the Fields of Action on the National P Management, Expressed through Three Indicators Scope for Scope for Reduction of Scope for Reduction of Mineral Reduction of Import Fertilizer Emissions to Field of Action Dependency Consumption Water Bodies Main Data Gaps Main Challenges Achievement of a balanced 20% – 5–6% Complexity of system Resistance to behavioral change; and healthy diet feedbacks opposition of meat producers Increase of the use 8% 11% – Livestock excretion factors; Enhancement of agricultural efficiency in crop farming P concentration in crops advice services Optimization of P content 20% – – Current state of Enhancement of agricultural in feedstuff optimization; complexity advice services of system feedbacks Reduction of P use in 4% – 2% – – detergents Reduction of P use in other – – – Materials flows in Substitutability of P industrial processes industrial applications Reduction of surplus 11% 15% – Home composting; sales of Resistance to behavioral change; accumulation in private compost to privates coordination of large number of and public green areas people Reduction of point – – 10% Loads and perform. of in Higher Fe levels in sewage sludge discharges situ industrial treatment would pose a problem for several plants P recovery technologies Reduction of erosion from 12% 17% 13% Retention processes; Implementation at large scale; agricultural soils long-term behavior of identification of hot spots “legacy” P Indicator value in 2013 18,600 tP/y 13,200 tP/y 4600 tP/y 2.2 kgP cap−1 y−1 1.6 kgP cap−1 y−1 0.54 kgP cap−1 y−1 385 Source: Zoboli, O., Zessner, M., and Rechberger, H., Science of the Total Environment. 565, 313–323, 2016. Note: Percentage values indicate the estimated improvement with respect to the reference year 2013. Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 expressed as percentage year reference 2013. as indicators of the values the expressed in field each of achieved through be action, can that gain potential the presents to water Table emissions bodies. and consumption, 3.48 fertilizer mineral indicators: import dependency, three andusing compared was quantified of field each thereference system effect on of potential action The limitations. 386 Science of the Total the of Environment Science O., H., Zoboli, (From M., Rechberger, Zessner, and water to bodies. emissions and fertilizers, of mineral dependency, consumption of import reduction are optimization the for Objectives 2013 year tP/year). (unit: reference the on based balance phosphorus Austrian Optimized FIGURE 3.68 Im Im Im Im Im Im po po po po po wast bodie r po rt rt rt rt t ofmin.fer chemical f animal

f 11,000±10% rt eed e ood water

s Marketable feed tilizers andphosphateorefornon-domesticuse s hu Bio 860±39% Import live Anima 5700±17% –12±16% 650±12% sb Manure to biogas 17,000±14% animals ener 1100±31% 1 5 4700±34% and 53±91% bioma Crops to biofuels La gy l 1500±37% ry ndfille Export live

ss a 280±12% Silage to biogas animals sh Bioma 1200±11% d es comp Gr Energy wood Wa ee ss as n w ostin ste tobioga hes to as Manure applie 0 Biofuels by-products as feed g te tobioma Fallen stock Bioma . 565, 313–323, 2016.)

Animal industrial waste Non marketablefe Biog Animal pro s plan ss as 13,000±16% 10,000±8% 2300±13% 4700±34%

Vegetal industrial waste 22,000±12% 7100±14% Comp as 3400±21% consumers 3400±14% 1100±28% 660±22% ss plant hes tofields 5900±11% 160±30% 120±31% 350±17% 220±29% 100±33% digestates 0 ts Other industrial waste d tofields ost to duc s ts ed Min. fertilizers Tr chemical Crop farmin Consumption to consumers ade andindu

management 190±22% (ag fer

0 8,900,000±46%

300,000±38% Waste wood and paper +1700±12% Wa Σ tiliz 330±24% 80±25% ri-fo 11,000±7% Dire ag sto +0 +0 2 6 4 18,000±8% 8 Green waste Detergents ricult ste ck 160±54%F er s, ct orindir

Agricultural eca 1600±24% 6400±8% od Mineral fer and 350±17% to a s) products

Food ur Separate org. waste l sludgetoa

820±50% , str Handbook of Material Flow Analysis Flow ofMaterial Handbook e Residual g gr 710±29% PeWo t food 0 0 iculture

waste to consumers

230±18% y o 6600±10% ec d andpap Sewa sludge tilizers Seeds t re 2100±15% 13,000±17% 880±26% gr 6000±15% 9500±8% cy ge 220±14% iculture cling to er

M&B meal to 42±12% animal feed 0 250±29% Su Erosion toforestr bstra Wo Re te l to industr Ag and pap households cy M emission 2000±26% o emission 2700±20% F 4500±13% 620±86% Bioma 810±30% F d andpap 530±13% gr ricult andscaping eca cle unicipal orestr WW to forestr oundwate 0 d woo l sludget 0 ural er ss as y y s s y er he y r o s mi Wa management F

Wa 250±42% orest 7,300,000±46%

33±55% scellane +1600±72% In situ industrialWW –3200±29% ter bodies Ex stewa 2300±16% soil 1400±22% po 7 3 Ex 9 280±10% Ex ry Ex Municipal industrialWW Import wood and paper r Ex po Ex s po t mineralfer

WW effluents Ex po and 2200±21% po r po ter r t organicw po ou r 4400±20% 230±44% t s 42±14% r t waterb

r Export wood and paper t M&Bmeal t filtercakes r ewa Ex Stormwater overflow Ex Pulp industry WW t chemicals s po po ge sludge r r t f tilizers t f od as eed ood ie te s Downloaded By: 10.3.98.104 At: 07:17 27 Sep 2021; For: 9781315313450, chapter3, 10.1201/9781315313450-4 -handbook.info. solutions problemsThe website given to the on the are http://www.MFA​ PROBLEMS—SECTION 3.5 disciplinary research. inter for chance and another need field each menting of action—therefore involved costs different complemented ofbe imple the analysis in the with work their abroader into ting context. anext step, As to need studies such fit in experts domain assisting priorities, in well as as setting and strategies governance national designing in makers decision supporting in very useful be overview exhaustive though can concise model.reference resulting The the in gains potential of integration all the through system,a target obtained of Further, assessment. it made possible has generation the visualization and of aproper comparative indicators, performance thus different and with measured relativeperformance of fieldnational each the effect on of action forscope Pstewardship. a large offers Austria to water governance in that indicates emissions bodies for of domestic a28% use, and decline fertilizer of mineral consumption low dependency of 0.23 import kgP cap extremely by an 3.68). system (Figure target characterized is this fact that The (fields of theaction)reference system to integratedin generatean were ideal Studies Case The systemic approach systemic The of study MFAthe allowed of quantification this in In a next step, all the gains that could be obtained through the measures measures the through could that obtained be anext step,In gains the all Problem 3.14: b. ated in the region. the ated in MSW,soils, inciner is 280,000 persons MSW from that etc. Assume Table in 3.29 3.50, on cadmium Figure Internet and the data from and as handbook,such application Use this data of given cadmium. in no major industrial MFA region, assuming same the in for cadmium point, 3.1 leadan Taking establish the Figure example in astarting as a. c. the two technologies in the region. the in technologies two the from arising implications Evaluate resource and environmental changed to 0.00001? is coefficient controltion equipment applied transfer is the and polluif advancedair Howchange flows doand these stocks (transfer = air coefficient0.10)? to “old”with pollution control air and technology incineration theregion in major flows the cadmium of are andWhat stocks −1 y −1 (2.2 kgP cap −1 −1 y −1 in 2013), in zero - - 387 - - -